Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout6002 AGENDA BILL CITY OF BREMERTON 5E CITY COUNCIL SUBJECT: Study Session Date: June 12, 2019 Contract with Pape & Sons Construction, COUNCIL MEETING Date: June 19, 2019 Inc. for the Marine Drive Stormwater LID Department: PW & U Retrofit Presenter: Katie Ketterer Phone: (360) 473-5334 SUMMARY: Stormwater runoff entering Oyster Bay is often contaminated with oils and other materials that contribute to poor water quality in Oyster Bay; that in turn contributes to poor habitat for wildlife, including salmon and shellfish. The City was awarded a grant from the Department of Ecology to treat a portion of the stormwater entering Oyster Bay by installing 4 water quality vaults in 3 locations in West Bremerton. Four bids were submitted and Pape & Sons was the lowest responsible and responsive bidder with a bid in the amount of$888,888.00. ATTACHMENTS: 1) Contract; 2) Bid Tabulation; 3) Vicinity Map; 4) Summary FISCAL IMPACTS (Include Budgeted Amount): The project was in the 2019 CIP and budgeted for $664,747; the Ecology grant amount is $498,560. The construction bid received was approximately $300,000 higher than the engineer's estimate. Additional funds for the project exists in the current stormwater capital fund and a budget adjustment is not required. STUDY SESSION AGENDA: ❑x Limited Presentation ❑ Full Presentation STUDY SESSION ACTION: ix;Consent Agenda ❑ General Business ❑ Public Hearing RECOMMENDED MOTION: Move to award the contract for the Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit to Pape & Sons, Construction Inc. in the amount of$888,888.00; and authorize the Mayor to finalize and execute the agreement with substantially the same terms and conditions as presented. COUNCIL ACTION: „C5Approve ❑ Deny ❑ Table ❑ Continue n No Action Form Updated 01/02/2018 Ckei k • • CITY OF BREMERTON Contract Documents For Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit City of Bremerton Project No. 861 FUNDED IN PART BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY Bid Opening: 10:00 a.m., May 28, 2019 City Clerk's Office, City Hall 345 Sixth Street, Suite 600 Bremerton, WA 98337-1873 Contact Person: Katie Ketterer Public Works & Utilities 100 Oyster Bay Avenue North Bremerton, WA 98312 Tel: (360) 473-5334 FAX: (360) 473-5360 CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEER The technical material and data contained in these Specifications for the Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit project were prepared under the supervision and direction of the undersigned, whose seal, as a professional engineer licensed to practice as such, is affixed below. 05/0211/ AV F ,,. r 'd Iii rJ/i , ,C 4 � ��� Prepared by: David L. Dinkuhn, P.E. Project Engineer, Parametrix City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit May 2019 Contract Documents TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE PART I - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS NOTICE INVITING BIDS I-1 WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY FUNDING STATEMENT 1-3 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 1-5 PROPOSAL BOND 1-9 NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION I-11 BIDDER'S SUBCONTRACTOR CONTACT REPORT 1-13 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 1-15 CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES 1-17 CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION 1-19 CERTIFICATION OF FEDERAL NON-DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION 1-21 BID PROPOSAL 1-23 PROPOSAL FORM 1-25 BID CERTIFICATE - CORPORATION 1-27 BID CERTIFICATE - LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY 1-29 BID CERTIFICATE - PARTNERSHIP 1-31 BID CERTIFICATE -JOINT VENTURE 1-33 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER 1-35 CONTRACT 1-39 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE - CORPORATION 1-43 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE - LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY 1-45 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE - PARTNERSHIP 1-47 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE -JOINT VENTURE 1-49 LOCAL AGENCY CONTRACT BOND 1-51 DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS INSERT 1-53 STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES 1-55 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE PAYMENT STATUTES 1-57 PART II - AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit i May 2019 Contract Documents Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) PAGE PART III - SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS III-3 DIVISION 2 — EARTHWORK III-31 DIVISION 4 — BASES III-35 DIVISION 5 — SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS III-37 DIVISION 7 — DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS III-41 DIVISION 8 — MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION III-47 DIVISION 9— MATERIALS III-53 STANDARD PLANS (January 7, 2019) III-53 APPENDICES A WAGE RATES B CONSTRUCTION PLANS C CONSTRUCTION FORMS D GEOTECHNICAL REPORT E ADDENDUM # 1 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-ii May 2019 Contract Documents Table of Contents PART I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS NOTICE INVITING BIDS for Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit City of Bremerton, Washington RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids may be hand delivered to the City Clerk's office at 345 6th Street, Suite 600; the mailing address for sealed bids is 345 6th Street Suite 100, Bremerton, WA 98337-1837. Sealed bids will be received by the City of Bremerton at the office of the City Clerk until 10:00 a.m. as shown on the wall clock in the City Clerk's office, on May 28, 2019, for the Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit project. Any Bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. Bids must be clearly marked "Bid" with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope. Only sealed bids will be accepted. No facsimiles will be considered. OPENING OF BIDS: The Bids will be publicly opened and read after 10:00 a.m. on May 28, 2019, in the First Floor Chambers in the Norm Dicks Government Center at 345 6th Street. COMPLETION OF WORK: The WORK must be completed within forty five (45) working days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This contract provides for the Stormwater LID Retrofit of Marine Drive and Kitsap Way and includes, but is not limited to, demolition and reconstruction of the roadway with hot mix asphalt, cement concrete curbs and gutters; catch basins, catch basins with flow splitters, modular wetland systems, infiltration trench, stormtech chambers, brick pavers, and landscape restoration all in accordance with the Contract Plans, the Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. PREVIEWING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents may be previewed on ARC Document Solutions website. Go to www.e-arc.com/wa/seattle, click on "Enter Public Planroom", and select project. It is anticipated that this project will be funded in part by the Washington State Department of Ecology. Neither the State of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are, or shall be, a party to any contract or any subcontract resulting from this solicitation for bids. PURCHASING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents may be ordered from ARC. Payment is typically cost of reproduction (non-refundable). Contact Bid Services at ARC in Seattle: (206) 622-6000; FAX (206) 622-6712; E mail: seattle.bid.services(a�e- arc.com. Please call for availability and fax your request prior to picking up. Will-call option is available at ARC Tacoma, Seattle, or Bellevue offices. Subcontractors and those needing additional sets or partial sets may be purchased at cost of reproduction (non-refundable) from ARC. Bid sets can be mailed upon request and after receipt of reproduction costs and a non- refundable shipping and handling fee. Bid documents will be available beginning May 8, 2019. PROPOSALS: All bid proposals must be made on the blank forms furnished in the Contract Documents. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be entitled: Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-1 May 2019 Contract Documents Notice Inviting Bids PROPOSAL BOND: Each bid proposal shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such bid proposal. The failure to furnish a bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent shall make the bid nonresponsive and shall cause the bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency. CONTRACT BOND: The successful bidder will also be required to provide a Performance Bond for 100 percent of the Contract Price. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Bremerton. BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN: The Bidder shall guarantee the Total Bid Price for a period of seventy-five (75) calendar days from the date of bid opening. WAGE RATES: The attention of Bidders is directed to the requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and the minimum wage rates to be paid under the Contract. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION: All communications relative to this WORK prior to opening bids shall be directed to: Communication by phone/fax: Katie Ketterer Telephone: (360) 473-5334 Facsimile: (360) 473-5018 Communication by mail: Department of Public Works and Utilities 100 Oyster Bay Ave N Bremerton, WA 98312 ATTN: Katie Ketterer CITY'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The City of Bremerton reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. The City of Bremerton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. END OF NOTICE INVITING BIDS City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-2 May 2019 Contract Documents Notice Inviting Bids WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY FUNDING STATEMENT It is anticipated that this project will be funded in part by the Washington State Department of Ecology. Neither the State of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are, or shall be, a party to this contract or any subcontract. Bidders shall be aware that the Department of Ecology Specifications Insert provided on page 53 is made part of this contract. The Department of Ecology encourages all bidders to utilize certified minority-owned and women-owned businesses to the extent possible in the performance of this contract. Bidders shall refer to the Department of Ecology Specifications Insert and note that all bidders must provide a list of MBE/WBE subcontractors they intend to use during the project. The list must be provided with the bid package. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-3 May 2019 Contract Documents Washington State Department of Ecology Funding Statement This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-4 May 2019 Contract Documents Washington State Department of Ecology Funding Statement BIDDER'S CHECKLIST This section lists the contract forms required for this project. The bidder's attention is especially directed to the forms that must be executed in full as required and submitted with the bidder's bid. These are indicated as follows in the section titled "Bid Documents." BID DOCUMENTS These documents must be executed and submitted to the City with your bid, no later than the designated bid closing date and time. Bids that do not include all of the required forms, properly completed, may be declared unresponsive at the sole option of the City and as further specified on each form. 1. Proposal Bond This form to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. 2. Non-Collusion Declaration 3. Bidder's Subcontractor Contact Report 4. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities 5. Contractor's Registration The successful Bidder shall acquire and/or possess a current City of Bremerton Business License and any other licenses and permits which may be required to fulfill the obligations of the Contract as specified. Business and occupancy (B&O) taxes shall be paid when due and the CONTRACTOR will agree to assign any payments due to the City Clerk for payment of such taxes which have been declared delinquent. 6. Certification of Federal Non-Debarment and Suspension 7. Bid Proposal 8. Proposal Form 9. Bid Certificate Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice-president, or other corporate officer. Such Bid shall be accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, attested by the secretary or assistant secretary, and with the corporate seal affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation must appear below the signature. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and be signed by a managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must appear below the signature. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-5 May 2019 Contract Documents Bidder's Checklist Bids by joint ventures must be executed in the joint venture name and be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. Bids by limited liability companies must be executed in the limited liability company name and be signed by a member, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 10. Information Required of Bidder In selecting the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, consideration will be given to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the WORK covered by the Bid. To this end, each Bid shall be supported by a statement of the Bidder's experience as of recent date on the form entitled "INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER" bound herein. Documents to be Executed by the Successful Bidder The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded. These forms must be submitted within five (5) calendar days after the date of Notice of Award of Contract. 1. Contract 2. Contract Certificate 3. Contract Bond To be executed by the successful bidder and its surety company. 4. Insurance Certificates Documents to be Executed Prior to First Payment The following form is to be executed prior to first payment: 1. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages, Department of Labor and Industries City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-6 May 2019 Contract Documents Bidder's Checklist SUBMIT THE ENCLOSED PROPOSAL BOND WITH YOUR PROPOSAL USE OF OTHER FORMS MAY SUBJECT YOUR BID TO REJECTION This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-8 May 2019 Contract Documents Bidders Checklist PROPOSAL BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Pape&Sons Construction, Inc. of Gig Harbor, WA as principal, and the North American Specialty Insurance Company a corporation duly organized under the laws of the state of New Hampshire and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Bremerton in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the principal herein is herewith submitting his or its sealed proposal for the following highway construction, to wit: Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposed bid by said principal be accepted, and the Contract be awarded to said principal, and if said principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said Contract and shall furnish bond as required by the City of Bremerton within a period of five (5) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,The principal and surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this 30th day of May , 2019. Pape&Sons • stru. on ._. s p '• '.a ) s PtTc North American Specialty Insurance Company (Surety) (Atto ney-in-fa ct) Julie A. Craker City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-9 May 2019 Contract Documents Proposal Bond SWISS RE CORPORATE SOLUTIONS NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire,and having its principal office in the City of Overland Park,Kansas,and Washington International Insurance Company,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire and having its principal office in the City of Overland Park,Kansas,each does hereby make,constitute and appoint: THOMAS P.HENTSCHELL,BRADLEY A.ROBERTS,JULIE A.CRAKER, KAREN J. SMITH,and JOANNE REINKENSMEYER JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for and on its behalf and as its act and deed,bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies,as surety,on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law,regulation,contract or otherwise,provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: FIFTY MILLION($50,000,000.00)DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 9th of May,2012: "RESOLVED,that any two of the Presidents,any Managing Director,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be,and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of surety,and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond,undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." mounatasko aauatuuuwww ' SVON tt�� �Ct gQ�I1PWf,��G�GS �n� ,t,_ ti: By aC2--- ,11 6iiPO'• .5S' SEAL "e GSE4Lr o Li 1 ? Steven P.Anderson,Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company • F•• a Ifit. 1973 &Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company O •C� 404,y'f/AMP'h.���' �, l y`syath tm 44/110111100 By •..*....* Michael A.Ito,Senior Vice President oas ton International Insurance Company 11010 &Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed,and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 19 day of JANUARY ,2018 . North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Cook ss: On this 19 day of JANUARY ,2018 ,before me,a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P.Anderson ,Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Michael A.Ito, Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company,personally known to me,who being by me duly sworn,acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. OFFICIAL SEAL M.KENNY 1 Notary Public-Statentlllincriv 1 --.. My Commission Expires M.Kenny,Notary Public 14toug071 I, Jeffrey Goldberg , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company,which/ is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this lday of C4..1/ ,20 1 I „4/7,71.' Jeffrey Goldberg,Vice President&Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company&North American Specialty Insurance Company This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-10 May 2019 Contract Documents Proposal Bond Failure to return this Declaration as part of the bid proposal package will make the bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award. NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report rigging activities call: 1-800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll-free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. DOT Form 272-036H EF Revised 5/06 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit I-11 May 2019 Contract Documents Non-Collusion Declaration This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-12 May 2019 Contract Documents Non-Collusion Declaration BIDDER'S SUBCONTRACTOR CONTACT REPORT Please list below all minority and other subcontractors contacted to bid on subcontract work on this project. Indicate with an asterisk (*) those firms that are at least 51 percent or more minority owned. (This listing does not in any way obligate you to contract with any firm on this listing). Name N,A Name Address Address City/State City/State Telephone Number Telephone Number Type of Work Bid In Type of Work Bid In Results Results Name Name Address Address City/State City/State Telephone Number Telephone Number Type of Work Bid In Type of Work Bid In Results Results Name Name Address Address City/State City/State Telephone Number Telephone Number Type of Work Bid In Type of Work Bid In Results Results Name of Bidder: PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC BRAD APPLEMAN MAY 30, 2019 Name of Principle Responsible for Making Contact Date City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-13 May 2019 Contract Documents Bidders Subcontractor Contact Report This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-14 May 2019 Contract Documents Subcontractor Lis Auk Washington State Subcontractor List -J/ Department of Wansportation Prepared in conphance with RCW39.30.060 as amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name MARINE DRIVE STORMWATER LID RETROFIT Failure to list subcontractors with whom the bidder,if awarded the contract,will directly subcontract for performance of the work of heating,ventilation and air conditioning,plumbing,as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW,and electrical,as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW or naming more than one subcontractorto perform the same work will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s)with whom the bidder will directly subcontract that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning,plumbing,as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW,and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. To the extent the Project includes one or more categories of work referenced in RCW 39.30.060.and no subcontractor is listed below to perform such work,the bidder certifies that the work will either ill bg performed by the bidder Itself.or(ii)be performed by a lower tier subcontractor who will not contract ,directly with the bidder Subcontractor NameL`Qs Q Work to be performed ILQQ -� � Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed "Bidder's are notified that is the opinion of the enforcement agency that PVC or metal conduit,junction boxes,etc, are considered electrical equipment and therefore considered part of electrical work,even if the installation is for future use and no wiring or electrical current is connected during the project. SR DOTForm271-015 EF Revised 0012012 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-15 May 2019 Contract Documents Subcontractor Lis This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-16 May 2019 Contract Documents List of Subcontractors CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES The bidder certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location under his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees that a breach of this certification will be a violation of the equal opportunity clause in any contract resulting from acceptance of this bid. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The bidder agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certification from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certification in his files. Note: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. S1001. Date: MAY 30 , 20 19 PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC __(,Name of Bidder) 1 By. Title: PRESIDENT - JAMES PAPE Official Address: 9401 BUJACICH ROAD, STE 1A (Street or P.O. Box) GIG HARBOR, WA 98332 (City, State, Zip) *Must be included without alteration. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-17 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-18 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION Name: PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC Address: 9401 BUJACICH ROAD, STE 1A GIG HARBOR, WA 98332 Employer's Identification Number (Employer social security number, not your personal social security number): 91-1043352 Employment Security Department Number: 443200 009 Washington Industrial Insurance Number: 378,813-00 Washington State Excise Tax Registration Number: 600 291 966 Washington State Contractor's Registration Number/Expiration Date: PAPESI*204DE 4/8/2021 City of Bremerton Business License Number: WILL OBTAIN UPON AWARD OF PROJECT City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-19 May 2019 Contract Documents Contractor's Registration This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-20 May 2019 Contract Documents Contractor's Registration CERTIFICATION OF FEDERAL NON-DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: MAKE COPIES AND DISTRIBUTE THIS TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS LISTED ON THE 'LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS' FORM. THIS FORM SHALL BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL LISTED SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID. As a prospective contractor for working with the City of Bremerton and as a requirement of your submittal, you are required to provide debarment/suspension certification indicating that you are in compliance with the below Federal Executive Order. Certification can be done by completing and signing this form. Debarment: Federal Executive Order (E.O.) 12549 "Debarment and Suspension" requires that all contractors receiving individual awards, using federal funds, and all sub-recipients certify that the organization and its principals are not debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded by any Federal department or agency from doing business with the Federal Government. Your signature certifies that neither you nor your principal is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency. If, at any time during the term of the contract, such condition occurs the Contractor will notify the City without delay. CERTIFICATION: I, the undersigned, certify that the information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC Company Name JAMES PAPE - PRESIDENT Name and Title of Signer (please type or print clearly) 4110197.-- MAY 30, 2019 ature Date City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-21 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Federal Non-Debarment and Suspension This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-22 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Federal Non-Debarment and Suspension BID PROPOSAL Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Project No. ?& I BID TO: City of Bremerton (Washington) Department of Public Works and Utilities 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the CITY in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit. 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders, dealing with the disposition of the Bid security. 3. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the "Notice Inviting Bids" unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the "Notice Inviting Bids" and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Number 1 Date MAY 22, 2019 Failure to acknowledge all addenda shall render the bid non-responsive and shall be cause for its rejection. 5. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, WORK, site, locality where the WORK is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the WORK and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. To all the foregoing, and including all Proposal Forms contained in this Bid, said Bidder further agrees to complete the WORK required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefore the Contract Price based on the Total Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Proposal Forms. NOTE: Prices for all items, all extensions and total amount of bid must be shown in the Proposal Forms. Show prices in figures. Dated: MAY 30, 2019 Bidder: PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC By: ignature) Title: PRESIDENT- JAMES PAPE City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-23 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Proposal This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-24 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Proposal PROPOSAL FORM MARINE DRIVE STORMWATER LID RETROFIT Sales Tax — The Bidder shall include sales tax in the Bid Item price per Section 1-07.2(1) for all items in the Bid Schedule per State Department of Revenue Rule 171. Date: MAY 30 , 2019 Bid Schedule Item Ref to Estimated No. , Spec Description of Item Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount 1 1-04 Minor Change 1 Est. $50,000 $50,000 2 SP 1-05 Roadway Surveying 1 - Lump Sum $ 7,000.00 $ 7,000.00 3 1-07 SPCC Plan 1 Lump Sum $ 600.00 $ 600.00 4 SP 1-07 , Pot Hole 10 Each $ 150.00 $ 1,500.00 5 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump Sum $ 42,525.00 $ 42,525.00 6 SP 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic Control 1 Lump Sum $ 20,500.00 $ 20,500.00 7 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 8 SP 2-02 Removal of Structure and Obstruction_ 1 Lump Sum $ 5,500.00 $ 5,500.00 9 SP 2-03 Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul 1 4 a Ton $ 30.00 $ 3,000.00 10 , SP 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 173 - Ton $ 48.00 $ 8,304.00 11 SP 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base Course 88 Ton $ 50.00 $ 4,400.00 12 SP 5-04 HMA CL. 1/2 In. PG 58H-22 292 Ton $ 200.00 $ 58,400.00 13 SP 5-04 Planing Bituminous Pavement 886 SY $ 12.50 $ 11,075.00 Add. 1 14 SP 7-04 Infiltration Trench, Complete 120 LF $ 400.00 $ 48,000.00 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. 78.00 15 SP 7-04 Diam. 72 LF $ $ 5,616.00 Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 58.00 16 7-04 8 In. Diam. 28 LF $ $ 1,624,00 Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 17 7-04 12 In. Diam. 424 LF $ 55.00 $ 23,320.00 18 SP 7-05 Catch Basin Type 1 5 Each $ 2,150.00 $ 10,750.00 19 SP 7-05 Catch Basin Type 2 48 In. Diam. 3 Each $ 4,500.00 $ 13,500.00 20 SP 7-05 Replace Frame and Grate 2 Each $ 850.00 $ 1,700.00 21 SP 7-05 Contech Stormgate Flow Splitter 2 Each $15,000.00 $ 30,000.00 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone 22 SP 7-08 Bedding 100 CY $ 55.00 $ 5,500.00 Bank Run Gravel for Trench 23 SP 7-08 Backfill 350 Ton $ 30.00 $ 10,500.00 24 SP 7-19 8 In. Sewer Cleanout 4 Each $ 1,250.00 $ 5,000,00 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-25 May 2019 Contract Documents Proposal Form Item Ref to Estimated No. Spec Description of Item Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount Temporary Erosion and Sediment 25 SP 8-01 Control 1 LS $ 8,500.00 $ 8,500.00 26 SP 8-02 Landscape Restoration 1 LS $ 6,800.00 $ 6,800.00 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and 57.00 27 SP 8-04 Gutter 94 LF $ $ 5,358.00 28 SP 8-04 Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb 35 LF $ 46.00 $ 1,610.00 29 SP 8-14 Cement Conc. Sidewalk 34 SY $ 69.00 $ 2,346.00 30 SP 8-14 Brick Pavers 12 SY $ 80.00 $ 960.00 Conc. Pad with Detectable Warning 31 SP 8-14 Surface 1 Each $ 3,200.00 $ 3,200.00 32 SP 8-20 Install RRFB Incl. Foundation 1 LS $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 33 SP 8-20 Support Power Poles and Signs 1 LS $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 34 SP 8-21 Permanent Signing 1 LS $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 35 SP 8-22 Pavement Marking 1 LS $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 36 SP 8-30 Modular Wetland System 8`x16' 2 Each $138,000.00 $276,000.00 37 SP 8-30 Modular Wetland System 8'x8' 1 Each $74,000.00 $ 74,000.00 38 SP 8-30 Modular Wetland System 4'x19' 1 Each $120,000.00 $120,000.00 39 SP 8-31 Record Drawings 1 LS $ 800.00 $ 800.00 TOTAL(BID ITEMS 1-39): $ 888,888.00 END OF PROPOSAL FORM City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-26 May 2019 Contract Documents Proposal Form BID CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF WASHINGTON) ss. COUNTY OF KITSAP) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC a corporation existing under the laws of the State of WASHINGTON , held on MAY 30 , 2019 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that JAMES PAPE , as THE President of this Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated MAY 30 , 2019 , to the City of Bremerton by this Corporation and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of this Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this 30TH , day of MAY , 2019 . L---taA,\A 4‘- i ra, 7-L. JEAN TTE PAPE (Secretary)v (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-27 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-28 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate BID CERTIFICATE (if Limited Liability Company) STATE OF ) ss. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the a Limited Liability Company existing under the laws of the State of held on , 20_ , the following resolution s duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that and , as Members of this Limited Liability Company, be a►d are hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 20 , to th= City of Bremerton by this Limited Liability Company and that their execution thereof hall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." / I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 A Limited Liability Company By: Member By: Member (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-29 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-30 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate BID CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF ) ss. COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of Zheld on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed an adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as General Partner of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the id dated , 20 , to the City of Bremerton by this Partnersh' and that his/her execution thereof attested by the General Partner shall be the offi 'al act and deed of this Partnership." i I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have here to set my hand this , day of , 20 General Partner (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-31 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-32 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate BID CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) ss. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of / , held on , 20 , the following resolution was du(y passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 20 , to the City of Bremerton by this Joint Venture and that his/her execution thereof attested by th,' shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture."/ I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I h ve hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 Managing Partner (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-33 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-34 May 2019 Contract Documents Bid Certificate INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Failure to complete these items will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and will cause its rejection. In any event, no award will be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the CITY. (1) CONTRACTOR's Name and Address: PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC 9401 BUJACICH ROAD, STE 1A GIG HARBOR, WA 98332 (2) CONTRACTOR's Telephone No.: 253-851-6040 CONTRACTOR's Fax No.: 253-851-3290 (3) CONTRACTOR's License: Primary Classification GENERAL CONTRACTOR State License No. and Expiration Date: PAPESI*204DE 4/8/2021 Specialty Classifications Held (if any): N/A Name of Licensee, if different N/A from (1) above: (4) Name, address, and telephone number NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INS CO. of surety company and agent who will provide the required bonds on this HENTSCHELL & ASSOCIATES, INC contract: BRAD ROBERTS - 253-229-0399 1436 S. UNION, TACOMA, WA 98405 (5) Name and position of person(s) who N/A attended the pre-bid visit to the work site (if any): City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-35 May 2019 Contract Documents Information Required of Bidder (6) ATTACH TO THIS BID a list of three (3) projects completed by the Contractor, that are similar to Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit project in nature, value and complexity of work. The three (3) projects must have been completed under the bidder's name as the prime (general) contractor within the last 5 years. The list shall include the following information as a minimum: • Names, address, and telephone number of owner. • Name of project. • Location of project. • Brief description of the work involved. SEE ATTACHMENT "A" • Contract amount. • Date of completion of contract. • Name, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. • Name of owner's project engineer. • List of Major Equipment. SEE ATTACHMENT "B" • Years in business under current name. 46 YEARS • Contracts now in hand, gross amount. $6,983,000.00 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-36 May 2019 Contract Documents Information Required of Bidder CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and CONTRACT BOND FORMS WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ONLY CONTRACT (Page 1 of 4) THIS AGREEMENT is dated the IO day of in the year 20, by and between the City of Bremerton (hereinafter called CITY) a d OY\s on�r�,C ASC- . (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). CITY and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK as specified or indicated in the CITY's Contract Documents entitled Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit. ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. The WORK shall obtain Physical Completion within 45 working days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Time is of the essence as to each and every deadline set forth in this agreement. This provision has been specifically negotiated. ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. CITY and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence for this Agreement and that the CITY will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Section 1-08.8 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the CITY if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the CITY liquidated damages in the amount of$1,000 per day after the date of Physical Completion for each phase. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in the amount set forth in the Bid Proposal, which shall include sales tax as provided in Section 1-07.2(2) of the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 1-09.9 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions.Applications for Payment will •e processed by ENGINEER as provided in the Special Provisions Contractor Initials City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-39 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract CONTRACT (Page 2 of 4) ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between CITY and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Contract and the following attachments to this Contract: • Notice Inviting Bids, • Bidders Checklist, • Bid Proposal including the Proposal Forms, Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits, • Performance Bond, • Payment Bond, • Standard Specifications, • Amendments to the Standard Specifications, • Special Provisions, • Appendices • Contract Plans, • Addenda numbers to 1- , inclusive, • Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR and CITY acknowledge and agree that they have negotiated the following in accordance with the requirements of RCW 4.24.115 and the CONTRACTOR specifically waives his immunity under industrial insurance under Title 51 RCW. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the CITY, ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, all claims and liability arising under, by reason of, related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY and/or the ENGINEER as further defined in the Contract Documents. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of the contract. Contractor Initials City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-40 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract CONTRACT (Page 3 of 4) ARTICLE 8. ASSIGNMENT No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. The CITY, in its sole discretion, may refuse to allow the CONTRACTOR to assign any or all of its duties, rights and/or responsibilities under the Agreement, except with regards to an assignment of funds for security purposes. In the case of an assignment for security purposes the CITY may condition its approval to the extent it deems necessary to assure that there will be adequate funds to complete the WORK and to pay a subcontractors and suppliers. ARTICLE 9. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY All parties agree that the State of Washington shall be, and is hereby, named as an express third- party beneficiary of the contract, with full rights as such. p Contractor Initials City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-41 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract CONTRACT (Page 4 of 4) CITY and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY and CONTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. CITY: City of Bremerton CONTRACT R:S c Qs.a t\,--,, 04,c\kuc G'reoJ kA)-1,cele i cnci vJdr By A , A.__ / By ` s-a6X_PI1 \Q O c - [CORPORAT SEAL] Attest Alt•te. Al • Attest I Address for giving notices Address for giving notices 345 u'1'h 54-G-h-e. 100 j \ 2jY'GMGr--o n In1Ps 018 337 wva License No. c\c-pV ` Approved as to Form: T_44.414 Agent for service of process: (Signature) ISS“:st-evw- CO-%1 M-4-0 r"l i 3C 1,-Niv cb �C i ( le) 1 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-42 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF ) ss. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of I C\)Cn t,,\A-v-sCN , held on , 20\�\, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that SbM(`-s, \ \Q_rno , as NnO President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20 , by and between this Corporation and the City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of this Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this r"9c day of �~ � , 20 (Secretary) (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-43 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-44 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Limited Liability Company) STATE OF ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the a Limited Liability Company existing under the laws of the State of /7 ' held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that and , as Members of this Limited Liability Company, be and are hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20 , to the,City of Bremerton by this Limited Liability Company and that their execution thereof shall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." ! I further certify that said resolution is no infull force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have here to set my hand this , day of , 20 A Limited Liability Company By: Member By: Member (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-45 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-46 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF ss. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20 , by and between this Partnership and the City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof atthted by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partrteirship." I further certify that said res6iution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 Partner (SEAL) City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-47 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate This Page IntentionallyLeft Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-48 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) ss. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly pas ed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20 , by and between this joint venture and the City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolutio is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 . Managing Partner (SEAL) END OF AGREEMENT City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-49 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-50 May 2019 Contract Documents Contract Certificate Local Agency Contract Bond ® Bond No. 2289859 Highway Construction KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That Pape&Sons Construction, Inc. of Gig Harbor,WA ,as Principal,and North American Specialty Insurance Company as Surety,are jointly and severally held and bound unto the,iti the penal sum of Eight Hundred Eighty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Eighty Eight&00/100 Dollars ($888,888.00 ),the payment of which we jointly and severally bind ourselves, heirs,executors,admin is tors and our.meir�, .._.."i..tra...:..,_n_assigns,and successors and assigns,firmly by these presents. The CONDITION of this bond is such that WHEREAS,on the 26th day of June A.D., 2019 ,the said Principal,herein,executed a certain contract with the,by the terms,conditions,and provisions of which contract the said Principal,herein,agree to furnish all material and do certain work,to wit: That will undertake and complete the construction of Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit according to the maps,plans and specifications made a part of said contract,which contract as so executed, is hereunto attached,is now referred to and by reference is incorporated herein and made a part hereof as fully for all put-poses as if here set forth at length. This bond shall cover all approved change orders as if they were in the original contract. Similarly,the bond shall cover payment of all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington(RCW)and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW. NOW,THEREFORE, if the Principal herein shall faithfully and truly observe and comply with the terms,conditions,and provisions of said contract in all respects and shall well and truly and fully do and perform all matters and things by them undertaken to be performed under said contract,upon the terms proposed therein,and within the time prescribed therein,and until the same is accepted,and shall pay all laborers,mechanics,subcontractors,and material men,and all persons who shall supply such contractor or subcontractor with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work,and shalt pay all taxes pursuant to Title 50,and 51,and 82 RCW,and shall in all respects,faithfully perform said contract according to law,then this obligation to be void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect, SR DOT Fo rn 272.002A EF 0712011 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit i-51 May 2019 Contract Documents Local Agency Contract Bond • • WITNESS our hands this _._.,26th day of June 2019 Pape&Sons Construction, Inc. .: I ; . . rindpat} North American Specialty Insurance Company • Julie A. Craker,Attorney-in-Fact - (Atfomeyan-fad.Surety) ...------ (. Hentschell&Associates, Inc. 1436 S. Union Ave.,Tacoma,WA 98405 Name and Address Lcal Office of Agent II APPROVED: Local Agency: Title: By: Date: Suraty Bond No. 2289859 Contract No. SR DOT Form 272.002A EF 0712011 END OF CONTRACT FORMS • City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-52 May 2019 Contract Documents Local Agency Contract Bond SWISS RE CORPORATE SOLUTIONS NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY r GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire,and having its principal office in the City of Overland Park,Kansas,and Washington International Insurance Company,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire and having its principal office in the City of Overland Park,Kansas,each does hereby make,constitute and appoint: THOMAS P.HENTSCHELL,BRADLEY A.ROBERTS,JULIE A.CRAKER, KAREN J. SMITH,and JOANNE REINKENSMEYER JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for and on its behalf and as its act and deed,bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies,as surety,on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law,regulation,contract or otherwise,provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: FIFTY MILLION($50,000,000.00)DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 9th of May,2012: "RESOLVED,that any two of the Presidents,any Managing Director,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be,and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of surety,and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond,undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." rf�; ��gpin,WiatN9a�� .z= :. SEAL _J' SEAL :O E Steven P.Anderson,Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance CompanyBy F' t 0: W i.?s, 1973 to q y &Senior Vice President of Korth American Specialty.Insurance Company _pi �t;m Byooluilinto -k- / ••... ...,•�eU Michael A.Ito,Senior Vice President of 1r'ashmgton International Insurance Company +rtratanaaliWA &Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed,and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 19 day of JANUARY ,2018 North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Cook ss: On this 19 day of JANUARY ,2018 ,before me,a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P.Anderson ,Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Michael A.Ito, Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company,personally known to me,who being by me duly sworn,acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. a OFFIC.IAI.S€AL M.KENNY I '•.. i Notary Public-State of Illinois MyCommission '"c^s i2104/2021 M.Kenny,Notary Public mak.. s I, Jeffrey Goldberg , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company,which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 26th day of June ,20 19 Jeffrey Goldberg,Vice President&Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company&North American Specialty Insurance Company WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY STORMWATER FACILITY SPECIFICATIONS INSERT DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY State of Washington caning Partial funding of this project is being provided by the Washington State Department of Ecology's(Ecology)Stormwater Grant Program. Comnliance with State and Local Laws The construction of the project,including all subcontracted work,shall conform to the applicable requirements of state and local laws and ordinances. State interest Exclusion It is anticipated that this project will be funded in part by the Washington State Department of Ecology. Neither the State of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are,or shall be,a party to this contract or any subcontract. Third Party Beneficiary Partial funding of this project is being provided through the Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Grant Program. All parties agree that the State of Washington shall be,and is hereby,named as an express third-party beneficiary of this contract,with full rights as such. Access to the construction site and to records The contractor shall provide for the safe access to the construction site and to the contractor's records by Washington State Department of Ecology personnel. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records and accounts to facilitate the Owner's audit requirements and shall ensure that all subcontractors maintain auditable records. These Project records shall be separate and distinct from the Contractor's other records and accounts. All such records shall be available to the Owner and to Washington State Department of Ecology personnel for examination.All records pertinent to this project shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of three(3)years after the final audit. Protection of the Environment No construction related activity shall contribute to the degradation of the environment,allow material to enter surface or ground waters,or allow particulate emissions to the atmosphere, which exceed state or federal standards. Any actions that potentially allow a discharge to state waters must have prior approval of the Washington State Department of Ecology. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-53 May 2019 Contract Documents Department of Ecology Specifications Insert Inadvertent Discovery of Archeological Resources The contractor shall obtain a copy of the Inadvertent Discovery Plan from the Project Owner. The contractor shall keep a copy of the inadvertent discovery plan for the project on the work site at all times. The contractor shall immediately stop all work if human remains,cultural,or archeological resources are discovered in the course of construction. The contractor shall follow the inadvertent discovery plan in dealing with the human remains,cultural,or archeological resources. Project Signs The Contractor shall display Ecology's logo in a manner that informs the public that the project received financial assistance from the Washington State Stormwater Grant Program. Utilization of Minority and Women Business Enterprises All bidders are encouraged to utilize certified minority-owned and women-owned businesses to the extent possible in the performance of this contract. All prospective bidders or persons submitting qualifications should take the following steps,when possible. 1. Include qualified minority and women's businesses on solicitation lists. 2. Assure that qualified minority and women's businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources of services or supplies. 3. Divide the total requirements,when economically feasible,into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by qualified minority and women's businesses. 4. Establish delivery schedules,where work requirements permit,which will encourage participation of qualified minority and women's businesses. 5. Use the services and assistance of the State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises(OMWBE)and the Office of Minority Business Enterprises of the U.S.Department of Commerce,as appropriate. All prospective bidders must provide a list of the MBEJWBE subcontractors they intend to use during the project. This list must be provided with the bid package. Revised 3/25/15 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-54 May 2019 Contract Documents nt Department of Labor and Industries Fz4tit , Prevailing Wage STATEMENT OF INTENT TO (360)902-5335 - - PAY PREVAILING WAGES vcww.It>i.wa.¢ov I'radvGiccnsitts Prev 'aee _ ' era.c`'. • This form must be typed or printed in ink. Public Works Contract • Fin in all blanks or the form will be returned for correction(see instructions). $40.00 Filing Fee Required •Please allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing. •Once approved,your form will be posted online at Intent ID#(Assigned by I.,&I) httos:`fortress.wa.acwQnifimiapub/SearchFor.asp Your Company Information Awarding Agency Information Your Company Name Project Name Contract Nurnbcr ABC Company.Inc. Road Repair 2011.011i Your Address Awarding Agency 1234 Main Street WA State Department of T ,c ' City State Zip+4 Awarding Agency Adtb _ Olympia WA 98501-1234 PO Box 47354 Your Contractor Registration Number Your UBI Number City State ip+4 ABCCI'"0123AA 123456789 Olympia A 98501 Your Industrial Insurance Account Number Awarding cyContact\cmc ie•_" ber 111,111-11 John i-i5C{ Your Email Address(required for notification of itopnotat i oto Phone Number County Where •Will Be Performed F Where Work Will Be Pert'r�nncd prevailingwageialni.wa.gov Thurston Olympia Additional Details Contract t)etalts Your Expected Job Start Date(nun ddgty}) BIdDmrDate tPrime Contractor's) Awed Dal e+.Prime Contractor's, OLOI 2011 0s 01 2M:) 0370 2mo Job Site AddresDirections Indicate Total Dollar Amount of Your Contract(including State Street_¢Plum Streetsates tax:or time and materials,if applicable. S1000.00 ARRA Funds it'eatherizatlon or Energy Effkient Funds Does this project utilize American Recovery and Reinvestment Act!AR R,,i finds" t we-tin-project tiliic any weatherization or energy efficiency upgrade hind: ❑Yes ®No _(ARRA or ottutwisei! 0 Yes ®No Prime Contractor's Company Information tilting Contractor's Company Information Prime Contractor's Company Name Prime Contractor s Intent Number Hiring Contractor's Company Name XYA Company.Inc. 12346 SututePavers,Inc. Prime Contractor's Registration Number Prime Con 's tilt Number Hiring Contractor's Contractor Registration Number Hiring Contractor's LBI Number XYZIN-0123 AA 98'65432I St'PFRPA123AA 32 t 46987 Employment Information Do you intend to use ANY vibcatractors" 0 S e -j tato tk'ill employees perform work on this project? It Yes ❑do Will ALL work be subcontracted? 0 Yes ®No Do you intend to use apprentice employees? ®Yes 0 No Number of OwnerOpr Drs who own at lest 30°e of the company who will perform work on the project: 0 Nolte(0) ®One(1) 0 Two(2) 0 Three(3) Crafts'Trades Occupations=iDo not list apprentice, They are listed on the Affidavit of Wages Paid only.) Rate of Hourly Number or Rate or Hourly If an employee works s!n more than one trade ueach ensure that all hours in eatrade are reported below. Workers Pay Usual("Fringe") For additional emit,trade:crccupatimaplease use Addendum A. Benefits Laborer-Asphalt Raker 2 39.28 5.00 Power Equipment Operator Asphalt Pim Operator 1 48.04 2,35 truck Driver-Asphalt Mix(oyer 16 Yds) 1 46.4- 0.80 Sigaaatiare Block I hereby certify that I have read and understand the instructions to complete this form and that the information.including any addenda,are correct and that all workers I employ on this Public Works Project Hill be paid no le-.s than the Prevailing Wage Ratetst as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department ofLabor and Industries. Print:Name: Print Title: Sinnahtre: !hate: Fpr asiUseoniv Approved by signature of the Department of Labor and Industries Industrial Statistician NOTICE:If the prise contract is at a cost of over one million dollars 151.000.000.001,RCW 39.013'0 requires you to complete the ERH 2805 iieCw 39.04.3"01 Addendum aid au acv it to your Affidavit of 4a ages of Paid when your work on the project concludea.This is only a notice.The UM 2805 Addendum is net submitted with this intent. SAMPLE-F00-029.000 Statement of Intent to Pay IRetaiiine Wages 03-2011 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-55 May 2019 Contract Documents Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages, Department of Labor and Industries This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 1-56 May 2019 Contract Documents Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages, Department of Labor and Industries CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE PAYMENT STATUTES The undersigned bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date for this Project, that the bidder is not a "willful" violator, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. "I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct." Signature: Date: C `� i`i Print Name and Title: Location or Place executed: (City, State) Check One: Individual E Partnership ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Corporation State of Incorporation, or if not a corporation, State where business entity was formed: If a co-partnership, give firm name under which business is transacted: * If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice- president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-57 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 1-58 May 2019 Contract Documents Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes PART II AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS INTRO.AP1 INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1-01.AP1 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms August 6, 2018 1-01.3 Definitions The following new term and definition is inserted before the definition for "Shoulder": Sensitive Area — Natural features, which may be previously altered by human activity, that are present on or adjacent to the project location and protected, managed, or regulated by local, tribal, state, or federal agencies. The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for "Working Drawings": WSDOT Form — Forms developed and maintained by WSDOT that are required or available for use on a project. These forms can be downloaded from the forms catalogue at: http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html 1-02.AP1 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions October 30, 2018 1-02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: Prospective Bidders are advised that the Contracting Agency may include a partially completed Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) Transfer of Coverage (Ecology Form ECY 020-87a) for the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as part of the Bid Documents. When the Contracting Agency requires the transfer of coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor, an informational copy of the Transfer of Coverage and the associated CSWGP will be included in the appendices. As a condition of Section 1-03.3, the Contractor is required to complete sections I, Ill, and VIII of the Transfer of Coverage and return the form to the Contracting Agency. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 1 The Contracting Agency is responsible for compliance with the CSWGP until the end of day that the Contract is executed. Beginning on the day after the Contract is executed, the Contractor shall assume complete legal responsibility for compliance with the CSWGP and full implementation of all conditions of the CSWGP as they apply to the Contract Work. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: At the request of a Bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a physical Proposal Form for any project on which the Bidder is eligible to Bid. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the decimal point), In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "WSDOT Form 422-031" is revised to read "WSDOT Form 422-031U". The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance form (WSDOT Form 272-009). Failure to return this certification as part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms. 1-03.AP1 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract January 2, 2018 1-03.3 Execution of Contract The first paragraph is revised to read: Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, the Transfer of Coverage form for the Construction Stormwater General Permit with sections I, Ill, and VIII completed when provided, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of Washington. 1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract The first sentence is revised to read: Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as required in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington, or failure to return the completed Transfer of Coverage for the Construction Stormwater General AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 2 Permit to the Contracting Agency when provided shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 1-05.AP1 Section 1-05, Control of Work August 6, 2018 1-05.5 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 1-05.5 Tolerances Geometrical tolerances shall be measured from the points, lines, and surfaces defined in Contract documents. A plus (+) tolerance increases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or raises a deviation from level. A minus (-) tolerance decreases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or lowers a deviation from level. Where only one signed tolerance is specified (+ or -), there is no specified tolerance in the opposing direction. Tolerances shall not be cumulative. The most restrictive tolerance shall control. Tolerances shall not extend the Work beyond the Right of Way or other legal boundaries identified in the Contract documents. If application of tolerances causes the extension of the Work beyond the Right of Way or legal boundaries, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. Tolerances shall not violate other Contract requirements. If application of tolerances causes the Work to violate other Contract requirements, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. If application of tolerances causes conflicts with other components or aspects of the Work, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. 1-05.9 Equipment The following new paragraph is inserted before the first paragraph: Prior to mobilizing equipment on site, the Contractor shall thoroughly remove all loose dirt and vegetative debris from drive mechanisms, wheels, tires, tracks, buckets and undercarriage. The Engineer will reject equipment from the site until it returns clean. This section is supplemented with the following: Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall completely remove all loose dirt and vegetative debris from equipment before removing it from the job site. 1-06.AP1 Section 1-06, Control of Material January 7, 2019 1-06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database This section is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 3 Regardless of status of the source, whether listed or not listed in the ASA database the source owner may be asked to provide testing results for toxicity in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1). 1-06.2(2)D Quality Level Analysis This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 1-06.2(2)D5 Quality Level Calculation — HMA Compaction The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factor for HMA compaction are as follows: 1. Determine the arithmetic mean, Xm, for compaction of the lot: X = x m n Where: x = individual compaction test values for each sublot in the lot. Ex = summation of individual compaction test values n = total number test values 2. Compute the sample standard deviation, "5", for each constituent: nI x2 -(1,02 (1,0 2 S = n(n—1) Where: Zx2= summation of the squares of individual compaction test values (Ex)2 = summation of the individual compaction test values squared 3. Compute the lower quality index (QL): _ X —LSL �L - m r Where: LSL = 92.0 4. Determine PL (the percent within the lower Specification limit which corresponds to a given QL) from Table 1. For negative values of QL, PL is equal to 100 minus the table PL. If the value of QL does not correspond exactly to a figure in the table, use the next higher value. 5. Determine the quality level (the total percent within Specification limits): Quality Level = P� 6. Using the quality level from step 5, determine the composite pay factor (CPF) from Table 2. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 4 7. If the CPF determined from step 6 is 1.00 or greater: use that CPF for the compaction lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 92.0 shall be 1.05. 8. If the CPF from step 6 is not 1.00 or greater: repeat steps 3 through 6 using an LSL = 91.5. The value thus determined shall be the HMA compaction CPF for that lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 91.5 shall be 1.00. 1-06.2(2)D1 Quality Level Analysis The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence: The quality level calculations for HMA compaction are completed using the formulas in Section 1-06.2(2)D5. 1-06.2(2)D4 Quality Level Calculation The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factors for a material, other than HMA compaction, are as follows: 1-06.6 Recycled Materials The first three sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Recycled Material Utilization Plan on WSDOT Form 350-075A within 30 calendar days after the Contract is executed. The plan shall provide the Contractor's anticipated usage of recycled concrete aggregates for meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate will be provided in tons and as a percentage of the Plan quantity for eligible material listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material. The last paragraph is revised to read: Within 30 calendar days after Physical Completion, the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled concrete aggregates that were utilized in the construction of the project for each eligible item listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E. The Contractor's report shall be provided on WSDOT Form 350-075A, Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-06.6(1)A General Item 1(a) in the second paragraph is revised to read: a. The estimated costs for the Work for each material with 25 percent recycled concrete aggregate. The cost estimate shall include for each material a documented price quote from the supplier with the lowest total cost for the Work. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 5 1-07.AP1 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public April 1, 2019 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1-07.5(5) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers When temporary fills are permitted, the Contractor shall remove fills in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. If a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers permit is noted in Section 1-07.6 of the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall retain a copy of the permit or the verification letter (in the case of a Nationwide Permit) on the worksite for the life of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of the permit or verification letter to all subcontractors involved with the authorized work prior to their commencement of any work in waters of the U.S. 1-07.5(6) U.S. Fish/Wildlife Services and National Marine Fisheries Service The Contracting Agency will provide fish exclusion and handling services if the Work dictates. However, if the Contractor discovers any fish stranded by the project and a Contracting Agency biologist is not available, they shall immediately release the fish into a flowing stream or open water. 1-07.5(1) General The first sentence is deleted and replaced with the following: No Work shall occur within areas under the jurisdiction of resource agencies unless authorized in the Contract. The third paragraph is deleted. 1-07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: 1. Not degrade water in a way that would harm fish, wildlife, or their habitat. 2. Not place materials below or remove them from the ordinary high water line except as may be specified in the Contract. 3. Not allow equipment to enter waters of the State except as specified in the Contract. 4. Revegetate in accordance with the Plans, unless the Special Provisions permit otherwise. 5. Prevent any fish-threatening silt buildup on the bed or bottom of any body of water. 6. Ensure continuous stream flow downstream of the Work area. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 6 7. Dispose of any project debris by removal, burning, or placement above high-water flows. 8. Immediately notify the Engineer and stop all work causing impacts, if at any time, as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress or a fish kill occurs. If the Work in (1) through (3) above differs little from what the Contract requires, the Contracting Agency will measure and pay for it at unit Contract prices. But if Contract items do not cover those areas, the Contracting Agency will pay pursuant to Section 1-09.4. Work in (4) through (8) above shall be incidental to Contract pay items. 1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: 1. Comply with Washington State Water Quality Standards. 2. Perform Work in such a manner that all materials and substances not specifically identified in the Contract documents to be placed in the water do not enter waters of the State, including wetlands. These include, but are not limited to, petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh concrete, concrete wastewater, process wastewater, slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, sediments, sediment-laden water, chemicals, paint, solvents, or other toxic or deleterious materials. 3. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum-based products. 4. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below the ordinary high water line. 5. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line without the Engineer's concurrence. 6. When a violation of the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) occurs, immediately notify the Engineer and fill out WSDOT Form 422-011, Contractor ECAP Report, and submit the form to the Engineer within 48 hours of the violation. 7. Once Physical Completion has been given, prepare a Notice of Termination (Ecology Form ECY 020-87) and submit the Notice of Termination electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to submitting the Notice of Termination to Ecology. 8. Transfer the CSWGP coverage to the Contracting Agency when Physical Completion has been given and the Engineer has determined that the project site is not stabilized from erosion. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 7 9. Submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format within four calendar days. 1-07.5(4) Air Quality This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall comply with all regional clean air authority and/or State Department of Ecology rules and regulations. The air quality permit process may include additional State Environment Policy Act (SEPA) requirements. Contractors shall contact the appropriate regional air pollution control authority well in advance of beginning Work. When the Work includes demolition or renovation of any existing facility or structure that contains Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) and/or Presumed Asbestos-Containing Material (PACM), the Contractor shall comply with the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). Any requirements included in Federal and State regulations regarding air quality that applies to the "owner or operator" shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.7(1) General The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: When the Contractor moves equipment or materials on or over Structures, culverts or pipes, the Contractor may operate equipment with only the load-limit restrictions in Section 1-07.7(2). The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Unit prices shall cover all costs for operating over Structures, culverts and pipes. 1-07.9(1) General The last sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Generally, the Contractor initiates the request by preparing standard form 1444 Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate, available at https://www.dol.gov/whd/recovery/dbsurvey/conformance.htm, and submitting it to the Engineer for further action. 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices The second sentence of the first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall ensure the most current edition of the following are posted: The revision dates are deleted from all items in the numbered list. The following new items are inserted after item number 1: 2. Mandatory Supplement to EEOC P/E-1 published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal-aid funding. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 8 3. Pay Transparency Nondiscrimination Provision published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal-aid funding. Item number 2 through 12 are renumbered to 4 through 14, respectively. 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements In this section, "creed" is revised to read "religion". Item numbers 1 through 9 are revised to read 2 through 10, respectively. After the preceding Amendment is applied, the following new item number 1 is inserted: 1. The Contractor shall maintain a Work site that is free of harassment, humiliation, fear, hostility and intimidation at all times. Behaviors that violate this requirement include but are not limited to: a. Persistent conduct that is offensive and unwelcome. b. Conduct that is considered to be hazing. c. Jokes about race, gender, or sexuality that are offensive. d. Unwelcome, unwanted, rude or offensive conduct or advances of a sexual nature which interferes with a person's ability to perform their job or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. e. Language or conduct that is offensive, threatening, intimidating or hostile based on race, gender, or sexual orientation. f. Repeating rumors about individuals in the Work Site that are considered to be harassing or harmful to the individual's reputation. 1-07.11(5) Sanctions This section is supplemented with the following: Immediately upon the Engineer's request, the Contractor shall remove from the Work site any employee engaging in behaviors that promote harassment, humiliation, fear or intimidation including but not limited to those described in these specifications. 1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions The first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall include the provisions of Section 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements (1) through (5) and the Section 1-07.11(5) Sanctions in every subcontract including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: An SPCC Plan template and guidance information is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/environment/technical/disciplines/hazardous-materials/spill- prevent-report. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 9 1-07.16(2)A Wetland and Sensitive Area Protection The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Existing wetland and other sensitive areas, where shown in the Plans or designated by the Engineer, shall be saved and protected through the life of the Contract. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Item number 1 is supplemented with the following new sentence: This policy shall be kept in force from the execution date of the Contract until the Physical Completion Date. 1-08.AP1 Section 1-08, Prosecution and ProgressJanuary 7, 2019 1-08.1 Subcontracting The first sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: All Work that is not performed by the Contractor will be considered as subcontracting except: (1) purchase of sand, gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, batched concrete aggregates, ready-mix concrete, off-site fabricated structural steel, other off-site fabricated items, and any other materials supplied by established and recognized commercial plants; or (2) delivery of these materials to the Work site in vehicles owned or operated by such plants or by recognized independent or commercial hauling companies hired by those commercial plants. The following new paragraph is inserted after the seventh paragraph: The Contractor shall not use businesses (material suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, etc.) with federal purchasing exclusions. Businesses with exclusions are identified using the System for Award Management web page at www.SAM.gov. 1-08.5 Time for Completion Item number 2 of the sixth paragraph is supplemented with the following: f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8-01.3(16). 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall protect and maintain all other Work in areas not used by traffic. All costs associated with protecting and maintaining such Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 10 1-09.AP 1 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment August 6, 2018 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's representative shall collect the tickets throughout the day and provide them to the Engineer's designated receiver, not later than the end of shift, for reconciliation. Tickets for loads not verified as delivered will receive no pay. 1-09.2(2) Specific Requirements for Batching Scales The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Batching scales used for concrete or hot mix asphalt shall not be used for batching other materials. 1-09.10 Payment for Surplus Processed Materials The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the second paragraph: For Hot Mix Asphalt, the Plan quantity and quantity used will be adjusted for the quantity of Asphalt and quantity of RAP or other materials incorporated into the mix. 2-01.AP2 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup April 1, 2019 2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 — Chipping Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 2. Chips shall be disposed outside of sensitive areas, and in areas that aren't in conflict with permanent Work. 2-02.AP2 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions April 2, 2018 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters In item number 3 of the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: For concrete pavement removal, a second vertical full depth relief saw cut offset 12 to 18 inches from and parallel to the initial saw cut is also required, unless the Engineer allows otherwise. 2-03.AP2 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment April 1, 2019 2-03.3(14)F Displacement of Unsuitable Foundation Materials This section, including title, is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 11 2-03.3(14)F Vacant 2-09.AP2 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation April 1, 2019 2-09.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(2) 2-09.3(3)B Excavation Using Open Pits — Extra Excavation The last two paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: The excavation height (Ht) shall be calculated within a vertical plane as the difference between the lowest elevation in the excavation and the highest elevation of the ground surface immediately adjacent to the excavation. Pavement thickness and other surface treatments existing at the time of the excavation shall be included in the height calculation. Submittals and Design Requirements Excavations 4-feet and less in height do not require design and submittals. The Contractor shall provide a safe work environment and shall execute the work in a manner that does not damage adjacent pavements, utilities, or structures. If the Engineer determines the Contractor's work may potentially affect adjacent traffic, pavements, utilities, or structures, the Engineer may request a Type 1 Working Drawing from the Contractor. The Contractor shall explain in the Type 1 Working Drawing how the Engineer's concerns will be addressed, why infrastructure will not be damaged by the work, and how worker safety will be preserved. For excavations that have soil types and slope geometries defined in WAC 296-155 part N and are between 4-feet and 20-feet in height, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the following: 1. A plan view showing the limits of the excavation and its relationship to traffic, structures, utilities and other pertinent project elements. If the stability of the excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback distances, those shall be shown on the plan view. 2. A typical or controlling cross section showing the proposed excavation, original ground line, and locations of traffic, existing structures, utilities, site constraints, surcharge loads, or other conditions that could affect the stability of the slope. If the stability of the excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback distances, those shall be shown in cross section. 3. A summary clearly describing subsurface conditions, soil type for WAC 296-155 part N, and groundwater conditions, sequencing considerations, and governing assumptions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 12 Where WAC 296-155 part N requires an engineer's design, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the three items above and the following additional items: 4. Supporting calculations for the design of the excavation, the soil and material properties selected for design, and the justification for the selection for those properties, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03. 5. Safety factors, or load and resistance factors used, and justification for their selection, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03, and referenced AASHTO design manuals. 6. A monitoring plan to evaluate the excavation performance throughout its design life. 7. Any supplemental subsurface explorations made by the Contractor to meet the requirements for geotechnical design of excavation slopes, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03. 2-09.3(3)D Shoring and Cofferdams The first sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Structural shoring and cofferdams shall be designed for conditions stated in this Section using methods shown in Division I Section 5 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges Seventeenth Edition — 2002 for allowable stress design, or the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for load and resistance factor design. 3-01.AP3 Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites April 2, 2018 3-01.1 Description The first paragraph is revised to read: This Work shall consist of manufacturing and producing crushed and screened aggregates including pit run aggregates of the kind, quality, and grading specified for use in the construction of concrete, hot mix asphalt, crushed surfacing, maintenance rock, ballast, gravel base, gravel backfill, gravel borrow, riprap, and bituminous surface treatments of all descriptions. 4-04.AP4 Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing April 2, 2018 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: When using 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate, the Contractor may submit a written request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance testing in lieu of compacting to 95% of the standard density as determined by the requirements of AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 13 Section 2-03.3(14)D. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 5-01.AP5 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation January 7, 2019 5-01.2 Materials The reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read: Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar 9-20.1 5-01.3(1)A1 Concrete Patching Materials In this section, each reference to "9-20" is revised to read "9-20.1". 5-01.3(4) Replace Cement Concrete Panel This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 5-01.3(4)A General Curing, cold weather work, concrete pavement construction in adjacent lines, and protection of pavement shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(13) through Section 5-05.3(15). The Contractor, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, shall repair any damage to existing pavement caused by the Contractor's operations. 5-01.3(4)B Sawing and Dimensional Requirements Concrete slabs to be replaced as shown in the Plans or staked by the Engineer shall be at least 6.0 feet long and full width of an existing pavement panel. The portion of the panel to remain in place shall have a minimum dimension of 6 feet in length and full panel width; otherwise the entire panel shall be removed and replaced. There shall be no new joints closer than 3.0 feet to an existing transverse joint or crack. A vertical full depth saw cut is required along all longitudinal joints and at transverse locations and, unless the Engineer allows otherwise, an additional vertical full depth relief saw cut located 12 to 18 inches from and parallel to the initial longitudinal and transverse saw cut locations is also required. Removal of existing cement concrete pavement shall not cause damage to adjacent slabs that are to remain in place. In areas that will be ground, slab replacements shall be performed prior to pavement grinding. Side forms shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(7)B whenever a sawed full depth vertical face cannot be maintained. 5-01.3(4)C Dowel Bars and Tie Bars For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in fresh concrete, comply with the requirements of Section 5-05. For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in hardened concrete, comply with the Standard Plans and the following. After drilling, secure dowel bars and tie bars into the existing pavement with either an epoxy bonding agent Type I or IV as specified in Section 9-26.1, or a grout Type 2 for non-shrink applications as specified in Section 9-20.3. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 14 Dowel bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the transverse joint, and parallel to the centerline and to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in the table below. Dowel bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing dowel bars in the transverse joint at bridge approach slabs or existing panels provided the adjusted dowel bars meet the tolerances below. Tie bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the joint, perpendicular to centerline, and parallel to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in the table below. The horizontal position of tie bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing tie bars in the longitudinal joint where panel replacement takes place, provided the adjusted tie bars meet the tolerances below. Placement Tolerances Dowel Bars Tie Bars Vertical: Center of Bar to Center of Slab Depth ± 1.00 inch max ± 1.00 inch max Dowel Bar Centered Over the Transverse Joint ± 1.00 inch max N/A Tie Bar Centered Over the Longitudinal Joint N/A ± 1.00 inch max Parallel to Centerline Over the Length of the ±0.50 inch max N/A Dowel Bar Perpendicular to Longitudinal Joint Over the N/A ± 1.00 inch max Length of the Tie Bar Parallel to Roadway Surface Over the Length of ±0.50 inch max ± 1.00 inch max the Bar Dowel bars and tie bars shall be placed according to the Standard Plan when multiple panels are placed. Panels shall be cast separately from the bridge approach slab. Dowel bars to be drilled into existing concrete or at a new transverse contraction joint shall have a parting compound, such as curing compound, grease, or other Engineer accepted equal, applied to them prior to placement. Clean the drilled holes in accordance with the epoxy or grout manufacturer's instructions. Holes shall be clean and dry at the time of placing the epoxy, or grout and tie bars. Completely fill the void between the tie bar and the outer limits of the drilled hole with epoxy or grout. Use retention rings to prevent leakage of the epoxy or grout and support the tie bar to prevent movement until the epoxy or grout has cured the minimum time recommended by the manufacturer. 5-01.3(4)D Foundation Preparation The Contractor shall smooth the surfacing below the removed panel and compact it to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Crushed surfacing base course, or hot mix asphalt may be needed to bring the surfacing to grade prior to placing the new concrete. If the material under the removed panel is uncompactable and the Engineer requires it, the Contractor shall excavate the Subgrade 2 feet, place a soil stabilization construction geotextile meeting the requirements of Section 9-33, and backfill with crushed surfacing base course. This Work may include: 1. Furnishing and hauling crushed surfacing base course to the project site. 2. Excavating uncompactable material. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 15 3. Furnishing and placing a soil stabilization construction geotextile. 4. Backfilling and compacting crushed surfacing base course. 5. Removing, hauling and restocking any unused crushed surfacing base course. 5-01.3(4)E Concrete Finishing Grade control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All panels shall be struck off level with the adjacent panels and floated to a smooth surface. Final finish texturing shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(11). In areas where the Plans do not require grinding, the surface smoothness will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge by the Engineer in accordance with Section 5-05.3(12). If the replacement panel is located in an area that will be ground as part of concrete pavement grinding in accordance with Section 5-01.3(9), the surface smoothness shall be measured, by the Contractor, in conjunction with the smoothness measurement done in accordance with Section 5-01.3(10). 5-01.3(4)F Joints All transverse and longitudinal joints shall be sawed and sealed in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8). The Contractor may use a hand pushed single blade saw for sawing joints. 5-01.3(4)G Cracked Panels Replacement panels that crack shall be repaired as specified in Section 5-05.3(22) at no cost to the Contracting Agency. When repairing replacement panels that have cracked, epoxy-coated dowel bars meeting the requirements of Section 9-07.5(1) may be substituted for the corrosion resistant dowel bars specified. 5-01.3(4)H Opening to Traffic Opening to traffic shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17). 5-01.3(5) Partial Depth Spall Repair The second sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 5-01.3(7) Sealing Existing Concrete Random Cracks The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 5-01.3(8) Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 5-01.3(10) Pavement Smoothness This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 16 Pavement surface smoothness for cement concrete pavement grinding on this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Smoothness Testing Equipment and Operator Certification Use an inertial profiler and operator that meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)E. Surface Smoothness Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect the control profile at locations designated in Table 2 prior to any pavement rehabilitation Work on the areas to be tested. Collect an acceptance profile at locations designated in Table 2 after completion of all cement concrete pavement grinding on the project. Profiles shall be collected in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Table 2 Locations Requiring MRI Testing Travel lanes where cement concrete grinding is shown in the Control profile plans Additional locations designated by the Engineer Control profile Travel lanes with completed cement Acceptance profile concrete pavement grinding Bridges, approach panels and 0.02 miles before and after bridges and approach panels and other Control and acceptance profile excluded areas within lanes requiring testing Ramps, Shoulders and Tapers Do not test Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the 10 percent, the following resolution process will be followed: 1. The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used for pavement smoothness acceptance. The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 3 calendar days of completing each days profile testing. If the profile data files are AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 17 created using an export option in the manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude areas listed in Table 3. Table 3 Areas Excluded from MRI Acceptance Requirements Location Exclude Beginning and end of grinding Pavement within 0.02 mile The bridge and approach slab and Bridges and approach slabs 0.02 mile from the ends of the bridge or approach slab Defects in the existing roadway identified by the Contractor that 0.01-mile section containing the adversely affect the MRI such as defect and the 0.01-mile section dips, depressions and wheel path following the section with the defect. longitudinal joints.' 1The presence of defects is subject to verification by the Engineer Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 0.01-mile section and each 0.10-mile section. Do not truncate 0.10-mile sections for areas excluded from MRI acceptance requirements. MRI requirements will not apply to 0.10-mile sections with more than three 0.01 mile-sections excluded. MRI requirements for the individual 0.01-mile sections shall still apply. The Engineer will verify the analysis. The MRI for each 0.10 mile of ground lane will comply with the following: Control Profile MRI per 0.10 Mile Maximum MRI of Acceptance Profile per 0.10 Mile <-130 inches/mile 78 inches/mile >130 inches/mile 0.6 x Control Profile MRI The MRI for each 0.01 mile of the completed cement concrete grinding shall not exceed 160 inches/mile. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. Surface smoothness of travel lanes including areas subject to MRI testing shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge within the lanes. There shall be not vertical elevation difference of more than a 1/4 inch between lanes. Pavement that does not meet these requirements will be subject to corrective Work. All corrective Work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to the Contracting Agency. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following methods: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 18 1. Diamond grinding. 2. By other method accepted by the Engineer. Repair areas shall be re-profiled to ensure they no longer require corrective Work. With concurrence of the Engineer, a 10-foot straight edge may be used in place of the inertial profiler. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-01.5. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-01.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: "Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) and the following calculations: A smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $100 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.01 mile in length and $1,000 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.10 mile in length that does not meet the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) after corrective Work. 5-02.AP5 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment April 1, 2019 5-02.3(5) Application of Aggregates The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall use a pickup broom in all curbed areas, on all bridges, within city limits, within sensitive areas, and where shown in the Plans both before the application of emulsified asphalt and during the final brooming operation. 5-04.AP5 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt April 1, 2019 5-04.1 Description The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The manufacture of HMA may include additives or processes that reduce the optimum mixing temperature (Warm Mix Asphalt) or serve as a compaction aid in accordance with these Specifications. 5-04.2 Materials The reference to "Warm Mix Asphalt Additive" is revised to read "HMA Additive". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 19 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL The last bullet in the first paragraph is revised to read: • Do not include HMA additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of HMA additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. In the table, "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8" is revised to read "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8 located in the WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01". 5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Changes in modifiers used in the asphalt binder. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-04.2(2)B Using HMA Additives The Contractor may, at the Contractor's discretion, elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: • Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature in accordance with Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures. • Before using additives, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Item number 5 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 5. Provide HMA sampling equipment that complies with FOP for AASHTO T 168: • Use a mechanical sampling device accepted by the Engineer, or • Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the truck transport without entering the truck transport for sampling HMA. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS-1, CSS-1 h, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat. 5-04.3(6) Mixing The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 20 The asphalt supplier shall introduce recycling agent and anti-stripping additive, in the amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does not exceed the optimum mixing temperature shown on the accepted Mix Design Report by more than 25°F, or as allowed by the Engineer. When an additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, do not heat the additive (at any stage of production including in binder storage tanks) to a temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the additive. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The last row of the table is revised to read: % inch 0.25 feet 0.30 feet 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: The Contracting Agency's combined aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) blend as shown on the HMA Mix Design will be used for VMA calculations until the Contractor submits a written request for a Gsb test. The new Gsb will be used in the VMA calculations for HMA from the date the Engineer receives the written request for a Gsb retest. The Contractor may request aggregate specific gravity (Gsb) testing be performed by the Contracting Agency twice per project. The Gsb blend of the combined stockpiles will be used to calculate voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) of any HMA produced after the new Gsb is determined. 5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section — When Required, When to Stop The following new row is inserted after the second row in Table 9: VMA Minimum PF; of 0.95 None4 based on the criteria in Section 5-04.3(9)B42 5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section — Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section In Table 9a, the test property "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, and Va" is revised to read "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, VMA, and Va" In Table 9a, the first column of the third row is revised to read: Aggregates: Sand Equivalent Uncompacted Void Content Fracture 5-04.3(9)63 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing In Table 11, "Vs" is revised to read "VMA and Va" AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1119 21 5-04.3(9)65 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Composite Pay Factors (CPF) The following new row is inserted above the last row in Table 12: Voids in Mineral Aggregate 2 (VMA) 5-04.3(9)67 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Retests The second to last sentence is revised to read: The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, VMA and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA mixture in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction — General Compaction Requirements The last paragraph is revised to read: On bridge decks and on roadway approaches within five feet of a bridge/back of pavement seat, rollers shall not be operated in a vibratory mode, defined as a mode in which the drum vibrates vertically. However, unless otherwise noted on the plans, rollers may be operated in an oscillatory mode, defined as a mode in which the drum vibrates in the horizontal direction only. 5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots The bulleted item in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: • For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75 using an LSL = 91.5, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. See also Section 5-04.3(11)F. 5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing In the table, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 355". 5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction — Price Adjustments In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 355". The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does not meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D5 to determine the appropriate Composite Pay Factor (CPF). The last two paragraphs are revised to read: Determine the Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) from the table below, selecting the equation for CPA that corresponds to the value of CPF determined above. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 22 Calculating HMA Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) Value of CPF Equation for Calculating CPA When CPF > 1.00 CPA= [1.00 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP When CPF = 1.00 CPA= $0 When CPF < 1.0 CPA= [0.60 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP Where CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot ($) CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05) Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons) UP = Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton) 5-04.3(10)C4 HMA Statistical Compaction — Requests for Retesting The first sentence is revised to read: For a compaction sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91.5 percent of the theoretical maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core, taken at the same location as the nuclear density test, be used for determination of the relative density of the compaction sublot. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The second to last paragraph is revised to read: When concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the Plan grade minus the specified Plan depth of concrete pavement. Prior to placing the concrete pavement, bring any such irregularities to the required tolerance by grinding or other means allowed by the Engineer. 5-04.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Crack Sealing-LF", per linear foot is revised to read: The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Crack Sealing-LF" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)A. 5-05.AP5 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement April 1, 2019 5-05.1 Description In the first paragraph, "portland cement concrete" is revised to read "cement concrete". 5-05.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 23 In the first paragraph, the section reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read "9-20.1". The second paragraph is revised to read: Cementitious materials are considered to be the following: portland cement, blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving The table title in item number 4 is revised to read Concrete Batch Weights. In item 4a, "Portland Cement" is revised to read "Cement". 5-05.3(3)E Smoothness Testing Equipment This section is revised to read: Inertial profilers shall meet all requirements of AASHTO M 328 and be certified in accordance with AASHTO R 56 within the preceding 12 months. The inertial profiler operator shall be certified as required by AASHTO R 56 within three years preceding profile measurement. Equipment or operator certification by other states or a profiler certification facility will be accepted provided the certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56. Documentation verifying certification by another state shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to profile measurement. Equipment certification documentation shall include the information required by part 8.5 and 8.6 of AASHTO R 56. Operator documentation shall include a statement from the certifying state that indicates the operator is certified to operate the inertial profiler to be used on the project. The decision whether another state's certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56 shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-05.3(4) Measuring and Batching Materials Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Batching Materials — On all projects requiring more than 2,500 cubic yards of concrete for paving, the batching plant shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and cement by weight by means of automatic and interlocked proportioning devices of accepted type. 5-05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement This section's title is revised to read: Acceptance of Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement The first sentence is revised to read: Acceptance of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete pavement shall be as provided under statistical or nonstatistical acceptance. 5-05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete This section's content is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 411/19 24 5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The tie bar holes shall be clean before grouting. 5-05.3(12) Surface Smoothness This section is revised to read: Pavement surface smoothness for this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. The Contractor shall perform IRI testing on each through lane, climbing lane, and passing lane, greater than 0.25 mile in length and these lanes will be subject to incentive/disincentive adjustments. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Ramps, shoulders and tapers will not be included in MRI testing for pavement smoothness and will not be subject to incentive adjustments. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect profile data after completion of all concrete paving on the project in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the following resolution process will be followed: 1. The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used to establish pay adjustments. Surface smoothness of travel lanes not subject to MRI testing will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge no later than 5:00 p.m. of the day following the placing of the concrete. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. Smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge across all lanes with the same cross slope, including shoulders when composed of cement concrete pavement. The overlapping 10-foot straightedge measurement shall be discontinued at a point 6 inches from the most extreme outside AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 25 edge of the finished cement concrete pavement. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface perpendicular to the centerline. Any deviations in excess of the above tolerances shall be corrected. The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance, incentive payments, disincentive payments, or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 2 calendar days of completing testing each section of pavement. If the profile data files are created using an export option in the manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude any areas specifically identified in the Contract. Exclude from the analysis the first 100 feet after the start of the paving operations and last 100 feet prior to the end of the paving operation, the first 100 feet on either side of bridge Structures and bridge approach slab. Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 52.8 foot section and horizontal distance measurements in project stationing to the nearest foot. Include pay adjustments in the results. The Engineer will verify the analysis. Corrective work for pavement smoothness may be taken by the Contractor prior to MRI testing. After completion of the MRI testing the Contractor shall measure the smoothness of each 52.8-foot section with an MRI greater than 125 inches per mile with a 10-foot straightedge within 14 calendar days or as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall identify all locations that require corrective work and provide the straight edge measurements at each location that exceeds the allowable limit to the Engineer. If all measurements in a 52.8-foot section comply with smoothness requirements, the Contractor shall provide the maximum measurement to the Engineer and a statement that corrective work is not required. Unless allowed by the Engineer, corrective work shall be taken by the Contractor for pavement identified by the Contractor or Engineer that does not meet the following requirements: 1. The completed surface shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. 2. The completed surface shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 3. The completed surface shall vary not more than '/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. All corrective work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to the Contracting Agency. Corrective work shall not begin until the concrete has reached its design strength unless allowed by the Engineer. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following methods: 1. Diamond grinding; repairs shall not reduce pavement thickness by more than 1/4 inch less than the thickness shown in the Plans. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall verify the thickness of the concrete pavement by coring. Thickness reduction due to corrective work will not be included in thickness measurements for calculating the Thickness Deficiency in Section 5-O5.5(1)A. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 26 2. Removal and replacement of the cement concrete pavement. 3. By other method allowed by the Engineer. For repairs following MRI testing the repaired area shall be checked by the Contractor with a 10-foot straightedge to ensure it no longer requires corrective work. With concurrence of the Engineer an inertial profiler may be used in place of the 10-foot straight edge. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-05.5. The credit will be in addition to the price adjustment for MRI. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-05.3(22) Repair of Defective Pavement Slabs The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 5-05.4 Measurement Item number 3 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 3. The depth shall be determined in accordance with Section 5-05.5(1). The depth utilized to calculate the volume shall not exceed the Plan depth plus 0.04 feet. The third paragraph is revised to read: The volume of cement concrete pavement in each thickness lot shall equal the measured length x width x thickness measurement. The last paragraph is revised to read: The calculation for cement concrete compliance adjustment is the volume of concrete represented by the CPF and the Thickness deficiency adjustment. 5-05.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Cement Conc. Pavement", per cubic yard is supplemented with the following: All costs associated with performing the magnetic pulse induction thickness testing shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. Pavement". The Bid item "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5-05.3(12) and the following calculations: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 27 1. Final MRI acceptance and incentive/disincentive payments for pavement smoothness will be calculated as the average of the ten 52.8-foot sections in each 528 feet in accordance with the price adjustment schedule. a. For sections of a lane that are a minimum of 52.8 feet and less than 528 feet, the price adjustment will be calculated using the average of the 52.8 foot MRI values and the price adjustment prorated for the length of the section. b. MRI values per 52.8-feet that were measured prior to corrective work will be included in the 528 foot price adjustment for sections with corrective work. 2. In addition to the price adjustment for MRI a smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $1000.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 52.8 feet in length in that does not meet the 10-foot straight edge requirements in Section 5-05.3(12) after corrective Work. Price Adjustment Schedule MRI for each 528 ft. Pay Adjustment section Schedule in.I mi. $10.10 mi. < 30 2400 30 2400 31 2320 32 2240 33 2160 34 2080 35 2000 36 1920 37 1840 38 1760 39 1680 40 1600 41 1520 42 1440 43 1360 44 1280 45 1200 46 1120 47 1040 48 960 49 880 50 800 51 720 52 640 53 560 54 480 55 400 56 320 57 240 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 28 58 160 59 80 60 0 61 0 62 0 63 0 64 0 65 0 66 0 67 0 68 0 69 0 70 0 71 0 72 0 73 0 74 0 75 0 76 -80 77 -160 78 -240 79 -320 80 -400 81 -480 82 -560 83 -640 84 -720 85 -800 86 -880 87 -960 88 -1040 89 -1120 90 -1200 91 -1280 92 -1360 93 -1440 94 -1520 95 -1600 96 -1680 97 -1760 98 -1840 99 -1920 100 -2000 101 -2080 102 -2160 103 -2240 104 -2320 105 -2400 106 -2480 107 -2560 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 29 108 -2640 109 -2720 110 -2800 111 -2880 112 -2960 113 -3040 114 -3120 115 -3200 116 -3280 117 -3360 118 -3440 119 -3520 120 -3600 121 -3680 122 -3760 123 -3840 124 -3920 >_125 -4000 The bid item "Portland Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Payment for "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment" will be calculated by multiplying the unit Contract price for the cement concrete pavement, times the volume for adjustment, times the percent of adjustment determined from the calculated CPF and the Deficiency Adjustment listed in Section 5-05.5(1)A. 5-05.5(1) Pavement Thickness This section is revised to read: Cement concrete pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the thickness requirements in the Plans and Specifications. Tolerances allowed for Subgrade construction and other provisions, which may affect thickness, shall not be construed to modify such thickness requirements. Thickness measurements in each lane paved shall comply with the following: Thickness Testing of Cement Concrete Pavement Thickness Lot Size 15 panels maximum Thickness test location determined by Engineer will select testing locations in accordance with WSDOT TM 716 method B. Sample method AASHTO T 359 Sample preparation performed by Contractor provides, places, and secures disks in the presence of the Engineer Measurement method AASHTO T 359 Thickness measurement performed by Contractor, in the presence of the Engineer2 'Reflectors shall be located at within 0.5 feet of the center of the panel. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of 300 mm-diameter round reflectors meeting the requirements of AASHTO T 359 to accomplish the required testing. 2The Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials needed to perform the testing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 30 Thickness measurements shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01 foot. Each thickness test location where the pavement thickness is deficient by more than 0.04 foot, shall be subject to price reduction or corrective action as shown in Table 2. Table 2 Thickness Deficiency 0.04'<Thickness Deficiency<_0.06' 10 0.06'<Thickness deficiency<_0.08' 25 Remove and replace the panels or the panels Thickness deficiency> 0.08' may be accepted with no payment at the discretion of the Engineer. The price reduction shall be computed by multiplying the percent price reduction in Table 2 by the unit Contract price by the volume of pavement represented by the thickness test lot. Additional cores may be taken by the Contractor to determine the limits of an area that has a thickness deficiency greater than 0.04 feet. Cores shall be taken at the approximate center of the panel. Only the panels within the limits of the deficiency area as determined by the cores will be subject to a price reduction or corrective action. The cores shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer and delivered to the Engineer for measurement. All costs for the additional cores including filling the core holes with patching material meeting the requirements of Section 9-20 will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5-05.5(1)A Thickness Deficiency of 0.05 Foot or Less This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)A Vacant 5-05.5(1)B Thickness Deficiency of More Than 0.05 Foot This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)B Vacant 6-01.AP6 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures January 7, 2019 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-01.16 Repair of Defective Work 6-01.16(1) General When using repair procedures that are described elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Working Drawing submittal requirements of this Section shall not apply to those repairs unless noted otherwise. Repair procedures for defective Work shall be submitted as Type 2 Working Drawings. Type 2E Working Drawings shall be submitted when required by the Engineer. As an alternative to submitting Type 2 or 2E Working Drawings, defective AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 31 Work within the limits of applicability of a pre-approved repair procedure may be repaired using that procedure. Repairs using a pre-approved repair procedure shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Pre-approved repair procedures shall consist of the following: • The procedures listed in Section 6-01.16(2) • For precast concrete, repair procedures in the annual plant approval process documents that have been approved for use by the Contracting Agency. All Working Drawings for repair procedures shall include: • A description of the defective Work including location, extent and pictures • Materials to be used in the repair. Repairs using manufactured products shall include written manufacturer recommendations for intended uses of the product, surface preparation, mixing, aggregate extension (if applicable), ambient and surface temperature limits, placement methods, finishing and curing. • Construction procedures • Plan details of the area to be repaired • Calculations for Type 2E Working Drawings Material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations shall supersede any conflicting requirements in pre-approved repair procedures. The Engineer shall be notified prior to performing any repair procedure and shall be given an opportunity to inspect the repair work being performed. 6-01.16(2) Pre-Approved Repair Procedures 6-01.16(2)A Concrete Spalls and Poor Consolidation (Rock Pockets, Honeycombs, Voids, etc.) This repair shall be limited to the following areas: • Areas that are not on top Roadway surfaces (with or without an overlay) including but not limited to concrete bridge decks, bridge approach slabs or cement concrete pavement • Areas that are not underwater • Areas that are not on precast barrier, except for the bottom 4 inches (but not to exceed 1 inch above blockouts) • Areas that do not affect structural adequacy as determined by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 32 The repair procedure is as follows: 1. Remove all loose and unsound concrete. Impact breakers shall not exceed 15 pounds in weight when removing concrete adjacent to reinforcement or other embedments and shall not exceed 30 pounds in weight otherwise. Operate impact breakers at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the concrete to the tool and moving away from the edge of the defective Work. Concrete shall be completely removed from exposed surfaces of existing steel reinforcing bars. If half or more of the circumference of any steel reinforcing bar is exposed, if the reinforcing bar is loose or if the bond to existing concrete is poor then concrete shall be removed at least 3/4 inch behind the reinforcing bar. Do not damage any existing reinforcement. Stop work and allow the Engineer to inspect the repair area after removing all loose and unsound concrete. Submit a modified repair procedure when required by the Engineer. 2. Square the edges of the repair area by cutting an edge perpendicular to the concrete surface around the repair area. The geometry of the repair perimeter shall minimize the edge length and shall be rectangular with perpendicular edges, avoiding reentrant corners. The depth of the cut shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch, but shall be reduced if necessary to avoid damaging any reinforcement. For repairs on vertical surfaces, the top edge shall slope up toward the front at a 1-vertical-to-3-horizontal slope. 3. Remove concrete within the repair area to a depth at least matching the cut depth at the edges. Large variations in the depth of removal within short distances shall be avoided. Roughen the concrete surface. The concrete surface should be roughened to at least Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) 5 in accordance with ICRI Guideline No. 310.2R, unless a different CSP is recommended by the patching material manufacturer. 4. Inspect the concrete repair surface for delaminations, debonding, microcracking and voids using hammer tapping or a chain drag. Remove any additional loose or unsound concrete in accordance with steps 1 through 3. 5. Select a patching material in accordance with Section 9-20.2 that is appropriate for the repair location and thickness. The concrete patching material shall be pumpable or self-consolidating as required for the type of placement that suits the repair. The patching material shall have a minimum compressive strength at least equal to the specified compressive strength of the concrete. 6. Prepare the concrete surface and reinforcing steel in accordance with the patching material manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, clean the concrete surfaces (including perimeter edges) and reinforcing steel using oil-free abrasive blasting or high-pressure (minimum 5,000 psi) water blasting. All dirt, dust, loose particles, rust, laitance, oil, film, microcracked/bruised concrete or foreign material of AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 33 any sort shall be removed. Damage to the epoxy coating on steel reinforcing bars shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6-02.3(24)H. 7. Construct forms if necessary, such as for patching vertical or overhead surfaces or where patching extends to the edge or corner of a placement. 8. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, saturate the concrete in the repair area and remove any free water at the concrete surface to obtain a saturated surface dry (SSD) substrate. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, apply a primer, scrub coat or bonding agent to the existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agents, if used, shall be Type II or Type V in accordance with Section 9-26.1. 9. Place and consolidate the patching material in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Work the material firmly into all surfaces of the repair area with sufficient pressure to achieve proper bond to the concrete. 10. The patching material shall be textured, cured and finished in accordance with the patching material manufacturer's recommendations and/or the requirements for the repaired component. Protect the newly placed patch from vibration in accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)D. 11. When the completed repair does not match the existing concrete color and will be visible to the public, a sand and cement mixture that is color matched to the existing concrete shall be rubbed, brushed, or applied to the surface of the patching material and the concrete. 6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges In the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-01.12 Final Cleanup The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Structure decks shall be clean. The second paragraph is deleted. 6-02.AP6 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures April 1, 2019 6-02.1 Description The first sentence is revised to read: This Work consists of the construction of all Structures (and their parts) made of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete with or without reinforcement, including bridge approach slabs. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 34 6-02.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials The second paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall use Type I or II portland cement or blended hydraulic cement in all concrete as defined in Section 9-01.2(1). The last sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: With the Engineer's written concurrence, microsilica fume may be used in all classifications of Class 4000, Class 3000, and commercial concrete and is limited to a maximum of 10 percent of the cementitious material. 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line unless noted otherwise. 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D Item number 5 of the first paragraph is deleted. Item number 6 of the first paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is renumbered to 5. 6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete The second paragraph is revised to read: Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for items such as, culvert headwalls, plugging culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, Type PPB, PS, I, FB and RM signal standards, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, fence post footings, sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, the Contractor may use commercial concrete. If commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, it shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of concrete, shall be air entrained, and the tolerances of Section 6-02.3(5)C shall apply. 6-02.3(4) Ready-Mix Concrete The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All concrete, except lean concrete, shall be batched in a prequalified manual, semi- automatic, or automatic plant as described in Section 6-02.3(4)A. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 35 6-02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement The following is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: The upper temperature limit for placement for Class 4000D concrete may be increased to a maximum of 80°F if allowed by the Engineer. 6-02.3(5)C Conformance to Mix Design Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 1. Cement weight plus 5 percent or minus 1 percent of that specified in the mix design. 6-02.3(6)A1 Hot Weather Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide concrete within the specified temperature limits. Cooling of the coarse aggregate piles by sprinkling with water is permitted provided the moisture content is monitored, the mixing water is adjusted for the free water in the aggregate and the coarse aggregate is removed from at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pile. Sprinkling of fine aggregate piles with water is not allowed. Refrigerating mixing water or replacing all or part of the mixing water with crushed ice is permitted, provided the ice is completely melted by placing time. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: These surfaces include forms, reinforcing steel, steel beam flanges, and any others that touch the concrete. 6-02.3(7) Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(7) Tolerances Unless noted otherwise, concrete construction tolerances shall be in accordance with this section. Tolerances in this section do not apply to cement concrete pavement. Horizontal deviation of roadway crown points, cross-slope break points, and curb, barrier or railing edges from alignment or work line: ±1.0 inch Deviation from plane: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plane for roadway surfaces: ±0.25 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plumb or specified batter: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet, but not to exceed a total of±1.5 inches Vertical deviation from profile grade for roadway surfaces: ±1 inch Vertical deviation of top surfaces (except roadway surfaces): ±0.75 inch Thickness of bridge decks and other structural slabs not at grade: ±0.25 inch AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 36 Length, width and thickness of elements such as columns, beams, crossbeams, diaphragms, corbels, piers, abutments and walls, including dimensions to construction joints in initial placements: +0.5 inch, -0.25 inch Length, width and thickness of spread footing foundations: +2 inches, -0.5 inch Horizontal location of the as-placed edge of spread footing foundations: The greater of ±2% of the horizontal dimension of the foundation perpendicular to the edge and ±0.5 inch. However, the tolerance shall not exceed ±2 inches. Location of opening, insert or embedded item at concrete surface: ±0.5 inch Cross-sectional dimensions of opening: ±0.5 inch Bridge deck, bridge approach slab, and bridge traffic barrier expansion joint gaps with a specified temperature range, measured at a stable temperature: ±0.25 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of supported element from centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly ±0.25 inch Vertical deviation of top of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch 6-02.3(10)C Finishing Equipment The first paragraph is revised to read: The finishing machine shall be self-propelled and be capable of forward and reverse movement under positive control. The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers and a rotating cylindrical single or double drum screed. The finishing machine shall have the necessary adjustments to produce the required cross section, line, and grade. The finishing machine shall be capable of raising the screeds, augers, and any other parts of the finishing mechanical operation to clear the screeded surface, and returning to the specified grade under positive control. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, a finishing machine manufacturer technical representative shall be on site to assist the first use of the machine on the Contract. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: For bridge deck widening of 20 feet or less, and for bridge approach slabs, or where jobsite conditions do not allow the use of the conventional configuration finishing machines, or modified conventional machines as described above; the Contractor may submit a Type 2 Working Drawing proposing the use of a hand-operated motorized power screed such as a "Texas" or "Bunyan" screed. 6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement This section, including title, is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 37 6-02.3(10)D4 Vacant 6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing In the third subparagraph of the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 24-inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot minimum and 2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9-inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. 6-02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors The second to last paragraph is revised to read: The compression seal shall be a 2% inch wide gland and shall conform to Section 9-04.1(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System In item number 3 of the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System The first paragraph is revised to read: Compression seal glands shall conform to Section 9-04.1(4) and be sized as shown in the Plans. 6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Pigmented Sealer Materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the pigmented sealer material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08.3. 6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The second, third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. Grout shall not be placed outside of the manufacturer recommended range of thickness. The Contractor shall receive concurrence from the Engineer before using the grout. Field grout cubes and cylinders shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with Section 9-20.3 when requested by the Engineer, but not less than once per bridge pier or once per day. Before placing grout, the substrate on which it is to be placed shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure proper bonding. The grout shall be cured as recommended by the manufacturer. The grout may be loaded when a minimum of 4,000 psi compressive strength is attained. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 38 The fifth paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(23) Opening to Traffic This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: After curing bridge approach slabs in accordance with Section 6-02.3(11), the bridge approach slabs may be opened to traffic when a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi is achieved. 6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall position reinforcing steel as the Plans require and shall ensure that the steel is set within specified tolerances. Adjustments to reinforcing details outside of specified tolerances to avoid interferences and for other purposes are acceptable when approved by the Engineer. When spacing between bars is 1 foot or more, they shall be tied at all intersections. When spacing is less than 1 foot, every other intersection shall be tied. If the Plans require bundled bars, they shall be tied together with wires at least every 6 feet. All epoxy-coated bars in the top mat of the bridge deck shall be tied at all intersections, however they may be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction and they are supported by continuous supports meeting all other requirements of supports for epoxy-coated bars. Other epoxy-coated bars shall also be tied at all intersections, but shall be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction. Wire used for tying epoxy-coated reinforcing steel shall be plastic coated. Tack welding is not permitted on reinforcing steel. Abrupt bends in the steel are permitted only when one steel member bends around another. Vertical stirrups shall pass around main reinforcement or be firmly attached to it. For slip-formed concrete, the reinforcing steel bars shall be tied at all intersections and cross braced to keep the cage from moving during concrete placement. Cross bracing shall be with additional reinforcing steel. Cross bracing shall be placed both longitudinally and transversely. After reinforcing steel bars are placed in a traffic or pedestrian barrier and prior to slip-form concrete placement, the Contractor shall check clearances and reinforcing steel bar placement. This check shall be accomplished by using a template or by operating the slip-form machine over the entire length of the traffic or pedestrian barrier. All clearance and reinforcing steel bar placement deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor before slip-form concrete placement. Precast concrete supports (or other accepted devices) shall be used to maintain the concrete coverage required by the Plans. The precast concrete supports shall: 1. Have a bearing surface measuring not greater than 2 inches in either dimension, and AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 39 2. Have a compressive strength equal to or greater than that of the concrete in which they are embedded. In slabs, each precast concrete support shall have either: (1) a grooved top that will hold the reinforcing bar in place, or (2) an embedded wire that protrudes and is tied to the reinforcing steel. If this wire is used around epoxy-coated bars, it shall be coated with plastic. Precast concrete supports may be accepted based on a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. In lieu of precast concrete supports, the Contractor may use metal or all-plastic supports to hold uncoated bars. Any surface of a metal support that will not be covered by at least 1/2 inch of concrete shall be one of the following: 1. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in keeping with AASHTO M232 Class D; 2. Coated with plastic firmly bonded to the metal. This plastic shall be at least 332 inch thick where it touches the form and shall not react chemically with the concrete when tested in the State Materials Laboratory. The plastic shall not shatter or crack at or above -5°F and shall not deform enough to expose the metal at or below 200°F; or 3. Stainless steel that meet the requirements of ASTM A493, Type 302. Stainless steel chair supports are not required to be galvanized or plastic coated. In lieu of precast concrete supports, epoxy-coated reinforcing bars may be supported by one of the following: 1. Metal supports coated entirely with a dielectric material such as epoxy or plastic, 2. Other epoxy-coated reinforcing bars, or 3. All-plastic supports. Damaged coatings on metal bar supports shall be repaired prior to placing concrete. All-plastic supports shall be lightweight, non-porous, and chemically inert in concrete. All-plastic supports shall have rounded seatings, shall not deform under load during normal temperatures, and shall not shatter or crack under impact loading in cold weather. All-plastic supports shall be placed at spacings greater than 1 foot along the bar and shall have at least 25 percent of their gross place area perforated to compensate for the difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion between plastic and concrete. The shape and configuration of all-plastic supports shall permit complete concrete consolidation in and around the support. A "mat" is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. In bridge decks, top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately enough to hold both in their proper positions. If bar supports directly support, or are directly supported on No. 4 bars, they shall be spaced at not more than 3-foot intervals (or not more than 4-foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to girder stirrups shall not be considered as supports. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 40 To provide a rigid mat, the Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. Unless noted otherwise, the minimum concrete cover for main reinforcing bars shall be: 3 inches to a concrete surface deposited against earth without intervening forms. 2% inches to the top surface of a concrete bridge deck or bridge approach slab. 2 inches to a concrete surface when not specified otherwise in this section or in the Contract documents. 11/2 inches to a concrete barrier or curb surface. Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, minimum concrete cover to ties and stirrups may be reduced by % inch but shall not be less than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover shall also be provided to the outermost part of mechanical splices and headed steel reinforcing bars. Reinforcing steel bar location, concrete cover and clearance shall not vary more than the following tolerances from what is specified in the Contract documents: Reinforcing bar location for members 12 inches or less in thickness: ±0.25 inch Reinforcing bar location for members greater than 12 inches in thickness: ±0.375 inch Reinforcing bar location for bars placed at equal spacing within a plane: the greater of either ±1 inch or±1 bar diameter within the plane. The total number of bars shall not be fewer than that specified. The clearance between reinforcement shall not be less than the greater of the bar diameter or 1 inch for unbundled bars. For bundled bars, the clearance between bundles shall not be less than the greater of 1 inch or a bar diameter derived from the equivalent total area of all bars in the bundle. Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars: ±1 inch Embedded length of bars and length of bar lap splices: No. 3 through No. 11: -1 inch No. 14 through No. 18: -2 inches Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface (except for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces): ±0.25 inch Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces: +0.25 inch, -0 inch AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 41 Before placing any concrete, the Contractor shall: 1. Clean all mortar from reinforcement, and 2. Obtain the Engineer's permission to place concrete after the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel. (Any concrete placed without the Engineer's permission shall be rejected and removed.) 6-02.3(25)H Finishing The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor may repair defects in prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Section 6-01.16. 6-02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances Item number 12 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ± 1/2 inch All other girders: ± 3 inch 6-02.3(27) Concrete for Precast Units The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Type III portland cement or blended hydraulic cement is permitted to be used in precast concrete units. 6-02.3(28)B Casting In the second paragraph, the reference to Section 6-02.3(25)B is revised to read Section 6-02.3(25)C. 6-02.3(28)D Contractors Control Strength In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 23". 6-02.3(28)E Finishing This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor may repair defects in precast panels in accordance with Section 6-01.16. 6-03.AP6 Section 6-03, Steel Structures January 7, 2019 6-03.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the material reference for Paints is revised to read: Paints and Related Materials 9-08 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 42 6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5/16 inch and thicker in the following welded assemblies or Structures shall be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected: 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: After final tightening of the fastener components, the threads of the bolts shall at a minimum be flush with the end of the nut. The following is inserted after the third sentence of the fourth paragraph: When galvanized bolts are specified, tension-control galvanized bolts are not permitted. 6-05.AP6 Section 6-05, Piling January 2, 2018 6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval The fourth sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: For prestressed concrete piles, the allowable driving stress in kips per square inch shall be 0.095 • f'� plus prestress in tension, and 0.85f, minus prestress in compression, where f'c is the concrete compressive strength in kips per square inch. 6-07.AP6 Section 6-07, Painting January 7, 2019 6-07.1 Description The first sentence is revised to read: This work consists of containment, surface preparation, shielding adjacent areas from work, testing and disposing of debris, furnishing and applying paint, and cleaning up after painting is completed. 6-07.2 Materials The material reference for Paint is revised to read: Paint and Related Materials 9-08 6-07.3(1)A Work Force Qualifications for Shop Application of Paint This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: The work force maybe accepted based on the roved facility. p pp Y AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 43 6-07.3(1)B Work Force Qualifications for Field Application of Paint The first two paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor preparing the surface and applying the paint shall be certified under SSPC-QP 1 or NACE International Institute Contractor Accreditation Program (NIICAP) AS 1. The Contractor removing and otherwise disturbing existing paint containing lead and other hazardous materials shall be certified under SSPC-QP 2, Category A or NIICAP AS 2. The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: In lieu of the above SSPC or NIICAP certifications, the Contractor performing the specified work shall complete both of the following actions: Item number 2 of the third paragraph is revised to read: 2. The Contractor's quality control inspector(s) for the project shall be NACE-certified CIP Level 3 or SSPC Protective Coating Inspector (PCI) Level 3. 6-07.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Each component of the plan shall identify the specification section it represents. 6-07.3(2)B Contractor's Quality Control Program Submittal Component The numbered list in the first paragraph is revised to read: 1. Description of the inspection procedures, tools, techniques and the acceptance criteria for all phases of work. 2. Procedure for implementation of corrective action for non-conformance work. 3. The paint system manufacturer's recommended methods of preventing defects. 4. The Contractor's frequency of quality control inspection for each phase of work. 5. Example of each completed form(s) of the daily quality control report used to document the inspection work and tests performed by the Contractor's quality control personnel. 6-07.3(2)C Paint System Manufacturer and Paint System Information Submittal Component Item number 1 is revised to read: 1. Product data sheets and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on the paint materials, paint preparation, and paint application, as specified by the paint manufacturer, including: a. All application instructions, including the mixing and thinning directions. b. Recommended spray nozzles and pressures. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 44 c. Minimum and maximum drying time between coats. d. Restrictions on temperature and humidity. e. Repair procedures for shop and field applied coatings. f. Maximum dry film thickness for each coat. g. Minimum wet film thickness for each coat to achieve the specified minimum dry film thickness. 6-07.3(2)D Hazardous Waste Containment, Collection, Testing, and Disposal Submittal Component The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The hazardous waste containment, collection, testing, and disposal shall meet all Federal and State requirements, and the submittal component of the painting plan shall include the following: 6-07.3(2)E Cleaning and Surface Preparation Submittal Component Item 1(b) of the first paragraph is revised to read:: b. Type, manufacturer, and brand of abrasive blast material and all associated additives, including Safety Data Sheets (SDS). 6-07.3(3)B Quality Control and Quality Assurance for Field Application of Paint The last sentence of the first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor's quality control operations shall include a minimum monitoring and documenting the following for each working day: Item number 1 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 1. Environmental conditions for painting in accordance with ASTM E 337. Item number 4 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 4. Pictorial of surface preparation guides in accordance with SSPC-VIS 1, 3, 4, and 5. Item number 5 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 5. Surface profile by Keanne-Tator comparator in accordance with ASTM D 4417 and SSPC PA17. 6-07.3(4) Paint System Manufacturer's Technical Representative This section is revised to read: The paint system manufacturer's representative shall be present at the jobsite for the pre-painting conference and for the first day of paint application, and shall be available to the Contractor and Contracting Agency for consultation for the full project duration. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 45 6-07.3(5) Pre-Painting Conference The second paragraph is revised to read: If the Contractor's key personnel change between any work operations, an additional conference shall be held if requested by the Engineer. 6-07.3(6)A Paint Containers In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-07.3(6)B Paint Storage Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 2. The Contractor shall monitor and document daily the paint material storage facility with a high-low recording thermometer device. 6-07.3(7) Paint Sampling and Testing The first two paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer 1 quart of each paint representing each lot. Samples shall be accompanied with a Safety Data Sheet. If the quantity of paint required for each component of the paint system for the entire project is 20 gallons or less, then the paint system components will be accepted as specified in Section 9-08.1(7). 6-07.3(8)A Paint Film Thickness Measurement Gages The first paragraph is revised to read: Paint dry film thickness measurements shall be performed with either a Type 1 pull-off gage or a Type 2 electronic gage as specified in SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. 6-07.3(9) Painting New Steel Structures The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Welded shear connectors are not required to painted. The last paragraph is revised to read: Temporary attachments or supports for scaffolding, containment or forms shall not damage the paint system. 6-07.3(9)A Paint System The first paragraph is revised to read: The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following: Option 1 (component based paint system): AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 46 Primer Coat— Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)C Intermediate Coat— Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Intermediate Stripe Coat— Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat— Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based paint system): Primer Coat— Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Coat— Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Stripe Coat— Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Top Coat— Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)M The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be products listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "A" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)M. If the paint and related materials for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. 6-07.3(9)C Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall thoroughly mix paint in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and by mechanical means to ensure a uniform and lump free composition. Paint shall not be mixed by means of air stream bubbling or boxing. Paint shall be mixed in the original containers and mixing shall continue until all pigment or metallic powder is in suspension. Care shall be taken to ensure that the solid material that has settled to the bottom of the container is thoroughly dispersed. After mixing, the Contractor shall inspect the paint for uniformity and to ensure that no unmixed pigment or lumps are present. Catalysts, curing agents, hardeners, initiators, or dry metallic powders that are packaged separately may be added to the base paint in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written recommendations and only after the paint is thoroughly mixed to achieve a uniform mixture with all particles wetted. The Contractor shall then add the proper volume of curing agent to the correct volume of base and mix thoroughly. The mixture shall be used within the pot life specified by the manufacturer. Unused portions shall be discarded at the end of each work day. Accelerants are not permitted except as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not add additional thinner at the application site except as allowed by the Engineer. The amount and type of thinner, if allowed, shall conform to the manufacturer's specifications. If recommended by the manufacturer and allowed by the Engineer, a measuring cup shall be used for the addition of thinner to any paint with graduations in ounces. No un-measured addition of thinner to paint will be allowed. Any paint found to be thinned by unacceptable methods will be rejected. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 47 When recommended by the manufacturer, the Contractor shall constantly agitate paint during application by use of paint pots equipped with mechanical agitators. The Contractor shall strain all paint after mixing to remove undesirable matter, but without removing the pigment or metallic powder. Paint shall be stored and mixed in a secure, contained location to eliminate the potential for spills into State waters and onto the ground and highway surfaces. 6-07.3(9)D Coating Thickness This section is revised to read: Dry film thickness shall be measured in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. The minimum dry film thickness of the primer coat shall not be less than 2.5 mils. The minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall be not less than 3.0 mils. The dry film thickness of each coat shall not be thicker than the paint manufacturer's recommended maximum thickness. The minimum wet film thickness of each coat shall be specified by the paint manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry film thickness. Film thickness, wet and dry, will be measured by gages conforming to Section 6-07.3(8)A. Wet measurements will be taken immediately after the paint is applied in accordance with ASTM D4414. Dry measurements will be taken after the coating is dry and hard in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2. Each painter shall be equipped with wet film thickness gages and shall be responsible for performing frequent checks of the paint film thickness throughout application. Coating thickness measurements may be made by the Engineer after the application of each coat and before the application of the succeeding coat. In addition, the Engineer may inspect for uniform and complete coverage and appearance. One hundred percent of all thickness measurements shall meet or exceed the minimum wet film thickness. In areas where wet film thickness measurements are impractical, dry film thickness measurements may be made. If a question arises about an individual coat's thickness or coverage, it may be verified by the use of a Tooke gage in accordance with ASTM D4138. If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, if an individual coat does not meet the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating system will be rejected and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 48 the less-than-minimum thickness, along with physical test results, as necessary, and modifications to Work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the completed repair. 6-07.3(9)E Surface Temperature Requirements Prior to Application of Paint This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-07.3(9)E Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint Paint shall be applied only during periods when: 1. Air and steel temperatures are in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations but in no case less than 35°F nor greater than 115°F. 2. Steel surface temperature is a minimum of 5°F above the dew point. 3. Steel surface is not wet. 4. Relative humidity is within the manufacturer's recommended range. 5. The anticipated ambient temperature will remain above 35°F or the manufacturer's minimum temperature, whichever is greater, during the paint drying and curing period. Application will not be allowed if conditions are not favorable for proper application and performance of the paint. Paint shall not be applied when weather conditions are unfavorable to proper curing. If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. Application of paint under environmental conditions other than those specified in this section will not be allowed without the Engineer's concurrence. 6-07.3(9)F Shop Surface Cleaning and Preparation The last sentence is revised to read: The entire steel surface to be painted, including surfaces specified in Section 6-07.3(9)G to receive a mist coat of primer, shall be cleaned to a near white condition in accordance with SSPC-SP 10, Near-white Metal Blast Cleaning, and shall be in this condition immediately prior to paint application. 6-07.3(9)G Application of Shop Primer Coat The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Repairs of the shop primer coat shall be prepared in accordance with the painting plan. Shop primer coat repair paint shall be selected from the approved component based or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 49 6-07.3(9)H Containment for Field Coating This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall use a containment system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A for surface preparation and prime coating of all uncoated areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates. During painting operations of the intermediate, stripe and top coats the Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain drip tarps below the areas to be painted to contain all spilled paint, buckets, brushes, and other deleterious material, and prevent such materials from reaching the environment below or adjacent to the structure being painted. Drip tarps shall be absorbent material and hung to minimize puddling. The Contractor shall evaluate the project-specific conditions to determine the specific type and extent of containment needed to control the paint emissions and shall submit a containment plan in accordance with Section 6-07.3(2). 6-07.3(9)1 Application of Field Coatings This section is revised to read: An on-site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the bridge site. Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates, shall be prepared in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)F, followed by a field primer coat of a zinc-rich primer and final coats of paint selected from the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. . The intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coats shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. Upon completion of erection Work, welds for steel column jackets may be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re-cleaning, application of additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Dry film thickness measurements will be made in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D. All paint damage that occurs shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. On bare areas or areas of insufficient primer thickness, the repair shall include field-applied zinc-rich primer and the final coats of paint selected AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 50 from the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. On areas where the primer is at least equal to the minimum required dry film thickness, the repair shall include the application of the final two coats of the paint system. All paint repair operations shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost or time to the Contracting Agency. 6-07.3(10)A Containment The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Emissions shall be assessed by Visible Emission Observations (Method A) in SSPC Technology Update No. 7, Conducting Ambient Air, Soil, and Water Sampling of Surface Preparation and Paint Disturbance Activities, Section 6.2 and shall be limited to the Level A Acceptance Criteria Option Level 0 Emissions standard. 6-07.3(10)D Surface Preparation Prior to Overcoat Painting The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. The second paragraph is revised to read: Following any preparation by SSPC-SP1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible to brush-off blast shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, as allowed by the Engineer. The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Following brush-off blast cleaning, the Contractor shall perform spot abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. The second to last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: For small areas, as allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may substitute cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 6-07.3(10)G Treatment of Pack and Rust Gaps The second paragraph is revised to read: Pack rust forming a gap between steel surfaces of Y16 to 1/4 inch shall be cleaned to a depth of at least one half of the gap width. The gaps shall be cleaned and prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP6. The cleaned gap shall be treated with rust penetrating sealer, prime coated, and then caulked to form a watertight seal along the top edge and the two sides of the steel pieces involved, using the rust penetrating sealer and caulk as accepted by the Engineer. The bottom edge or lowest edge of the steel pieces involved shall not be caulked. The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: Caulk shall be a single-component urethane sealant conforming to Section 9-08.7. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 51 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: At locations where gaps between steel surfaces exceed 1/4 inch, the Contractor shall clean and prepare the gap in accordance SSPC-SP6, apply the rust penetrating sealer, apply the prime coat, and then fill the gap with foam backer rod material as accepted by the Engineer. The foam backer rod material shall be of sufficient diameter to fill the crevice or gap. The Contractor shall apply caulk over the foam backer rod material to form a watertight seal. This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Caulk and backer rod, if needed, shall be placed prior to applying the top coat. The Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer, may apply the rust penetrating sealer after application of the prime coat provided the primer is removed in the areas to be sealed. The areas to be sealed shall be re-cleaned and re-prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP6. 6-07.3(10)H Paint System The first paragraph is revised to read: The paint system applied to existing steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat system: Option 1 (component based system): Primer Coat—Zinc-filled Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F Primer Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F Intermediate Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Intermediate Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based system): Primer Coat—Zinc-rich Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Primer Stripe Coat— Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Coat— Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Stripe Coat— Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Top Coat— Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)N The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "B" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)N. If the paint and related material for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 52 6-07.3(10)J Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: Mixing and thinning paint shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)C. 6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness This section is revised to read: Coating thickness shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D except the minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of primer and primer stripe, combination of intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall not be less than 3.0 mils. 6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint This section is revised to read: Environmental conditions shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)E. 6-07.3(10)M Steel Surface Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint The third paragraph is revised to read: Edges of existing paint shall be feathered in accordance with SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Coating of Metals, Note 15.20. 6-07.3(10)N Field Coating Application Methods The third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor may apply stripe coat paint using spray or brush but shall follow spray application using a brush to ensure complete coverage around structural geometric irregularities and to push the paint into gaps between existing steel surfaces and around rivets and bolts. 6-07.3(10)0 Applying Field Coatings The second to last paragraph is revised to read: Each application of primer, primer stripe, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coat shall be considered as separately applied coats. The Contractor shall not use a preceding or subsequent coat to remedy a deficiency in another coat. The Contractor shall apply the top coat to at least the minimum specified top coat thickness, to provide a uniform appearance and consistent finish coverage. 6-07.3(10)P Field Coating Repair The second sentence is revised to read: Repair areas shall be cleaned of all damaged paint and the system reapplied using all coats typical to the paint system and shall meet the minimum coating thickness. 6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 53 All galvanized surfaces receiving paint shall be prepared for painting in accordance with the ASTM D 6386. The method of preparation shall be brush-off in accordance with SSPC-SP16 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals or as otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the prepared galvanized surface. For galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated existing rivets, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer and after successful demonstration testing, may prepare galvanized surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP1 followed by SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. The demonstration testing shall include adhesion testing of the first coat of paint over galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers or a representative galvanized surface. Adhesion testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion. A minimum of 3 successful tests shall be performed on the galvanized surface prepared and painted using the same methods and materials to be used on the galvanized bolts, nuts and washers in the field. 6-07.3(11)A2 Paint Coat Materials This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall paint the dry surface as follows: 1. The first coat over a galvanized surface shall be an epoxy polyamide conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)E . In the case of galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated existing rivets and for small surface areas less than or equal to one square foot, an intermediate moisture cured polyurethane conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)G may be used as a first coat. In both cases the first coat shall be compatible with galvanizing and as recommended by the top coat manufacturer. 2. The second coat shall be a top coat moisture cured aliphatic polyurethane conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)H or a top coat polyurethane conforming to Section 6-07.3(10)H Option 2 NEPCOAT performance based paint specification compatible with the first coat as recommended by the manufacturer. Each coat shall be dry before the next coat is applied. All coats applied in the shop shall be dried hard before shipment. 6-07.3(11)B Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces This section is revised to read: Powder coating of galvanized surfaces shall consist of the following coats: 1. The first coat shall be an epoxy powder primer coat conforming to Section 9-08.2. 2. The second coat shall be a polyester finish coat conforming to Section 9-08.2. 6-07.3(11)63 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation The first three paragraphs are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 54 Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for coating in accordance with ASTM D 7803, and the project-specific powder coating plan. Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for newly galvanized steel shall receive surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for partially weathered galvanized steel shall be checked and prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 6, before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for weathered galvanized steel shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 7 before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.3 except as follows: 6-07.3(11)65 Testing Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 4. Adhesion testing in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion for the complete two-component system. The second sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Rejected assemblies shall be repaired or recoated by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendation as detailed in the project-specific powder coating plan, until the assemblies satisfy the acceptance testing requirements. 6-07.3(12) Painting Ferry Terminal Structures This section is revised to read: Painting of ferry terminal Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3 as supplemented below. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-07.3(12)A Painting New Steel Ferry Terminal Structures Painting of new steel Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9) except that all coatings (primer, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top) shall be applied in the shop with the following exceptions: 1. Steel surfaces to be field welded. 2. Steel surfaces to be greased. 3. The length of piles designated in the Plans not requiring painting. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 55 The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 6-07.3(12)A1 Paint Systems Paint systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(9)A. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A2 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A3 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A4 Application of Field Coatings An on-site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the project site. Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, splice plates, and field welds shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-SP 11 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the uncoated or damaged area. In addition, intact shop-applied coating surrounding the area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of field coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of field coatings. Field applied paint for Structural Steel shall conform to Section 6-07.3(10)H, as applicable. Field applied paint for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. For areas above the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. For areas within the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the paint system manufacturer. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 56 application of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re-cleaning, application of additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened to meet the requirements of the manufacturer. Paint for underwater applications shall be as specified in the Special Provisions and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6-07.3(12)B Painting Existing Steel Ferry Terminal Structures Painting of existing steel structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10) as supplemented by the following. 6-07.3(12)B1 Containment Containment for full removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A. Containment for overcoat systems shall be in accordance with all applicable Permits as required in the Special Provisions. Prior to cleaning the Contractor shall enclose all exposed electrical and mechanical equipment to seal out dust, water, and paint. Non-metallic surfaces shall not be abrasive blasted or painted. Unless otherwise specified, the following metallic surfaces shall not be painted and shall be protected from abrasive blasting and painting: 1. Galvanized and stainless steel surfaces not previously painted, 2. Non-skid surfaces, 3. Unpainted intentionally greased surfaces, 4. Equipment labels, identification plates, tags, etc., 5. Fire and emergency containers or boxes, 6. Mechanical hardware such as hoist sheaves, hydraulic cylinders, gear boxes, wire rope, etc. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of materials and equipment used to shield components specified to not be cleaned and painted. The Contractor shall shut off the power prior to working around electrical equipment. The Contractor shall follow the lock-out/tag-out safety provisions of the WAC 296-803 and all other applicable safety standards. 6-07.3(12)B2 Surface Preparation For applications above high water and within the tidal zone, surface preparation for overcoat painting shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. Use of wire brushes is not allowed. After SP 3 cleaning has been completed all surfaces exhibiting coating failure down to the steel substrate, and those exhibiting visible corrosion, shall be prepared down to clean bare steel in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 57 Power Tool Cleaning. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-SP 15 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the area exhibiting failure or visible corrosion. In addition, intact shop-applied coating surrounding the repair area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of repair coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of repair coatings. Surface preparation for full paint removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)E except SSPC-SP 11 will be permitted as detailed in the Contractor's painting plan and as allowed by the Engineer. Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened as required by the coating manufacturer. Removed marine growth may be released to state waters provided the marine growth is not mixed with contaminants (paint, oil, rust, etc.) and it shall not accumulate on the sea bed. All marine growth containing contaminants shall be collected for proper disposal. Surface preparation for the underside of bridge decks (consisting of either a steel grid system of main bars or tees and a light gauge metal form, in-filled with concrete or a corrugated light gauge metal form, infilled with concrete) shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning with the intent of not causing further damage to the light gauge metal form. Following removal of any pack rust and corroded sections from the underside of the bridge deck, cleaning and flushing to remove salts and prior to applying the primer coat, the Contractor shall seal the entire underside of the deck system with rust-penetrating sealer. Damage to galvanized metal forms and/or grids shall be repaired in accordance with ASTM A 780, with the preferred method of repair using paints containing zinc dust. 6-07.3(12)B3 Paint Systems Paints systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(10)H. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids, Life Ladders, underside of vehicle transfer span bridge decks, non-skid surface treated areas, and anti-graffiti coatings shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)64 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)65 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)66 Application of Field Coatings Application of field coatings shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)0 and Section 6-07.3(12)A2 except for the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 58 1. All coatings applied in the field shall be applied using a brush or roller. Spray application methods may be used if allowed by the Engineer. 2. Applied coatings shall not be immersed until the coating has been cured as required by the coating manufacturer. 3. Non-skid surface treatment products shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Anti-graffiti coatings shall be applied in one coat following application of the top coat, where specified in the Plans. 6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards The second standard reference (to SSPC CS 23.00), and its accompanying title, is revised to read: SSPC CS 23.00 Specification for the Application of Thermal Spray Coatings (Metallizing) of Aluminum, Zinc, and Their Alloys and Composites for the Corrosion Protection of Steel 6-08.AP6 Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks January 7, 2019 6-08.3(7)A Concrete Deck Preparation The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor, with the Engineer, shall inspect the exposed concrete deck to establish the extent of bridge deck repair in accordance with Section 6-09.3(6). 6-08.3(8)A Structure Deck Preparation The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Prior to applying the primer or sheet membrane, all dust and loose material shall be removed from the Structure Deck. 6-09.AP6 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays January 7, 2019 6-09.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 6-09.3(15) Sealing and Texturing Concrete Overlay After the requirements for checking for bond have been met, all joints and visible cracks shall be filled and sealed with a high molecular weight methacrylate resin (HMWM). Cracks 1/16 inch and greater in width shall receive two applications of HMWM. Immediately following the application of HMWM, the wetted surface shall be coated with sand for abrasive finish. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 59 After all cracks have been filled and sealed and the HMWM resin has cured, the concrete overlay surface shall receive a longitudinally sawn texture in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D5. Traffic shall not be permitted on the finished concrete until it has reached a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi as verified by rebound number determined in accordance with ASTM C805 and the longitudinally sawn texture is completed. 6-09.3(1)B Rotary Milling Machines This section is revised to read: Rotary milling machines used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, shall have a maximum operating weight of 50,000 pounds and conform to Section 6-08.3(5)6. 6-09.3(1)C Hydro-Demolition Machines The first sentence of this section is revised to read: Hydro-demolition machines shall consist of filtering and pumping units operating in conjunction with a remote-controlled robotic device, using high-velocity water jets to remove sound concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine, and with the simultaneous removal of deteriorated concrete. 6-09.3(1)D Shot Blasting Machines This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(1)D Vacant 6-09.3(1)E Air Compressor This section is revised to read: Air compressors shall be equipped with oil traps to eliminate oil from being blown onto the bridge deck. 6-09.3(1)J Finishing Machine This section is revised to read: The finishing machine shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.3(10) and the following requirements: The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers, followed by an oscillating, vibrating screed, vibrating roller tamper, or a vibrating pan, followed by a rotating cylindrical double drum screed. The vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be of sufficient length and width to properly consolidate the mixture. The vibrating frequency of the vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be variable with positive control. 6-09.3(2) Submittals Item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 411/19 60 1. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts and operating parameters of the hydro-demolition machine selected by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts, operating parameters, axle loads, and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay when present). The first sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)A General The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All areas of the deck that are inaccessible to the selected scarifying machine shall be scarified to remove the concrete surface matrix to a maximum nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans by a method acceptable to the Engineer. This section is supplemented with the following: Concrete process water generated by scarifying concrete surface and removing existing concrete overlay operations shall be contained, collected, and disposed of in accordance with Section 5-01.3(11) and Section 6-09.3(5)C, and the Section 6-09.3(2) Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro-Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines This section's title is revised to read: Testing of Hydro-Demolition Machines The second paragraph is revised to read: In the "sound" area of concrete, the equipment shall be programmed to remove concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine. 6-09.3(5)D Shot Blasting This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)D Vacant 6-09.3(5)E Rotomilling This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)E Removing Existing Concrete Overlay Layer by Rotomilling When the Contractor elects to remove the upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, by rotomilling prior to final scarifying, the entire concrete surface of the bridge deck shall be milled to remove the surface matrix to the depth specified in the Plans with a tolerance as specified in Section 6-08.3(5)B. The operating parameters of the rotary milling machine shall be monitored in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of concrete below the specified removal depth. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 61 6-09.3(6) Further Deck Preparation The first paragraph is revised to read:: Once the lane or strip being overlaid has been cleaned of debris from scarifying, the Contractor, with the Engineer, shall perform a visual inspection of the scarified surface. The Contractor shall mark those areas of the existing bridge deck that are authorized by the Engineer for further deck preparation by the Contractor. Item number 4 of the second paragraph is deleted. The first sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(6)A Equipment for Further Deck Preparation This section is revised to read: Further deck preparation shall be performed using either power driven hand tools conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)A, or hydro-demolition machines conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)C. 6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation The second paragraph is deleted. The last sentence of the second paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to read: In no case shall the depth of a sawn vertical cut exceed 3/4 inch or to the top of the top steel reinforcing bars, whichever is less. The first sentence of the third to last paragraph is revised to read: Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration greater than 20-percent section loss, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Standard Plans. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay The first seven paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: Following the completion of any required further deck preparation the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned to be free from oil and grease, rust and other foreign material that may still be present. These materials shall be removed by detergent-cleaning or other method accepted by the Engineer followed by sandblasting. After detergent cleaning and sandblasting is completed, the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete. Hand tool chipping, sandblasting and cleaning in areas adjacent to a lane or strip being cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete shall be discontinued when final preparation is begun. Scarifying and hand tool chipping shall remain suspended until AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 62 the concrete has been placed and the requirement for curing time has been satisfied. Sandblasting and cleaning shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placing. Scarification, and removal of the upper layer of concrete overlay when present, may proceed during the final cleaning and overlay placement phases of the Work on adjacent portions of the Structure so long as the scarification and concrete overlay removal operations are confined to areas which are a minimum of 100 feet away from the defined limits of the final cleaning or overlay placement in progress. If the scarification and concrete overlay removal impedes or interferes in any way with the final cleaning or overlay placement as determined by the Engineer, the scarification and concrete overlay removal Work shall be terminated immediately and the scarification and concrete overlay removal equipment removed sufficiently away from the area being prepared or overlaid to eliminate the conflict. If the grade is such that water and contaminants from the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation will flow into the area being prepared or overlaid, the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation shall be terminated and shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placement. 6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature of the concrete surface is less than 45°F or greater than 75°F, and wind velocity at the construction site is in excess of 10 mph. 6-09.3(12) Finishing Concrete Overlay The third paragraph is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(13) Curing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: As the finishing operation progresses, the concrete shall be immediately covered with a single layer of clean, new or used, wet burlap. The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: As an alternative to the application of burlap and fog spraying described above, the Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained. The wet curing regimen as described shall remain in place for a minimum of 42-hours. The last paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 63 6-09.3(14) Checking for Bond The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: After the requirements for curing have been met, the entire overlaid surface shall be sounded by the Contractor, in a manner accepted by and in the presence of the Engineer, to ensure total bond of the concrete to the bridge deck. The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is deleted. 6-10.AP6 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier August 6, 2018 6-10.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 6-10.3(6) Placing Concrete Barrier The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and transitions shall rest on a paved foundation shaped to a uniform grade and section. The foundation surface for precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and transitions shall meet this test for uniformity: When a 10-foot straightedge is placed on the surface parallel to the centerline for the barrier, the surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of the straightedge. 6-11.AP6 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls April 2, 2018 6-11.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-12.AP6 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls August 6, 2018 6-12.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 64 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new material reference: Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 9-06.17 6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: All frame and door surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces, shall be painted in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). Primer shall be applied to all non-stainless steel surfaces. All primer coated exposed metal surfaces shall be field painted with the remaining Section 6-07.3(9)A paint system coats. The top coat, when dry, shall match the color specified in the Plans or Special Provisions. This section is supplemented with the following: Access door deadbolt locks shall be capable of accepting a Best CX series core. The Contractor shall furnish and install a spring-loaded construction core lock with each lock. The Engineer will furnish the permanent Best CX series core for the Contractor to install at the conclusion of the project. 6-13.AP6 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls August 6, 2018 6-13.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-13.3(4) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Fabrication Item number 1 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 1. Vertical dimensions shall be ± 1A6 inch of the Plan dimension, and the rear height shall not exceed the front height. Item number 3 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 3. All other dimensions shall be ± 1/4 inch of the Plan dimension. 6-14.AP6 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls April 2, 2018 6-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 65 6-15.AP6 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls January 7, 2019 6-15.3(7) Shotcrete Facing The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: After final tightening of the nut, the threads of the soil nail shall at a minimum be flush with the end of the nut. 6-16.AP6 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls April 2, 2018 6-16.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-18.AP6 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing April 1, 2019 6-18.2 Materials The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 6-18.3(3) Testing In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-18.3(3)B Production Testing In the last sentence, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-18.3(4) Qualifications of Contractor's Personnel In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-19.AP6 Section 6-19, Shafts January 7, 2019 6-19.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-19.3(1)A Shaft Construction Tolerances The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 66 The elevation of the top of the reinforcing cage for drilled shafts shall be within +6 inches and -3 inches from the elevation shown in the Plans. 6-19.3(2)D Nondestructive QA Testing Organization and Personnel Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 4. Personnel preparing test reports shall be a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and shall seal the report in accordance with WAC 196-23-020. 6-19.3(3)C Conduct of Shaft Casing Installation and Removal and Shaft Excavation Operations The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: In no case shall shaft excavation and casing placement extend below the bottom of shaft excavation as shown in the Plans. 6-19.3(6)E Thermal Wire and Thermal Access Point (TAPS) The third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The thermal wire shall extend from the bottom of the reinforcement cage to the top of the shaft, with a minimum of 5-feet of slack wire provided above the top of shaft. The following new sentence is inserted after the third sentence of the third paragraph: All thermal wires in a shaft shall be equal lengths. 6-19.3(9)D Nondestructive QA Testing Results Submittal The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Results shall be a Type 2E Working Drawing presented in a written report. 7-02.AP7 Section 7-02, Culverts April 2, 2018 7-02.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The bedding course shall be a 6-inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding material, defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to AASHTO Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 67 7-05.AP7 Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells August 6, 2018 7-05.3 Construction Requirements The fourth sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 7-08.AP7 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements April 2, 2018 7-08.3(3) Backfilling The fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All compaction shall be in accordance with the Compaction Control Test of Section 2-03.3(14)D except in the case that 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used. The following new sentences are inserted after the fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph: When 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used, the Contractor may submit a written request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance. Test Point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 8-01.AP8 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control April 1, 2019 8-01.1 Description This section is revised to read: This Work consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of best management practices (BMPs), as defined in the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 173-201A, to manage erosion and water quality in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency may have a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as identified in the Contract Special Provisions. The Contracting Agency may or may not transfer coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor when a CSWGP has been obtained. The Contracting Agency may not have a CSWGP for the project but may have another water quality related permit as identified in the Contract Special Provisions or the Contracting Agency may not have water quality related permits but the project is subject to applicable laws for the Work. Section 8-01 covers all of these conditions. This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 68 8-01.1(1) Definitions 1. pH Affected Stormwater a. Stormwater contacting green concrete (concrete that has set/stiffen but is still curing), recycled concrete, or engineered soils (as defined in the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP)) as a natural process b. pH monitoring shall be performed in accordance with the CSWGP, or Water Quality Standards (WQS in accordance with WAC 173-201A (surface) or 173 200C (ground)) when the CSWGP does not apply c. May be neutralized and discharged to surface waters or infiltrated 2. pH Affected Non-Stormwater a. Conditionally authorized in accordance with CSWGP Special Condition S.1.C., uncontaminated water contacting green concrete, recycled concrete, or engineered soils (as defined in the CSWGP) b. Shall not be categorized as cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater, as defined below c. Shall be managed and treated in accordance with the CSWGP, or WQS when the CSWGP does not apply d. pH adjustment and dechlorination may be necessary, as specified in the CSWGP or in accordance with WQS when the CSWGP does not apply e. May be neutralized, treated, and discharged to surface waters in accordance with the CSWGP, with the exception of water-only shaft drilling slurry. Water-only shaft drilling slurry may be treated, neutralized, and infiltrated but not discharged to surface waters (Refer to Special Conditions 51.C. Authorized Discharges and S1.d Prohibited Discharges of the CSWGP) 3. Cementitious Wastewater/Concrete Wastewater a. Any water that comes into contact with fine cementitious particles or slurry; any water used in the production, placement and/or clean-up of cementitious products; any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify cementitious products b. When any water, including stormwater, commingles with cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater and shall be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the State, including ground water c. CSWGP Examples include: water used for or resulting from concrete truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro-demolition, bridge and road surfacing) d. Cannot be neutralized and discharged or infiltrated AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 69 8-01.2 Materials The first paragraph is revised to read: Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9-05.1(6) Quarry Spalls and Permeable Ballast 9-13 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 Construction Geotextile 9-33 The second paragraph is deleted. 8-01.3(1) General This section is revised to read: Adaptive management shall be employed throughout the duration of the project for the implementation of erosion and water pollution control permit requirements for the current condition of the project site. The adaptive management includes the selection and utilization of BMPs, scheduling of activities, prohibiting unacceptable practices, implementing maintenance procedures, and other managerial practices that when used singularly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants to waters of the State. The adaptive management shall use the means and methods identified in this section and means and methods identified in the Washington State Department of Transportation's Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual or the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Management Manuals for construction stormwater. The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the lines shown in the Plans or as instructed by the Engineer. Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the delineated preservation area, acting immediately to repair or restore any high visibility fencing damaged or removed. All discharges to surface waters shall comply with surface water quality standards as defined in Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 173-201A. All discharges to groundwater shall comply with groundwater quality standards WAC Chapter 173-200. The Contractor shall comply with the CSWGP when the project is covered by the CSWGP. Work, at a minimum, shall include the implementation of: 1. Sediment control measures prior to ground disturbing activities to ensure all discharges from construction areas receive treatment prior to discharging from the site. 2. Flow control measures to prevent erosive flows from developing. 3. Water management strategies and pollution prevention measures to prevent contamination of waters that will be discharged to surface waters or the ground. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 70 4. Erosion control measures to stabilize erodible earth not being worked. 5. Maintenance of BMPs to ensure continued compliant performance. 6. Immediate corrective action if evidence suggests construction activity is not in compliance. Evidence includes sampling data, olfactory or visual evidence such as the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen in discharges. To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this Work with permanent drainage and roadside restoration Work the Contract requires. Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of Way shall never expose more erodible earth than as listed below: Western Washington Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Mountain Crest) May 1 through 17 Acres April 1 through September 30 October 31 17 Acres October 1 November 1 through April 5 Acres through March 5 Acres 30 31 The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions. Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may be capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. Erodible earth not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the specified time period (see the table below), using BMPs for erosion control. Western Washington Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Mountain Crest) October 1 2 da s October 1 through April y through June 5 days 30 maximum maximum 30 May 1 to 7 days November 1 10 da s through March y September 30 maximum 31 maximum When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance with the CSWGP including annual permit fees. If the Engineer, under Section 1-08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall continue to comply with this division during the suspension. 8-01.3(1)A Submittals This section's content is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 71 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 8-01.3(1)A1 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plans consist of a narrative section and plan sheets that meets the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP. For projects that do not require a CSWGP but have the potential to discharge to surface waters of the state, an abbreviated TESC plan shall be used, which may consist of a narrative and/or plan sheets and shall demonstrate compliance with applicable codes, ordinances and regulations, including the water quality standards for surface waters; Chapter 173-201A of the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) and water quality standards for groundwaters in accordance with Chapter 173-200 WAC. The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new TESC Plan. If the Contractor adopts the TESC Plan in scenarios in which the CSWGP is transferred to the Contractor, the Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to match the Contractor's schedule, method of construction, and to include all areas that will be used to directly support construction activity such as equipment staging yards, material storage areas, or borrow areas. TESC Plans shall include all high visibility fence shown in the Plans. All TESC Plans shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109 and be adaptively managed throughout construction based on site inspections and required sampling to maintain compliance with the CSWGP, or WQS when no CSWGP applies. The Contractor shall develop a schedule for implementation of the TESC work and incorporate it into the Contractor's progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan (either the adopted plan or new plan) as Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer, updated TESC Plans shall be submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings, 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the Contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead must be onsite or on call at all times throughout construction. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1). The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 1. Installing, adaptively managing, and maintaining temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions. 3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 72 4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. When the Site Log Book or portion thereof is electronically developed, the electronic documentation must be accessible onsite. As a part of the Site Log Book, the Contractor shall develop and maintain a tracking table to show that identified TESC compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The table shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of how it was resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved. The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all on-site erosion and sediment control BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events in which stormwater discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once every calendar month. The Washington State Department of Ecology's Erosion and Sediment Control Site Inspection Form, located at https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Permits-certifications/Stormwater-general- permits/Construction-stormwater-permit, shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 8-01.3(1)C Water Management This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 8-01.3(1)C5 Water Management for In-Water Work Below Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM) Work over surface waters of the state (defined in WAC 173-201A-010) or below the OHWM (defined in RCW 90.58.030) shall comply with water quality standards for surface waters of the State of Washington. 8-01.3(1)C6 Environmentally Acceptable Hydraulic Fluid All equipment containing hydraulic fluid that extends from a bridge deck over surface waters of the state or below the OHWM, shall be equipped with a biodegradable hydraulic fluid. The fluid shall achieve either a Pw1 Environmental Persistence Classification stated in ASTM D6046 (>_60% biodegradation in 28 days) or equivalent standard. Alternatively, hydraulic fluid that meets International Organization for Standardization (ISO 15380), the European Union Ecolabel, or equivalent certification will also be accepted. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a manufacturer catalog cut of the hydraulic fluid used. The designation of biodegradable hydraulic fluid does not mean fluid spills are acceptable. The Contractor shall respond to spills to land or water in accordance with the Contract, the associated SPCC Plan, and all applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 8-01.3(1)C7 Turbidity Curtain All Work for the turbidity curtain shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the site conditions. Removal procedures shall be developed and used to minimize silt release and disturbance of silt. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing, detailing product information, installation and removal procedures, equipment and workforce needs, maintenance plans, and emergency repair/replacement plans. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 73 Turbidity curtain materials, installation, and maintenance shall be sufficient to comply with water quality standards. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 10 days in advance of removing the turbidity curtain. All components of the turbidity curtain shall be removed from the project. 8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water This section is revised to read: When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project it may be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way not designated as Sensitive Areas or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water. Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system provided it is in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on-site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be infiltrated in accordance with the CSWGP. Some sources of process wastewater may be disposed via independent disposal and treatment alternatives in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on-site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 1. Water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with accepted flocculants may be infiltrated on-site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation (GULD) on the Washington State Department of Ecology's stormwater treatment technologies webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following requirements are met: a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. b. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly mixed into the slurry. c. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or tank for a minimum of 3 hours. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 74 d. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored regularly during infiltration activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground shall fully infiltrate and discharges shall stop before the end of each work day. e. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. f. Infiltration locations shall be in upland areas at least 150 feet away from surface waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, well head protection areas, and shall be marked on the plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. g. Prior to infiltration, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on-site, adapted if needed to meet the construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following information: i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, and well-head protection areas within 150 feet. ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. v. The accepted flocculant to be used (if any). vi. The controls or methods used to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the shaft. viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods to ensure compliance. ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used are not adequate. x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 75 on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance associated with BMP placement and removal. 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not allowed for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an accepted disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water This section is revised to read: Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall intercept all sources of off-site surface water and overland flow that will run-on to the project. Off-site surface water run-on shall be diverted through or around the project in a way that does not introduce construction related pollution. It shall be diverted to its preconstruction discharge location in a manner that does not increase preconstruction flow rate and velocity and protects contiguous properties and waterways from erosion. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction This section is revised to read: Permanent or temporary ponds shall be constructed before beginning other grading and excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond. Detention/retention ponds may be constructed concurrently with grading and excavation when allowed by the Engineer. Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in accordance with the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. 8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching This section's title is revised to read: 8-01.3(2) Temporary Seeding and Mulching 8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application This section is revised to read: A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment, which forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 8-01.3(2)A1 Seeding This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding This section is deleted in its entirety. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 76 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing This section, including title, is revised to read: 8-01.3(2)B Temporary Seeding Temporary grass seed shall be a commercially prepared mix, made up of low growing grass species that will grow without irrigation at the project location, and accepted by the Engineer. The application rate shall be two pounds per 1000 square feet. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been accepted. Following the Engineer's acceptance, seeding of the accepted slopes shall begin immediately. Temporary seeding may be sown at any time allowed by the Engineer. Temporary seeding shall be sown by one of the following methods: 1. A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 3. Power-drawn drills or seeders. 4. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand methods. When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top 1/4 inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. Seed applied using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant, aquatic, or animal life. If Short-Term Mulch is used as a tracer, the application rate shall not exceed 250 pounds per acre. Seed and fertilizer may be applied in one application provided that the fertilizer is placed in the hydroseeder tank no more than 1 hour prior to application. 8-01.3(2)D Mulching This section, including title, is revised to read: 8-01.3(2)D Temporary Mulching Temporary mulch shall be straw, wood strand, or HECP mulch and shall be used for the purpose of erosion control by protecting bare soil surface from particle displacement. Mulch shall not be applied below the anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bottoms, and stream banks. HECP mulch shall not be used within the Ordinary High AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 77 Water Mark. Non-HECP mulches applied below the anticipated water level shall be removed or anchored down so that it cannot move or float, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Straw or wood strand mulch shall be applied at a rate to achieve at least 95 percent visual blockage of the soil surface. Short Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 2500 pounds per acre and may be applied in one lift. Moderate Term Mulch and Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted hand methods. 8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)G Protection and Care of Seeded Areas This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)H Inspection This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(2)1 Mowing This section is deleted in its entirety. 8-01.3(3) Placing Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket This section's title is revised to read: 8-01.3(3) Placing Erosion Control Blanket The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Erosion Control Blankets are used as an erosion prevention device and to enhance the establishment of vegetation. The second paragraph is revised to read: When used to enhance the establishment of seeded areas, seeding and fertilizing shall be done prior to blanket installation. 8-01.3(4) Placing Compost Blanket This section is revised to read: Compost blankets are used for erosion control. Compost blanket shall be only be placed on ground surfaces that are steeper than 3-foot horizontal and 1-foot vertical though steeper slopes shall be broken by wattles or compost socks placed according to the Standard Plans. Compost shall be placed to a depth of 3 inches over bare soil. An AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1119 78 organic tackifier shall be placed over the entire composted area when dry or windy conditions are present or expected. The tackifier shall be applied immediately after the application of compost to prevent compost from leaving the composted area. Medium compost shall be used for the compost blanket. Compost may serve the purpose of soil amendment as specified in Section 8-02.3(6). 8-01.3(5) Plastic Covering The first paragraph is revised to read: Erosion Control — Plastic coverings used to temporarily cover stockpiled materials, slopes or bare soils shall be installed and maintained in a way that prevents water from intruding under the plastic and prevents the plastic cover from being damaged by wind. Plastic coverings shall be placed with at least a 12-inch overlap of all seams and be a minimum of 6 mils thick. Use soil stabilization and energy dissipation BMPs to minimize the erosive energy flows coming off sloped areas of plastic (e.g., toe of slope). When feasible, prevent the clean runoff from plastic from hitting bare soil. Direct flows from plastic to stabilized outlet areas. 8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance The first paragraph is revised to read: Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plans, prior to construction vehicles entering the roadway from locations that generate sediment track out on the roadway. Material used for stabilized construction entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out. 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning This section is revised to read: Self-propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect dirt and other debris from the Roadway. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these materials and prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into waters of the State. Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be designed and operated in compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material collected by the street sweeper shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. When allowed by the Engineer, power broom sweepers may be used in non-sensitive areas. The broom sweeper shall sweep dirt and other debris from the roadway into the work area. The swept material shall be prevented from entering or washing into waters of the State. Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer. 8-01.3(12) Compost Socks The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Compost socks are used to disperse flow and sediment. Compost socks shall be installed as soon as construction will allow but before flow conditions create erosive flows or discharges from the site. Compost socks shall be installed prior to any mulching or compost placement. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 79 8-01.3(13) Temporary Curb The last two sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: Temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Temporary curb shall be installed so that ponding does not occur in the adjacent roadway. 8-01.3(14) Temporary Pipe Slope Drain The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: The pipe fittings shall be water tight and the pipe secured to the slope with metal posts, wood stakes, or sand bags. The water shall be discharged to a stabilized conveyance, sediment trap, stormwater pond, rock splash pad, or vegetated strip, in a manner to prevent erosion and maintain water quality compliance. The last paragraph is deleted. 8-01.3(15) Maintenance This section is revised to read: Erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained or adaptively managed as required by the CSWGP until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed. When deficiencies in functional performance are identified, the deficiencies shall be rectified immediately. The BMPs shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B for damage and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of BMPs shall be repaired immediately. In areas where the Contractor's activities have compromised the erosion control functions of the existing grasses, the Contractor shall overseed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The quarry spalls of construction entrances shall be refreshed, replaced, or screened to maintain voids between the spalls for collecting mud and dirt. Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately % the height of the BMP the deposits shall be removed. Debris or contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Clean sediments may be stabilized on-site using BMPs as allowed by the Engineer. 8-01.3(16) Removal This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMPs, all associated hardware and associated accumulated sediment deposition from the project limits prior to Physical Completion unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. When the temporary BMP materials are made of natural plant fibers unaltered by synthetic materials the Engineer may allow leaving the BMP in place. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 80 The Contractor shall remove BMPs and associated hardware in a way that minimizes soil disturbance. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil after removal of BMPs. If the installation and use of the erosion control BMPs have compacted or otherwise rendered the soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as construction entrances, the Contractor shall take measures to rehabilitate the soil to facilitate plant growth. This may include, but is not limited to, ripping the soil, incorporating soil amendments, or seeding with the specified seed. At the request of the Contractor and at the sole discretion of the Engineer the CSWGP may be transferred back to the Contracting Agency. Approval of the Transfer of Coverage request will require the following: 1. All other Work required for Contract Completion has been completed. 2. All Work required for compliance with the CSWGP has been completed to the maximum extent possible. This includes removal of BMPs that are no longer needed and the site has undergone all Stabilization identified for meeting the requirements of Final Stabilization in the CSWGP. 3. An Equitable Adjustment change order for the cost of Work that has not been completed by the Contractor. 4. Submittal of the Washington State Department of Ecology Transfer of Coverage form (Ecology form ECY 020-87a) to the Engineer. If the Engineer approves the transfer of coverage back to the Contracting Agency, the requirement in Section 1-07.5(3) for the Contractor's submittal of the Notice of Termination form to the Washington State Department of Ecology will not apply. 8-01.4 Measurement This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) When the Bid Proposal contains the item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" there will be no measurement of unit or force account items for Work defined in Section 8-01 except as described in Sections 8-01.4(3) and 8-01.4(4). Also, except as described in Section 8-01.4(3), all of Sections 8-01.4(2) and 8-01.5(2) are deleted. 8-01.4(2) Item Bids When the Proposal does not contain the items "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", Section 8-01.4(1) and 8-01.5(1) are deleted and the Bid Proposal will contain some or all of the following items measured as noted. ESC lead will be measured per day for each day that an inspection is made and a report is filed. Erosion control blanket and plastic covering will be measured by the square yard along the ground slope line of surface area covered and accepted. Turbidity curtains will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the installed curtain. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 81 Check dams will be measured per linear foot one time only along the ground line of the completed check dam. No additional measurement will be made for check dams that are required to be rehabilitated or replaced due to wear. Stabilized construction entrances will be measured by the square yard by ground slope measurement for each entrance constructed. Tire wash facilities will be measured per each for each tire wash installed. Street cleaning will be measured by the hour for the actual time spent cleaning pavement, refilling with water, dumping and transport to and from cleaning locations within the project limits, as authorized by the Engineer. Time to mobilize the equipment to or from the project limits on which street cleaning is required will not be measured. Inlet protections will be measured per each for each initial installation at a drainage structure. Silt fence, gravel filter, compost berms, and wood chip berms will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed barrier. Wattles and compost socks will be measured by the linear foot. Temporary curbs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Temporary pipe slope drains will be measured by the linear foot along the flow line of the pipe. Coir logs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Outlet protections will be measured per each initial installation at an outlet location. Temporary seeding, temporary mulching, and tackifiers will be measured by the acre by ground slope measurement. Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. 8-01.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract Provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8-01.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 8-01.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 8-01.4(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be measured as specified. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 82 8-01.4(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. Temporary mulch will be measured by the acre by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. High visibility fence will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed fence. 8-01.5 Payment This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" shall be full pay to perform the Work as described in Section 8-01 except for costs compensated by Bid Proposal items inserted through Contract Provisions as described in Section 8-01.4(2). Progress payments for the lump sum item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" will be made as follows: 1. The Contracting Agency will pay 15 percent of the bid amount for the initial set up for the item. Initial set up includes the following: a. Acceptance of the TESC Plan provided by the Contracting Agency or submittal of a new TESC Plan, b. Submittal of a schedule for the installation of the BMPs, and c. Identifying water quality sampling locations. 2. 70 percent of the bid amount will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 3. Once the project is physically complete and copies of the all reports submitted to the Washington State Department of Ecology have been submitted to the Engineer, and, if applicable, transference of the CSWGP back to the Contracting Agency is complete, the remaining 15 percent of the bid amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 8-01.5(2) Item Bids "ESC Lead", per day. "Turbidity Curtain", per linear foot. "Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard. "Plastic Covering", per square yard. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 83 "Check Dam", per linear foot. "Inlet Protection", per each. "Gravel Filter Berm", per linear foot. "Stabilized Construction Entrance", per square yard. "Street Cleaning", per hour. "Silt Fence", per linear foot. "Wood Chip Berm", per linear foot. "Compost Berm", per linear foot. "Wattle", per linear foot. "Compost Sock", per linear foot. "Coir Log", per linear foot. "Temporary Curb", per linear foot. "Temporary Pipe Slope Drain", per linear foot. "Temporary Seeding", per acre. "Temporary Mulching", per acre. "Compost Blanket", per square yard. "Outlet Protection", per each. "Tackifier", per acre. "Erosion/Water Pollution Control", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. Maintenance and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices including removal and disposal of sediment, stabilization and rehabilitation of soil disturbed by these activities, and any additional Work deemed necessary by the Engineer to control erosion and water pollution will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor's total Bid. 8-01.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8-01.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 84 described in Section 8-01.4(2), except for Erosion/Water Pollution Control, by force account. When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision in Section 8-01.5(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be paid as specified. 8-01.5(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: "High Visibility Fence", per linear foot. 8-02.AP8 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration April 1, 2019 This section, including all subsections, is revised to read: 8-02.1 Description This Work consists of preserving, maintaining, establishing and augmenting vegetation on the roadsides and within mitigation or sundry site areas. It includes vegetation preservation, weed and pest control, furnishing and placing topsoil, compost, and soil amendments, and furnishing and planting seed, sod and plants of all forms and container types. It includes performing plant establishment activities and soil bioengineering. Work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. Trees, whips, shrubs, ground covers, cuttings, live stakes, live poles, live branches, rhizomes, tubers, rootstock, and seedlings will hereinafter be referred to collectively as "plants" or"plant material". Grass, wildflowers, and other plant materials installed in seed form will hereinafter be referred to collectively as "seed". 8-02.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 Water 9-25.2 Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be based on descriptions by Hitchcock and Cronquist in "Flora of the Pacific Northwest". Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant material not found in "Flora" shall be based on Bailey in "Hortus Third" or superseding editions and amendments or as referenced in the Plans. 8-02.3 Construction Requirements 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The Contractor shall prepare, install, and ensure adequate and proper care of all roadside seeded, planted, and lawn areas on the project until all plant establishment periods required by the Contract are complete or until Physical Completion of the project, whichever is last. Adequate and proper care shall include, but is not limited to, keeping all plant material in a healthy, growing condition by watering, pruning, and other actions deemed necessary for plant health. This Work shall include keeping the project AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 85 area free from insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. Existing desirable vegetation shall be saved and protected unless removal is required by the Contract or allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the maintenance and appearance of the roadside restoration. 8-02.3(2) Work Plans Three Work Plan submittals exist under this Section: 1. Roadside Work Plan: This plan is required when Work will disturb the roadside beyond 20 feet from the pavement or where trees or native vegetation will be removed, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 2. Weed and Pest Control Plan: This plan is required when the proposal contains the item "Weed and Pest Control," and prior to application of any chemicals or weed control activities, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 3. Plant Establishment Plan: This plan is required when the proposal contains the item "PSIPE ", and prior to completion of Initial Planting, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan The Roadside Work Plan shall define the expected impacts to the roadside and restoration resulting from Work necessary to meet all Contract requirements. The Contractor shall define how the roadside restoration Work included in the Contract will be phased and coordinated with project Work such as earthwork, staging, access, erosion and water pollution control, irrigation, etc. The Roadside Work Plan shall include the following: 1. Limiting impacts to roadsides: a. Limits of Work including locations of staging or parking. b. Means and methods for vegetation protection (in accordance with Section 1-07.16(2)). c. Locations outside of clearing limits where vegetation shall be removed to provide access routes or other needs to accomplish the Work. d. Plans for removal, preservation and stockpile of topsoil or other native materials, if outside of clearing and grubbing limits and within the project limits. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 86 2. Roadside Restoration: a. Plan for propagation and procurement of plants, ground preparation for planting, and installation of plants. b. Means and methods to limit soil compaction where seeding and planting are to occur, such as steel plates, hog fuel access roads, wood mats for sensitive areas (including removal) and decompaction for unavoidable impacts. c. Plan and timing to incorporate or remove erosion control items. 3. Lawn Installation: a. Schedule for lawn installation work. b. Establishment and maintenance of lawns. 8-02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall describe all weed and pest control needs for the project. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator or Consultant. The plan for control of weeds and pests on the Contract in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3) shall include the following: 1. Names of plan preparer and pesticide operators, including contact information. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer evidence that all operators are licensed with appropriate endorsements, and that the pesticide used is registered for use by the Washington State Department of Agriculture. 2. Means and methods of weed control, including mechanical and/or chemical. 3. Schedule for weed control including re-entry times for pesticide application by pesticide type. 4. Proposed pesticide use in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)A: name, application rate, and Safety Data Sheets of all proposed pesticides. Include a copy of the current product label for each pesticide to be used. 5. Plan to ensure worker safety until pesticide re-entry periods are met. 8-02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan The Plant Establishment Plan shall describe activities necessary to ensure continued health and vigor of planted and seeded areas in accordance with the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(12) and 8-02.3(13). Should the plan become unworkable at any time during the first-year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. The Plant Establishment Plan shall include: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 87 1. Proposed scheduling of joint inspection meetings, activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first-year plant establishment. 2. Proposed adaptive management activities to ensure successful establishment of seeded, sodded, and planted areas. 3. A contact person. 4. Management of the irrigation system, when applicable. 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control The Contractor shall control weed and pest species within the project limits using integrated pest management principles consisting of mechanical, biological, and chemical controls that are outlined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan or as designated by the Engineer. Controlling weeds consists of killing and removing weeds by chemical, mechanical, and hand methods. 8-02.3(3)A Chemical Pesticides Chemical pesticides include, but are not restricted to, any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any pest, including but not limited to, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, adjuvants, and additives, including plant regulators, defoliants and desiccants. The Contractor shall apply chemical pesticides in accordance with the label recommendations, the Washington State Department of Ecology, local sensitive area ordinances, and Washington State Department of Agriculture laws and regulations. Only those pesticides listed in the table Herbicides Approved for Use on WSDOT Rights of Way and accepted as part of the Weed and Pest Control Plan or by written authorization from the Engineer may be used (www.wsdot.wa.gov/maintenance/roadside/herbicide use.htm). The applicator shall be licensed by the State of Washington as a Commercial Applicator or Commercial Operator, with additional endorsements as required by the Special Provisions or the proposed weed control plan. All chemical pesticides shall be delivered to the job site in the original containers, or if pre-mixed off-site, a certification of the components and formulation from the supplier is required. The licensed applicator or operator shall complete WSDOT Form 540-509, Commercial Pesticide Application Record, each day the pesticide is applied and furnish a copy to the Engineer by the following business day. The Contractor shall ensure confinement of the chemicals within the designated areas. The use of spray chemical pesticides shall require the use of anti-drift and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for planting by reason of chemical application. Damage to adjacent areas, either on or off the Highway Right of Way, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the property owner at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 88 8-02.3(3)B Planting and Lawn Area Weed Control Planting and lawn area weed control consists of controlling weeds and pests in planted and lawn areas shown in the Plans. This Work is included in the bid items for planting and lawn installation. All planting and lawn areas shall be prepared so that they are weed and debris free at the time of planting and until completion of the project. The planting areas shall include the entire ground surface, regardless of cover, areas around plants, and those areas shown in the Plans. Within planting or lawn areas, all species that are not shown in the Plans are unwanted and shall be controlled unless specifically allowed by the Engineer to remain. Grass growing within the mulch ring of a plant, including grass applied in accordance with Sections 8-01.3(2)A1, 8-02.3(9) or 8-02.3(10), shall be considered a weed and shall be controlled on the project in accordance with the weed and pest control plan. All applications of post-emergent herbicides shall be made while green and growing tissue is present. Residual herbicides shall not be used where rhizomatous species or perennial species are indicated. Should unwanted vegetation reach the flowering and seed stage in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed heads prior to seed dispersion. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads shall be disposed of off-site at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(3)C Project Area Weed and Pest Control The Contractor shall control weeds not otherwise covered in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)B, in all areas within the project limits, including erosion control seeding areas and vegetation preservation areas, as designated by the Engineer. When the Bid Item "Project Area Weed and Pest Control" is included in the Contract, the Contractor shall also control all weeds specified as noxious by the Washington State Department of Agriculture, the local Weed District, or the County Noxious Weed Control Board outside of planting areas within the project limits. 8-02.3(4) Topsoil Topsoil shall not be worked or placed when the ground or topsoil is frozen, or excessively wet. The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpiled for project use to prevent erosion and weed growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in accordance with the accepted Weed and Pest Control Plan and Section 8-02.3(3)C. The subsoil where topsoil is to be placed shall be tilled to a depth of 1 foot or as specified in the Special Provisions or the Plans. Topsoil of the type specified shall AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 89 be evenly spread over the specified areas to the depth shown in the Plans or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Topsoil depths greater than 6 inches shall be placed in lifts no more than 6 inches in depth. The first lift of topsoil shall be incorporated with sub-soil to a depth of 8 inches and subsequent lifts placed and lightly tamped between lifts. After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 2 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed. 8-O2.3(4)A Topsoil Type A Topsoil Type A shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall submit a certification by the supplier that the contents of the Topsoil meet the requirements in the Special Provisions. 8-O2.3(4)B Topsoil Type B Topsoil Type B shall be naturally occurring topsoil taken from within the project limits and shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.1(2). Topsoil Type B shall be taken from areas shown in the Plans to the designated depth and stockpiled at locations that will not interfere with the construction of the project, and outside of sensitive areas, as allowed by the Engineer. A minimum of two weeks prior to excavation of Topsoil Type B, the Contractor shall pre-treat the vegetation on the designated Topsoil Type B areas according to the Weed and Pest Control Plan. Areas beyond the slope stakes shall be disturbed as little as possible in the above operations and under no circumstances shall Topsoil Type B be stockpiled within 10 feet of any existing tree or vegetation area designated to be saved and protected. The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpile from weed infestation. The Contractor shall set aside sufficient material to satisfy the needs of the project. Upon completion of topsoil placement, the Contractor shall dispose of remaining stockpiled Topsoil Type B not required for use on the project at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Should a shortage of Topsoil Type B occur, and the Contractor has wasted or otherwise disposed of topsoil material, the Contractor shall furnish Topsoil Type A or C at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C Topsoil Type C shall be naturally occurring topsoil obtained from a source provided by the Contractor outside of the Contracting Agency-owned Right of Way. Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-O2.3(4)B and 9-14.1(3). The Contractor shall not begin removal of Topsoil Type C from the proposed source until the material has been allowed for use by the Engineer. 8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation This Work includes preparing worked areas for the installation of all types of permanent erosion control planting. Work shall be conducted so the flow lines in drainage channels are maintained. Material displaced by the Contractor's operations that interferes with drainage shall be removed from the channel and disposed of as allowed by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 90 8-O2.3(5)A Seeding Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare roadside seeding areas as follows: 1. Remove all excess material, debris, stumps, and rocks greater than 3 inches in diameter from areas to be seeded. Dispose of removed materials offsite. 2. Prepare roadside seeding area to a weed free and bare condition. 3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil, soil amendments, or compost as specified. Any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or steeper shall not be tilled unless otherwise specified. 4. Compact to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed; tractor walk to uniformly cover the surface with longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. Condition the soil with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 5. Seed and mulch within 2 days of preparation. 8-O2.3(5)B Lawn Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare lawn areas as follows: 1. Prepare lawn area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance with Section 8-O2.3(3)B. 2. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in diameter and remove from site. 3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil or soil amendments in accordance with Section 8-02.3(4) and 8-02.3(6). 4. Till to an 8-inch depth, rake to a smooth even grade without low areas that trap water, and compact with a 50-pound roller. The finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. 5. Seed or sod the area within two days of preparation. 8-O2.3(5)C Planting Area Preparation The Contractor shall prepare planting areas as follows: 1. Prepare planting area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance with Section 8-O2.3(3)B. 2. Decompact soil to a depth of 18 inches where construction activities have taken place or where native soils are compacted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 91 3. Return soil to uniform grade even with surrounding areas, leaving no holes or mounds over 3 inches in depth or height. 4. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in diameter and remove from site. 5. Apply compost or other amendments as indicated in the plans and in accordance with Section 8-02.3(6). 6. Cultivate amendments to a depth of 12 inches to provide a reasonably firm but friable planting area. Do not till any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or steeper. 7. Return soil to a uniform finished grade, 1 inch, or the specified depth of mulch plus 1 inch, below walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, catch basins, and driveways, unless otherwise specified. 8. Begin planting and mulching the area within two days of final preparation. 8-02.3(6) Soil Amendments The Contractor shall place soil amendments of the type, quality, and quantities specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Areas receiving soil amendments shall be bare soil or vegetation free prior to application. All soil amendments shall be installed as shown in the Plans within 30 calendar days after delivery to the project site. 8-02.3(6)A Compost Compost used for soil amendments shall be Fine Compost unless otherwise designated in the Plans. When compost blanket is used for temporary erosion control, the compost blanket may be incorporated into the soil immediately prior to planting when used as compost soil amendment. The area shall be prepared in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5) prior to placing compost. 8-02.3(6)B Fertilizers The Contractor shall apply fertilizer in the form, mixture, and rate specified in the Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. Application procedures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall submit a guaranteed fertilizer analysis label for the selected product a minimum of one week prior to application for acceptance. Following the Engineer's acceptance, fertilizing of the accepted ground or vegetated surfaces shall begin immediately. In seeding and lawn areas to be fertilized, the fertilizer shall be applied concurrently with the seed. When fertilizer is hydraulically applied, the fertilizer shall be suitable for application with seeding as specified in Section 8-02.3(9)C. If hydroseeding, the fertilizer shall be placed in the hydroseeder tank no more than 1 hour prior to application. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 92 Fertilizers for planting areas shall be applied concurrently with compost and applied prior to incorporation, unless tablet form fertilizer is specified. Where tablet form fertilizer is specified, fertilizer shall be applied concurrently with plant installation. Fertilizer sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same day. Areas not accessible by fertilizing equipment shall be fertilized by allowed hand methods. Second Application: A second application of fertilizer shall be applied as specified in the Special Provisions at the locations designated in the Plans. The fertilizer shall be applied during the months of March, April, or May of the following year after the initial seeding, planting, or lawn installation. The fertilizer shall be dry granular pellets or pearls and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or as specified in the Special Provisions. 8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas The Contractor shall lay out and prepare planting and lawn areas and receive the Engineer's acceptance of layout and preparation prior to any installation activities. The Contractor shall stake the location of all trees larger than 1-inch caliper and the perimeter of all planting areas for acceptance by the Engineer prior to any installation activities. The Contractor shall locate all trees to be planted in mowable grass areas a minimum of 10 feet from the edge of planting areas, other trees, fence lines, and bottom of ditches unless otherwise specified. Tree locations shown in the Plans shall be considered approximate unless shown with stationing and offset distance. In irrigated areas, trees shall be located so their trunk is a minimum of 1/3 of the spray radius away from the nearest sprinkler head. Unless otherwise shown, planting areas located adjacent to Roadways shall begin 6 feet from the edge of shoulder on roadway fills and begin 5 feet up on the back slope from the bottom on roadway cut sections. Plants within planting areas shall be located such that mature branching pattern will not block sight distance, signs, or other traffic-related devices. No trees shall be placed where the mature canopy will grow to within 10 feet of existing power lines. Where roadside ditches are present, planting areas shall begin 5 feet from the centerline of the ditch unless shown otherwise in the Plans. 8-02.3(8) Planting 8-O2.3(8)A Dates and Conditions for Planting No plant material shall be planted until it has been inspected and accepted for planting by the Engineer. Rejected material shall be removed from the project site immediately. All plants for the project or a sufficient quantity to plant 1-acre of the site, whichever is less, shall be received on site prior to the Engineer beginning inspection of the plants. Under no circumstances will planting be permitted during unsuitable soil or weather conditions as determined by the Engineer. Unsuitable conditions may include frozen soil, freezing weather, saturated soil, standing water, high AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 93 winds, heavy rains, and high water levels. The ground shall be moist at the time of planting. All planting shall be accomplished during the following periods: 1. Non-Irrigated Plant Material Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest) — October 1 to March 1. Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) — October 1 to November 15. 2. Irrigated Plant Material In irrigated areas, plant material shall not be installed until the irrigation system is fully operational and accepted by the Engineer. Trees and shrubs may be planted in irrigated areas during the non-irrigated planting window before the irrigation system is functional with the written concurrence of the Engineer only if the irrigation system is guaranteed to be operational prior to the end of the non-irrigated planting window. 8-02.3(8)B Plant Installation The Contractor shall handle plant material in the following manner: 1. Root systems shall be kept covered and damp at all times. Plant material shall be kept in containers until the time of planting. 2. Roots shall not be bunched, curled, twisted, or unreasonably bent when placed in the planting hole. Bare root plant material shall be dormant at the time of harvesting and planting. The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry immediately prior to planting. 3. Plant material supplied in wrapped balls shall not be removed from the wrapping until the time of planting at the planting location. The root system of balled plant material shall be moist at the time of planting. Root balls shall be loosened prior to planting. All burlap, baskets, string, wire and other such materials shall be removed from the hole when planting balled plants. 4. Plant cutting material shall be dormant at the time of cutting and planting. All cuttings shall be installed immediately if buds begin to swell. 5. Plants shall be placed with the crown at the finished grade. In their final position, plants shall have their top true root (not adventitious root) no more than 1 inch below the soil surface, no matter where that root was located in the original root ball or container. The backfill material, including container and root ball soil, shall be thoroughly watered on the same day that planting occurs regardless of season. When installing plants, the Contractor shall dig planting holes three times the diameter of the container or root ball size. Any glazed surface of the planting hole shall be roughened prior to planting. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 94 8-02.3(8)C Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping Plants shall be pruned at the time of planting, only to remove minor broken or damaged twigs, branches or roots. Pruning shall be performed with a sharp tool and shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage natural growth characteristics of the plants. All other pruning shall be performed only after the plants have been in the ground at least 1 year and when plants are dormant. Trees shall only be staked when so noted in the Plans. Each tree shall be staked or guyed before completion of the backfilling in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. Trees shall be wrapped when so noted in the Plans. 8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching For all seed, the Contractor shall furnish the following documentation to the Engineer: 1. The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on each lot of seed. Test results shall be within six months prior to the date of application. 8-02.3(9)A Dates for Application of Seed Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall apply seed for permanent erosion control during the following periods: Western Washington' Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Crest) March 1 through May 15 October 1 through November 15 September 1 through October 1 1Seeding may be allowed outside these dates when allowed by the Engineer. All roadway excavation and embankment ground surfaces that are completed to final grades shall be prepared and seeded during the first available seeding window. When environmental conditions are not conducive to satisfactory results, the Engineer may suspend the seeding Work until such time that the desired results are likely to be obtained. If seeding is suspended, temporary erosion control methods according to Section 8-01 shall be used to protect the bare soil until seeding conditions improve. 8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing The Contractor shall prepare the seeding area in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5)A and apply seed at the rate and mix specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within 5 days in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been accepted. Following the Engineer's acceptance, seeding of the accepted ground surfaces shall begin immediately. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 95 Seeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, or excessively wet. When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top 1/4 inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. Seed applied as a separate operation using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform application. The tracer shall be HECP Short-Term Mulch applied at a rate of 200 to 250 pounds per acre and the tracer shall carry the measured specified seeding rate. 8-O2.3(9)C Seeding with Fertilizers and Mulches When the Proposal includes any variation of seeding, fertilizing, and without mulching, the seed and fertilizer shall be applied in one application followed by mulching. West of the Cascade Mountains, seed, fertilizer, and mulch may be completely applied in one application. East of the Cascades, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall not be applied as a single application unless allowed by the Engineer in writing prior to application. The fertilizing and mulching shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(6) and 8-02.3(11). 8-O2.3(9)D Inspection Seeded areas will be inspected upon completion of seeding, fertilizing, and mulching. The Work in any area will not be measured for payment until a uniform distribution of the materials is accomplished at the specified rate. Areas that have not received a uniform application of seed, fertilizer, and mulch at the specified rate, as determined by the Engineer, shall be re-seeded, re-fertilized, or re-mulched prior to payment for seeding within a designated area. 8-O2.3(9)E Protection and Care of Seeded Areas The Contractor shall install and establish a stable and weed free stand of grass as specified within all designated permanent seeding areas. A stable stand of grass shall meet the following requirements: 1. A dense and uniform canopy cover, 70% for Western Washington and 50% for Eastern Washington, of specified species covers all seeded areas after 3 months of active growth following germination during the growing season. Canopy cover is defined as the cover of living and vigorous grass blades, leaves, and shoots of specified species. Volunteer species, weeds, woody plants, or other undesirable vegetation shall not factor into the canopy cover. Growth and establishment may require supplemental irrigation to meet cover requirements. 2. Stand health is evident by vigorously growing planted species having a uniform rich-green appearance and with no dead patches or major gaps of growth. A stand of grass that displays rusting, wilting, stunted growth, disease, yellowing or browning of leaves, or bare patches does not meet the stand health requirement. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 96 3. The Contractor shall establish a stable stand of grass free of all weeds, non-specified grasses, and other undesirable vegetation. Weed control shall be in accordance with the Weed and Pest Control Plan and occur on a monthly basis during the establishment period and through the life of the Contract. 4. Remove all trash, rocks, construction debris, and other obstructions that may be detrimental to the continued establishment of future seeding. In addition to the requirements of Section 1-07.13(1), restoration of eroded areas including clean up, removal, and proper disposal of eroded material, filling and raking of eroded areas with Topsoil Type A or fine compost, and re-application of the specified seed, fertilizer, and mulch shall occur at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(10) Lawn Installation 8-02.3(10)A Dates and Conditions for Lawn Installation In irrigated areas, lawn installation shall not begin until the irrigation system is fully operational. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, seeded lawn installation shall be performed during the following time periods at the location shown: Western Washington Eastern Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Crest) March 1 through May 15 October 1 through November 15 September 1 through October 1 When irrigation system is operational When irrigation system is operational March 1 through October 1 March 1 through November 1 8-02.3(10)B Lawn Seeding and Sodding The Contractor shall prepare the lawn area in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5) and apply seed at the mix and rate of application as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall have the option of sodding in lieu of seeding for lawn installation at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Seeding in lieu of sodding will not be allowed. Seed placed by hand shall be raked into the soil. Following raking, the seeded soil shall be rolled with a smooth 50-pound roller. Sod strips shall be placed within 48 hours of being cut. Placement shall be without voids and have the end joints staggered. Following placement, the sod shall be rolled with a smooth roller to establish contact with the soil. Barriers shall be erected, with warning signs where necessary, to preclude pedestrian traffic access to the newly placed lawn during the establishment period. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 97 8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment Lawn establishment shall consist of caring for all new lawn areas within the limits of the project. The lawn establishment period shall begin immediately after the lawn seeding or sodding has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of four mowings or 20 working days whichever is longer. The mowings shall be done in accordance with Section 8-02.3(10)D. During the lawn establishment period, the Contractor shall ensure the continuing healthy growth of the turf. This care shall include keeping the project in a presentable condition including, but not limited to, removal of litter, mowing, trimming, removal of grass clippings, edging, fertilization, insecticide and fungicide applications, weed control, watering, repairing the irrigation system, and repair and reseeding all damaged areas. Temporary barriers shall be removed only when directed by the Engineer. All Work performed under lawn establishment shall comply with established turf management practices. Acceptance of lawn planting as specified will be based on a uniform stand of grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection. The Contractor shall recultivate, re-grade, reseed, and refertilize areas that are bare or have a poor stand of grass or not having a uniform grade through any cause before final inspection at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-02.3(10)D Lawn Mowing Lawn mowing shall begin immediately after the lawn establishment period has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of the Contract or the first-year plant establishment, whichever is last. The Contractor shall accomplish the following minimum requirements: 1. Mow, trim, and edge as often as conditions dictate, at a minimum, once per week between April and September. Maximum height of lawn shall not exceed 3 inches. The cutting height shall be 2 inches. Cuttings, trimmings, and edgings shall be disposed of off the project site. When the Engineer allows the use of a mulching mower, trimmings may be left in place. 2. Water as often as conditions dictate depending on weather and soil conditions. 3. Provide fertilizer, weed control, water, and other measures as necessary to establish and maintain a healthy stand of grass. 8-02.3(11) Mulch Mulches associated with seeding and planting shall be of the type specified in the Special Provisions or as indicated in the Plans. The Contractor shall evenly apply mulch at the rates indicated in the Plans. Mulches shall not be placed below the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 98 anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bank slopes, and stream banks, or in areas of standing or flowing water. 8-02.3(11)A Mulch for Seeding Areas The Contractor shall furnish and evenly apply Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Product (HECP) Long Term Mulch at the rates indicated and in accordance with the Manufacturer's specifications unless otherwise specified. HECP Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. HECP mulch shall not be used within the Ordinary High Water Mark. Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted hand methods. HECP Long Term Mulch may be applied with seed and fertilizer west of the summit of the Cascade Range. East of the summit of the Cascade Range, seed and fertilizer shall be applied in a single application followed by the application of mulch. 8-02.3(11)B Bark or Woodchip Mulch The Contractor shall apply bark or wood chip mulch of the type and depth specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall complete final grading and placement/incorporation of soil amendments within the planting area prior to placement of mulch. Areas receiving bark mulch shall be bare soil or vegetation free before application, except where trees and other plants are specifically identified in the Plans or designated by the Engineer to be saved and protected. Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform non-compacted depth of 3 inches over all planting areas unless otherwise specified. Mulch shall be feathered to the base of the plant and 1 inch below the top of junction and valve boxes, curbs, and pavement edges. Any contamination of the mulch due to the Contractor's operations shall be corrected to its former condition at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Mulch placed to a thickness greater than specified shall be at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall keep plant material crowns, runners, and branches free of mulch at all times. 8-02.3(11)C Bark or Woodchip Mulch Rings The Contractor shall apply mulch rings around plants installed within existing vegetation areas or within seeded areas as shown in the Plans. Bark or wood chip mulch rings shall be applied to the surface of vegetation free amended soil in the isolated plant locations where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 99 non-compacted depth of 3 inches to a radius of 2 feet around all plants within interplanted plant locations. 8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting Upon completion of the initial planting within a designated area, the Engineer will make an inspection of all planting areas. The Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the plant installation requirements. The Contractor shall replace all plants and associated materials rejected or missing and correct unsatisfactory conditions. Completion of the initial planting within a designated area includes the following conditions: 1. 100 percent of each of the plant material categories are installed as shown in the Plans. 2. Planting Area is cleaned up. 3. Repairs are completed, including but not limited to, full operation of the irrigation system. 4. Mulch coverage is complete. 5. All weeds are controlled. 8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment Plant establishment consists of caring for all plants and planting areas within the project limits. The provisions of Sections 1-07.13(2) and 1-07.13(3) do not apply to this Section. When the Proposal includes the bid item PSIPE (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment), that bid item includes one year of plant establishment Work. The first year of plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification from the Engineer of the completion of initial planting for the project. The first-year plant establishment period shall be a minimum of one calendar year. The one calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment requirements and plan. During the first-year plant establishment period, the Contractor shall perform all Work necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the transplanted material. This Work shall include, but is not limited to, applying water, removing foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining all planting areas in a weed-free condition, and replacing all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the Contract. If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency will pay invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up and the Contractor will be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants. Other weed control within the project limits but outside of planting, lawn, or seeding areas shall be as specified in Section 8-02.3(3)C. During the first year of plant establishment, the Contractor shall meet monthly or at an agreed upon schedule with the Engineer for the purpose of joint inspection of AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 100 the planting material. The Contractor shall correct all unsatisfactory conditions identified by the Engineer within a 10-day period immediately following the inspection. If plant replacement is required, the Contractor shall, within the 10-day period, submit a plan and schedule for the plant procurement and replacement to occur during the planting period as designated in Section 8-02.3(8). At the end of the plant establishment period, plants that do not show normal growth shall be replaced and all staking and guying that remain on the project shall be removed unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. All automatic irrigation systems shall be operated fully automatic during the plant establishment period and until final acceptance of the Contract. Payment for water used to water in plants, or hand watering of plant material or lawn areas unless otherwise specified, is the responsibility of the Contractor during the first-year plant establishment period. Subsequent year plant establishment periods shall begin immediately at the completion of the preceding year's plant establishment period. Each subsequent plant establishment period shall be one full calendar year in duration. During the plant establishment period(s) after the first year plant establishment, the Work necessary for the continued healthy and vigorous growth of all plants material shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. Payment for water used to water plants during the subsequent year(s) of plant establishment will be paid under the plant establishment item. 8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement The Contractor shall be responsible for growing or arrange to provide sufficient plants for replacement of all plant material rejected through first-year plant establishment. All replacement plant material shall be inspected and accepted by the Engineer prior to installation. All rejected plant material shall be replaced with acceptable plants meeting the specifications and installed according to the requirements of this Section at dates allowed by the Engineer. All replacement plants shall be of the same species as the plants they replace and meet the requirements of Section 9-14.8 unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. Plants may vary in size reflecting one season of growth should the Contractor elect to hold plant material under nursery conditions for an additional year to serve as replacement plants. Replacement plant material larger than specified in the Plans shall meet the applicable section requirements of the ASNS for container class, ball size, spread, and branching characteristics. 8-02.3(15) Bioengineering Bioengineering consists of using plant materials for the purpose of streambank or earthen slope construction and surface stabilization. This Work may include installing woody plant cuttings in various forms as well as part of streambank or earthen slope construction. 8-02.3(15)A Fascines Live fascines shall be constructed of live and dead cuttings bundled together with a diameter of 8 to 18 inches. Live cuttings shall be the species shown in the Plans. Dead branches may be cuttings from any woody, non-invasive plant AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 101 native to the project area. Dead branches may be placed within the live fascine and on the side exposed to the air. Live branches shall be placed in contact with the soil along their entire length. Each live fascine must contain a minimum of eight live branches. Dead branches shall constitute no more than 40 percent of the total fascine content. The total length of each live fascine shall be a minimum of 5 feet. Branches shall be bundled into log-like forms and bound with biodegradable twine spaced at 1-foot intervals along the entire length of the live fascine. Live fascines shall be installed horizontally in a trench whose depth shall be %the diameter of the live fascine. Secure the live fascine with live stakes 3 feet in length and 3/4 inch in diameter placed at 18-inch intervals. A minimum of three live stakes shall be used per fascine. The live stakes shall be driven through the live fascine vertically into the slope. The ends of live fascines shall be woven together so that no gap remains between the two sections of the live fascine. Prior to being covered with soil, the fascine shall be thoroughly watered. Once the fascine is covered with 6 inches of soil, the soil covering the fascine shall be thoroughly watered. When used to remedy erosion areas, live fascines shall extend a minimum of two feet beyond the visible area of erosion and soil disturbance. The locations for live fascines and live stake rows shall be identified in the field for review and acceptance by the Engineer. The Engineer may require adjustment of fascine locations prior to installation in order to best accomplish the intended functions. Plant replacement during plant establishment for"PSIPE Live Fascine"will be required for any section void of live shoots for a length of 3 feet or more. Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 1 foot apart above the fascine within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of the same species as the live fascine and shall have a minimum length of 3 feet and a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Live Fascine. 8-02.3(15)B Brush Mattress Live brush mattress shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, live poles,jute rope and topsoil. The live cuttings and live poles shall be from the plant species designated in the Plans. Live branch cuttings shall be placed with the cut ends oriented down slope as shown in the Plans. Cuttings shall overlap from side to side and from top to bottom as each layer is constructed. The live branches in each succeeding upper layer shall overlap the adjacent lower layer by a minimum of 6 inches. A maximum of 20 percent of the branches may be dead branches, but the live branches shall be distributed evenly to provide even rooting and growth over the entire area of the brush mattress. The Contractor shall anchor the live brush mattress to the slope using stakes and jute rope as shown in the Plans. Initially, the stakes shall be installed to protrude above the live brush mattress. The Contractor shall attach the jute rope to the stakes and tighten the rope by tamping the stakes further into the bank, pulling the live brush mattress tight against the soil surface. The AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 102 Contractor shall cover the live brush mattress with sufficient stockpiled topsoil to ensure good soil contact with the live plant material. Plant replacement during plant establishment for"PSIPE Live Brush Mattress" will be required for any section void of live shoots for an area of 25 square feet or more. Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 3 feet apart in a triangular pattern within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of the same species as the live brush mattress and shall have a minimum length of 3 feet and a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Mattress. 8-02.3(15)C Brush Layer Brush layers shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, randomly mixed, from the plant species listed under the brush layer heading in the Plans. The number of branches required will vary depending on the average branch diameter and layer thickness. Brush layers shall be placed in a trench dug at a 45 degree incline into the slope or stream bank. Two-thirds to three-fourths of the length of the live branches shall be buried. Soil shall be firmly tamped in place. Succeeding layers shall be spaced as detailed in the Plans. Brush layer placed in stream banks shall be angled downstream. Brush layers may include plant establishment when designated as PSIPE Brush Layer. Plant replacement for PSIPE Brush Layer will be required for each section void of live shoots for a continuous distance of 3 feet or more. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Layer. 8-02.3(16) Roadside Maintenance Under Construction When the Contract includes the item, Roadside Maintenance Under Construction, this Work includes roadside mowing and ditch maintenance, and noxious weed control outside of planting areas according to Section 8-02.3(3)C. 8-02.3(16)A Roadside Mowing The Contractor shall mow designated roadside grass areas to the limits designated by the Engineer. Roadside mowing is limited to slopes not steeper than 3(H)to 1(V). The Contractor shall mow according to the following requirements: 1. Trim around traffic equipment, structures, planting areas, or other features extending above ground preceding or simultaneously with each mowing. 2. Maintain grass between 4 and 12 inches in height. 3. Operate mowing equipment with suitable guards to prevent throwing rocks or debris onto the traveled way or off of the Contracting Agency property. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts, deformation, and compaction of the vegetated soil. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 103 4. Removing clippings is required on the traveled way, shoulders, walkways, or Structures. 5. Restore soil rutting to a smooth and even grade at the direction of the Engineer. 8-02.3(16)B Ditch Maintenance The Contractor shall maintain drainage for the duration of the Contract according to the following requirements: 1. Maintain flow lines in drainage channels and roadside ditches. 2. Cutting or trimming vegetation within drainage channels to maintain positive flow. 3. Remove dirt and debris from inside of culverts or any drainage area where runoff has allowed accumulations and re-seed for erosion control. 4. Restore channels to previous operational condition. 8-02.4 Measurement Topsoil, bark or woodchip mulch and soil amendments will be measured by the acre or the square yard along the grade and slope of the area covered immediately after placement. Weed control pre-treatment of topsoil areas, excavation, and stockpiling are included in the bid item "Topsoil Type . Bark or woodchip mulch rings will be measured per each. Compost will be measured by the acre or the square yard along the grade and slope of the area covered immediately after application. Seeding, fertilizing, and mulching will be measured by the acre or the square yard by ground slope measurement or through the use of design data. Seeding and fertilizing by hand will be measured by the square yard. No adjustment in area size will be made for the vegetation free zone around each plant. Seeded lawn, sod installation, and lawn mowing will be measured along the ground slope and computed in square yards of actual lawn completed, established, and accepted. Plant selection will be measured per each. PSIPE_ (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment)will be measured per each. Live Pole will be measured per each. Live Stake Row will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. The pay quantities for plant materials will be determined by count of the number of satisfactory plants in each category accepted by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 104 Fascine and PSIPE live fascine will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. Brush mattress and PSIPE live brush mattress will be measured by the surface square yard along the ground slope line. Brush layer and PSIPE brush layer will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. Water will be measured in accordance with Section 2-07.4. Measurement will be made of only that water hauled in tank trucks or similar equipment. 8-02.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following listed Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Project Area Weed and Pest Control"will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency entered an amount for"Project Area Weed and Pest Control" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Payment under this item will be made only when the Work is not already covered by other items. "Topsoil Type ", per acre. The unit Contract price per acre for"Topsoil Type " shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work. "Fine Compost ", per acre or per square yard. "Medium Compost", per acre or per square yard. "Coarse Compost", per acre or per square yard. The unit Contract price per acre for"Fine Compost", "Medium Compost" or"Coarse Compost" shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing soil. "Soil Amendment", per acre. The unit Contract price per acre for"Soil Amendment" shall be full pay for furnishing and incorporating the soil amendment into the existing soil. "Plant Selection ", per each. The unit Contract price for"Plant Selection ", per each shall be full pay for all Work to perform the work as specified within the planting area prior to planting for weed control, planting area preparation and installation of plants with initial watering. As the plants that do not include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments will be made as follows: Payment of 15 percent of the unit Contract price per each when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 105 planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size of all material. Payment will be increased to 100 percent of the unit Contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. All partial payments shall be limited to the actual number of healthy vigorous plants that meet the stage requirements, limited to plan quantity. Previous partial payments made for materials rejected or missing will be deducted from future payments due the Contractor. "PSIPE ", per each. The unit Contract price for "PSIPE ", per each, shall be full pay for all Work necessary to perform as specified within the planting area for weed control and planting area preparation, planting, cleanup, and water necessary to complete planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. As the plants that include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, partial payments will be made as follows after inspection by the Engineer: Payment of 5 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, when the plant materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the location, quantity, and size of all material. Payment will be increased to 15 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, upon completion of the initial weed control and planting area preparation Work. Payment will be increased to 60 percent of the unit Contract price per each for the contracted plant material in a designated unit area when planted. Payment will be increased to 70 percent of the unit Contract price per each for contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. Payment will be increased to the appropriate percentage upon reaching the following plant establishment milestones: June 30th 80 percent September 30th 90 percent Completion of first-year plant establishment or after all 100 percent replacement plants have been installed, whichever is later. Plant establishment milestones are achieved when planting areas meet conditions described in Section 8-02.3(13). "Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching", per acre. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 411/19 106 "Seeding and Fertilizing", per acre or per square yard. "Seeding and Fertilizing by Hand", per square yard. "Second Application of Fertilizer", per acre. "Seeding and Mulching", per acre. "Seeded Lawn Installation", per square yard. "Sod Installation", per square yard. "Lawn Mowing", per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for"Seeded Lawn Installation"or"Sod Installation" shall be full pay for all costs necessary to prepare the area, plant or sod the lawn, erect barriers, control weeds, and establish lawn areas and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work as specified and shall be paid in the following sequence for healthy, vigorous lawn: Completion of Lawn Planting 60 percent of individual areas Mid Lawn Establishment (after two mowings) 85 percent of individual areas Completion of Lawn Establishment 100 percent of individual areas (after four mowings) "Plant Establishment Year " will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency entered an amount for"Plant Establishment- Year" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. "Live Pole", per each. "Live Stake Row", per linear foot. "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch", per acre. "Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Rings", per each. The unit Contract price per acre for"Bark or Wood Chip Mulch" shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the mulch onto the existing soil. "Fascine" and "PSIPE Live Fascine", per linear foot. "Brush Mattress" and "PSIPE Live Brush Mattress", per square yard. "Brush Layer" and "PSIPE Brush Layer", per linear foot. When PSIPE is included with Fascine, Brush Mattress, or Brush Layer, the payment schedule for PSIPE will apply. "Roadside Maintenance under Construction"will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for"Roadside Maintenance Under Construction" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. "Water", per M Gal. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 107 8-04.AP8 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways April 2, 2018 8-04.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Roundabout truck apron cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02. 8-06.AP8 Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances April 2, 2018 8-06.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 8-06.3 Construction Requirements The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement concrete driveway approaches shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02 or Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement conforming to the requirements of Section 5-05. 8-07.AP8 Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb April 2, 2018 8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The curb shall be firmly bedded for its entire length and breadth on a mortar bed conforming to Section 9-20.4(3) composed of one part Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage as designated by the Engineer shall be filled with mortar composed of one part Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 108 8-09.AP8 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers April 1, 2019 8-09.5 Payment The last paragraph is revised to read: The unit Contract price per hundred for"Raised Pavement Marker Type 1", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3 In.", and "Recessed Pavement Marker" shall be full pay for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these Specifications. 8-11.AP8 Section 8-11, Guardrail April 1, 2019 8-11.3(1)A Erection of Posts The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Posts shall be set to the true line and grade of the Highway after the grade is in place and compaction is completed. 8-11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation The first paragraph is revised to read: All excavation and backfilling required for installation of anchors shall be performed in accordance with Section 2-09, except that the costs thereof shall be included in the unit Contract price for the anchor installed. The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: Assembly and installation of Beam Guardrail Non-flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall be supervised at all times by a manufacturer's representative, or an installer who has been trained and certified by the manufacturer. The last paragraph is revised to read: Beam Guardrail Non-flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria in the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). 8-11.4 Measurement The third paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail terminal will be per each for the completed terminal. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail Type 31 buried terminal Type 2 will be per linear foot for the completed terminal. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 109 Measurement of beam guardrail anchor Type 10 will be per each for the completed anchor, including the attachment of the anchor to the guardrail. 8-11.5 Payment The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type ", per each is revised to read "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 10", per each. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1", per each is deleted from this section. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot and the following paragraph are revised to read: "Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for"Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2" shall be full payment for all costs to obtain and provide materials and perform the Work as described in Section 8-11.3(1)C. 8-14.AP8 Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks April 2, 2018 8-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 In the second paragraph, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 8-16.AP8 Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection April 2, 2018 8-16.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the last two material references are revised to read: Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(2) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) 8-17.AP8 Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems January 7, 2019 8-17.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 110 Permanent impact attenuators shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria of the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH), except as otherwise noted in the Plans or Special Provisions. 8-20.AP8 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical August 6, 2018 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code The last paragraph is revised to read: Persons performing electrical Work shall be certified in accordance with and supervised as required by RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be worn at all times in accordance with WAC 296-46B-942. Persons failing to meet these certification requirements may not perform any electrical work, and shall stop any active electrical work, until their certification is provided and worn in accordance with this Section. 8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings This section is renumbered: 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 8-20.3(4) Foundations The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Concrete for Type II, Ill, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard foundations shall be Class 4000P and does not require air entrainment. 8-20.3(5)A General The last two sentences of the last paragraph is deleted. This section is supplemented with the following: All conduits shall include a pull tape with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull tape shall be attached to the conduit near the end bell or grounded end bushing, or to duct plugs or caps if present, at both ends of the conduit. 8-20.3(8) Wiring The seventeenth paragraph is supplemented with the following: Pulling tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.1(10). Pull string may not be used. 8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors Item number 2 is deleted. Item numbers 3 through 12 are renumbered to 2 through 11, respectively. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 111 8-21.AP8 Section 8-21, Permanent Signing January 7 2019 8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Where the existing sign Structure is mounted on concrete pedestals, the Contractor shall remove the pedestal to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade and backfill the remaining hole with material similar to that surrounding the hole. 8-21.3(9)F Foundations Item number 3 of the twelfth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: Class 4000P concrete for roadside sign structures does not require air entrainment. 8-22.AP8 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking January 7, 2019 8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces The second paragraph is revised to read: Remove all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the installation of new pavement marking. 8-22.3(3)F Application Thickness The second to last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: After grinding, clean the groove. 9-00.AP9 Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests January 7, 2019 9-00.4 Sieves for Testing Purposes This section is revised to read: Test sieves shall be made of either: (1) woven wire cloth conforming to ASTM Ell, or (2) square-hole, perforated plates conforming to ASTM E323. 9-00.7 Galvanized Hardware, AASHTO M 232 The first sentence is revised to read: An acceptable alternate to hot-dip galvanizing in accordance with AASHTO M 232 will be zinc coatings mechanically deposited in accordance with ASTM B695, providing the minimum thickness of zinc coating is not less than that specified in AASHTO M 232, and the process will not produce hydrogen embrittlement in the base metal. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 112 9-02.AP9 Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials January 7, 2019 9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General The second paragraph is revised to read: The Asphalt Supplier of Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2 "Standard Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded and Emulsified Asphalts". The Asphalt Supplier's QCP shall be submitted and receive the acceptance of the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any change to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. The Asphalt Supplier of PG asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall certify through the Bill of Lading that the PG asphalt binder or emulsified asphalt meets the Specification requirements of the Contract. 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) This section's title is revised to read: Performance Graded (PG)Asphalt Binder The first paragraph is revised to read: PG asphalt binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 of the grades specified in the Contract shall be used in the production of HMA. For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA, or any amount of RAS, the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS)when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PG asphalt binder requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. The second paragraph, including the table, is revised to read: In addition to AASHTO M 332 Table 1 specification requirements, PG asphalt binders shall meet the following requirements: Additional Requirements by Performance Grade(PG)Asphalt Binders Property Test PG58S- PG58H- PG58V- PG64S-28 PG64H- PG64V- Method 22 22 22 28 28 RTFO Residue: Average AASHTO Percent T 3501 30% Min. 20%Min. 25% Min. 30% Min. Recovery 3.2 kPa 'Specimen conditioned in accordance with AASHTO T 240-RTFO. The third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 113 The RTFO Jnrdjff and the PAV direct tension specifications of AASHTO M 332 are not required. 9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt This section is revised to read: Cationic Emulsified Asphalt meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 208 Table 1 of the grades specified in the Contract shall be used. 9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-02.5 HMA Additive Additives for HMA shall be accepted by the Engineer. 9-03.AP9 Section 9-03, Aggregates January 7, 2019 9-03.1 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1(1) General Requirements The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or sand and gravel in accordance with the provisions of Section 3-01. Reclaimed aggregate may be used if it complies with the specifications for concrete. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for concrete shall meet the following test requirements: The second sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit test results according to ASTM C1567 through the Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory that demonstrate that the proposed fly ash when used with the proposed aggregates and cement will control the potential expansion to 0.20 percent or less before the fly ash and aggregate sources may be used in concrete. 9-03.1(2) Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(4) Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 114 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(4)C Grading The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Coarse aggregate for concrete when separated by means of laboratory sieves shall conform to one or more of the following gradings as called for elsewhere in these Specifications, Special Provisions, or in the Plans: 9-03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Combined Aggregate Gradation for Concrete 9-03.1(5)B Grading In the last paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11" is revised to read "FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11". 9-03.2 Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement Mortar This section's title is revised to read: Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Mortar The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Fine aggregate for portland cement or blended hydraulic cement mortar shall consist of sand or other inert materials, or combinations thereof, accepted by the Engineer, having hard, strong, durable particles free from adherent coating. 9-03.4(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel, in accordance with Section 3-01. Aggregates for Bituminous Surface Treatment shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements The two tables in the second paragraph are replaced with the following three tables: HMA Class Mix Criteria 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 3/inch 1 inch Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Voids in Mineral 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 Aggregate (VMA), Voids Filled With Asphalt(VFA),% ESAL's(millions) VFA AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 115 <0.3 70 80 70 80 70 80 67 80 0.3 to<3 65 78 65 78 65 78 65 78 >_3 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 Dust/Asphalt Ratio 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 Test Method ESAL's(millions) Number of Passes Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing, FOP for <0.3 10,000 AASHTO T 324 Minimum Number of Passes with no Stripping Inflection 0.3 to<3 12,500 Point and Maximum Rut Depth of 10mm '-3 15,000 Indirect Tensile(IDT)Strength (psi)of Bituminous Materials FOP for ASTM 175 Maximum D6931 ESAL's(millions) N initial N design N maximum <0.3 5_91.5 96.0 5_98.0 %Gmm 0.3 to<3 590.5 96.0 5_98.0 >-3 5_89.0 96.0 5_98.0 <0.3 6 50 75 Gyratory Compaction 0.3 to< 3 7 75 115 (number of gyrations) >3 8 100 160 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments In the table in item number 1, the fifth row is revised to read: Asphalt binder -0.4% to 0.5% ±0.7% In the table in item number 1, the following new row is inserted before the last row: Voids in Mineral -1.0% Aggregate, VMA 9-03.9(1) Ballast The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for ballast shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The material shall be substantially free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, such as glass, shredded tires, concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete rubble. 9-03.21(1)B Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Recycled concrete aggregate may be used as coarse aggregate or blended with coarse aggregate for Commercial Concrete, Class 3000 concrete, or Cement Concrete Pavement. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 116 Item number 4 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 4. For Cement Concrete Pavement mix designs using recycled concrete aggregates, the Contractor shall submit evidence that ASR mitigating measures control expansion in accordance with Section 9-03.1(1). This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-03.21(1)B1 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance Recycled concrete aggregate may be approved through a three tiered system that consists of the following: Tier 1 Approval Requirements Approval of the Reclamation Facility is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1). Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3-04. Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: 9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base 9-03.12(1)B Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class B 9-03.12(2) Gravel Backfill for Walls 9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow(greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow(greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.17 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9-03.18 Foundation Material Class C 9-03.19 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Tier 2 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of WSDOT Recycled Concrete and Returned Concrete". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties(LA Wear and Degradation)for the recycled concrete aggregate is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), required if requested. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3-04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 117 Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12(1)A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A Tier 3 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of Recycled Concrete Aggregates from Stockpiles of Unknown Sources". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties(LA Wear and Degradation)for the recycled concrete aggregate is required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1) is required. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3-04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12(1)A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A For Reclamation Facilities that do not participate in Tier 2 and Tier 3, approval of recycled concrete aggregate will be in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), and acceptance will be in accordance with Section 3-04. 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material "Portland Cement" is deleted from the first two rows in the table. The following new row is inserted after the second row: Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Pavement 9-03.1(4) 0 100 0 0 The first column of the fourth row (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to read: Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete and Class 3000 Concrete AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 118 9-04.AP9 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials January 7, 2019 This section's title is revised to read: Joint Sealing Materials 9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints In this section, each reference to "AASHTO T 42" is revised to read "ASTM D 545". 9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement This section is supplemented with the following: Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement is acceptable for installations in joints where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement This section is supplemented with the following: Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement is acceptable for installations in joints where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 9-04.2(1)B Sand Slurry for Bituminous Pavement Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 2. Two percent portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, and 9-04.3 Joint Mortar The first paragraph is revised to read: Mortar for hand mortared joints shall conform to Section 9-20.4(3) and consist of one part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, three parts fine sand, and sufficient water to allow proper workability. 9-04.5 Flexible Plastic Gaskets In the table, the Test Method value for Specific Gravity at 77°F is revised to read "ASTM D71". In the table, the Test Method value for Flash Point COC, F is revised to read "ASTM D93 REV A". In the table, the Test Method value for Volatile Matter is revised to read "ASTM D6". 9-05.AP9 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts January 7, 2019 9-05.3(1)A End Design and Joints The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 119 The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 9-05.3(1)C Age at Shipment The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Unless it is tested and accepted at an earlier age, it shall not be considered ready for shipment sooner than 28 days after manufacture when made with Type II portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, nor sooner than 7 days when made with Type Ill portland cement. 9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints The second sentence is revised to read: The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 9-05.7(4)A Hydrostatic Pressure on Pipes in Straight Alignment The first sentence is revised to read: Hydrostatic pressure tests on pipes in straight alignment shall be made in accordance with the procedure outlined in Section 10 of ASTM C990, except that they shall be performed on an assembly consisting of not less than three nor more than five pipe sections selected from stock by the Engineer and assembled in accordance with standard installation instructions issued by the manufacturer. 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe This section is revised to read: Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 1. For dual wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2881 or AASHTO M 330, Type S or Type D. 2. For double or triple wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 3. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe This section is revised to read: Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 1. For pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 2. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-06.AP9 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 7, 2019 9-06.5 Bolts This section's title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 120 Bolts and Rods 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts and Anchor Rods Anchor bolts and anchor rods shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554 and, unless otherwise specified, shall be Grade 105 and shall conform to Supplemental Requirements S2, S3, and S4. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 black anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade D or DH. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to either ASTM A563, Grade DH, or AASHTO M292, Grade 2H, and shall conform to the overtapping, lubrication, and rotational testing requirements in Section 9-06.5(3). Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A or DH. Washers shall conform to ASTM F436. The bolts and rods shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the requirements of the pertinent Specification and as specified in these Specifications. Anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers shall be inspected prior to shipping to the project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for the anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers, as defined in Section 1-06.3. If the Engineer deems it appropriate, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the anchor bolt, anchor rod, nut, and washer for testing. All bolts, rods, nuts, and washers shall be marked and identified as required in the pertinent Specification. 9-06.15 Welded Shear Connectors The third paragraph is revised to read: Mechanical properties shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 244. 9-06.17 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-06.17 Noise Barrier Wall Access Door Access door frames shall be formed of 14-gauge steel to the size and dimensions shown in the Plans. The access door frame head and jamb members shall be mitered, securely welded, and ground smooth. Each head shall have two anchors and each jamb shall have three anchors. The hinges shall be reinforced with '/4-inch by 12-inch plate, width equal to the full inside width of the frame. Access doors shall be full flush 1-/-inch thick seamless doors with a polystyrene core. Door faces shall be constructed with smooth seamless 14-gauge roller-levered, cold-rolled steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 792 Type SS, Grade 33 minimum, Coating Designation AZ55 minimum. The vertical edges shall be neat interlocked hemmed edge seam. The top and bottom of the door shall be enclosed with 14-gauge channels. Mortise and reinforcement for locks and hinges shall be 10-gauge steel. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 121 Welded top cap shall be ground and filled for exterior applications. The bottom channel shall have weep holes. Each access door shall have three hinges. Access door hinges shall be ASTM A 276 Type 316 stainless steel, 4-%-inches square, with stainless steel ball bearing and non-removable pins. Each access door shall have two pull plates. The pull plates shall be ASTM A 240 Type 316 stainless steel, with a grip handle of one-inch diameter and 8 to 10-inches in length. The door assembly shall be fabricated and assembled as a complete unit including all hardware specified prior to shipment. 9-06.18 Metal Bridge Railing The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Steel used for metal railings, when galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M111, shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 9-07.AP9 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel January 7, 2019 9-07.5(1) Epoxy-Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Rehabilitation) This section (including title) is revised to read: 9-07.5(1) Dowel Bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation Dowel bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation shall be 11/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following dowel bar types: 1. Epoxy-coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M31, Grade 60 or ASTM A615, Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating, except that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each batch of coating material used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the Contractor. 2. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G40 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 122 in accordance with Section 9-07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Corrosion resistant dowel bars shall be 11/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following: Item number 4 and 5 of the first paragraph are revised to read: 4. Corrosion-resistant, low-carbon, chromium plain steel bars for concrete reinforcement meeting all the requirements of ASTM A 1035 Alloy Type CS Grade 100 or Alloy Type CS Grade 120. 5. Zinc Clad dowel bars shall be 11/2 inch solid bars or 1.625 inch outside diameter by 0.120 inch wall tubular bars meeting the chemical and physical properties of AASHTO M 31, Grade 60, or AASHTO M 255, Grade 60. The bars shall have a minimum of 0.035 inches A710 Zinc alloy clad to the plain steel inner bar or tube. A710 Zinc shall be composed of: zinc: 99.5 percent, by weight, minimum; copper: 0.1-0.25 percent, by weight; and iron: 0.0020 percent, by weight, maximum. Each end of tubular bars shall be plugged using a snug-fitting insert to prohibit any intrusion of concrete or other materials. The numbered list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6. Multicoated fusion bonded epoxy bars shall consist of an ASTM A615 bar with alternating layers of ASTM A934 coating and an abrasion resistant overcoat (ARO). The ASTM A934 coating shall form the base and there shall be two layers of each coating material. The minimum thickness of the combined layers of the ASTM A934 coating and ARO coating shall be 20 mils. The ARO shall meet the following requirements: Test Method Specification Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 30 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C <0.22 mm Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 50 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C <0.44 mm 7. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G90 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance with Section 9-07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. The last paragraph is revised to read: Stainless Steel Clad and Stainless Steel Tube Dowel bar ends shall be sealed with a patching material (primer and finish coat) used for patching epoxy-coated reinforcing steel as required in Section 9-07.3, item 6. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 123 9-07.7 Wire Mesh This section is supplemented with the following: Welded wire manufacturers shall participate in the NTPEP Audit Program for Reinforcing Steel (rebar) Manufacturers and shall be listed on the NTPEP audit program website displaying that they are NTPEP compliant. 9-08.AP9 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials January 7, 2019 9-08.1(1) Description The first sentence is revised to read: Paint used for highway and bridge structure applications shall be made from materials meeting the requirements of the applicable Federal and State Paint Specifications, Department of Defense (DOD), American Society of Testing of Materials (ASTM), and The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) specifications in effect at time of manufacture. 9-08.1(2) Paint Types This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-08.1(2)M NEPCOAT Qualified Products List A Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same manufacturer. 9-08.1(2)N NEPCOAT Qualified Products List B Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same manufacturer. 9-08.1(2)D Organic Zinc-Rich Primer This section, including title, is revised to read: Vacant 9-08.1(2)E Epoxy Polyamide This section is revised to read: Epoxy polyamide shall be a two-component system conforming to MIL-DTL-24441 or SSPC Coating Standard No. 42. 9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single-Component, Moisture-Cured Polyurethane This section is revised to read: Vehicle Type: Moisture-cured aliphatic polyurethane. Color and Gloss: Meet the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color as specified in the table below. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 124 The Top Coat shall meet the following requirements: The resin shall be an aliphatic urethane. Minimum-volume solids 50 percent. The top coat shall be semi-gloss. Color Semi-Gloss Washington Gray 26357 Mt. Baker Gray 26134 Mt. St. Helens Gray 26306 Cascade Green 24158 9-08.1(2)1 Rust-Penetrating Sealer This section is revised to read: Rust-penetrating sealer shall be a two-component, chemically-cured, 100 percent solids epoxy. 9-08.1(2)J Black Enamel This section is revised to read: The enamel shall conform to Federal Specification MIL PRF 24635E Type II Class 2. 9-08.1(2)K Orange Equipment Enamel The first paragraph is revised to read: The enamel shall be an alkyd gloss enamel conforming to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-24635E Type II Class 1. The color, when dry, shall match that of SAE AMS Standard 595, color number 12246. 9-08.1(2)L Exterior Acrylic Latex Paint-White The first paragraph is revised to read: This paint shall conform to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-24635E Type II Class 1, 2 or 3. 9-08.1(7) Acceptance This section is revised to read: For projects with moisture-cured polyurethane quantities less than 20 gallons, acceptance will be by the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. For projects with moisture-cured polyurethane quantities greater than 20 gallons, the product shall be listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the lot number is listed on the QPL, it may be accepted without additional testing. If the lot number is not listed on the QPL, a 1 quart sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory for testing and acceptance. For all other paint types, acceptance will be based on visual inspection. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 125 9-08.1(8) Standard Colors In the first paragraph, the reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". The second paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be semi-gloss, with the paint falling within the range of 35 to 70 on the 60-degree gloss meter. 9-08.2 Powder Coating Materials for Coating Galvanized Surfaces The last paragraph is revised to read: Repair materials shall be as recommended by the powder coating manufacturer and as specified in the Contractor's powder coating plan as accepted by the Engineer. 9-08.3 Pigmented Sealer Materials for Coating of Concrete Surfaces This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-08.3 Concrete Surface Treatments 9-08.3(1) Pigmented Sealer Materials The pigmented sealer shall be a semi-opaque, colored toner containing only methyl methacrylate-ethyl acrylate copolymer resins, toning pigments suspended in solution at all times by a chemical suspension agent, and solvent. Toning pigments shall be laminar silicates, titanium dioxide, and inorganic oxides only. There shall be no settling or color variation. Tinting shall occur at the factory at the time of manufacture and placement in containers, prior to initial shipment. Use of vegetable or marine oils, paraffin materials, stearates, or organic pigments in any part of coating formulation will not be permitted. The color of pigmented sealer shall be as specified by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit a 1-quart wet sample, a drawdown color sample, and spectrophotometer or colorimeter readings taken in accordance with ASTM D2244, for each batch and corresponding standard color card. The calculated Delta E shall not exceed 1.5 from the Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIELAB)when measured at 10 degrees Standard Observer and Illuminant D 65. The 1-quart wet sample shall be submitted in the manufacturer's labeled container with product number, batch number, and size of batch. The companion drawdown color sample shall be labeled with the product number, batch number, and size of batch. The Contractor shall submit the specified samples and readings to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the scheduled application of the sealer. The Contractor shall not begin applying pigmented sealer until receiving the Engineer's written approval of the pigmented sealer color samples. 9-08.3(2) Exposed Aggregate Concrete Coatings and Sealers 9-08.3(2)A Retardant Coating Retardant coating shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Retards the set of the surface mortar of the concrete without preventing the concrete to reach the specified 28 day compressive strength. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 126 2. Leaves the aggregate with its original color and luster, and firmly embedded in the concrete matrix. 3. Allows the removal of the surface mortar in accordance with the methods specified in Section 6-02.3(14)E without the use of acidic washing compounds. 4. Allows for uniform removal of the surface mortar. If the Contractor proposes use of a retardant coating that is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot along with supporting product information, Safety Data Sheet, and a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the product conforms to the above performance requirements. 9-08.3(2)B Clear Sealer The sealer for concrete surfaces with exposed aggregate finish shall be a clear, non-gloss, penetrating sealer of either a silane, siloxane, or silicone based formulation. 9-08.3(3) Permeon Treatment Permeon treatment shall be a product of known consistent performance in producing the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color No. 30219 target color hue established by WSDOT, either selected from the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL), or an equivalent product accepted by the Engineer. For acceptance of products not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit Type 3 Working Drawings consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot, supporting product information and a Safety Data Sheet. 9-13.AP9 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour Protection and Rock Walls April 2, 2018 9-13.1(1) General The last paragraph is revised to read: Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall meet the following test requirements: 9-13.5 Concrete Slope Protection This section is revised to read: Concrete slope protection shall consist of reinforced portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete poured or pneumatically placed upon the slope with a rustication joint pattern or semi-open concrete masonry units placed upon the slope closely adjoining each other. 9-13.5(2) Poured Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection This section's title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 127 Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection This section's title is revised to read: Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement—This material shall be portland cement or blended hydraulic cement as specified in Section 9-01. 9-13.7(1) Rock for Rock Walls and Chinking Material The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Rock for rock walls and chinking material shall be hard, sound and durable material, free from seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather, and shall meet the following test requirements: 9-14.AP9 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting August 6, 2018 9-14.4(2) Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs) In Table 1, the last four rows are deleted. 9-14.4(2)A Long-Term Mulch The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Products containing cellulose fiber produced from paper or paper components will not be accepted. Table 2 is supplemented with the following new rows: Water Holding Capacity ASTM D 7367 800 percent minimum Organic Matter Content AASHTO T 267 90 percent minimum Seed Germination ASTM D 7322 Long Term Enhancement 420 percent minimum 9-14.4(2)B Moderate-Term Mulch This section is revised to read: Within 48 hours of application, the Moderate-Term Mulch shall bond with the soil surface to create a continuous, absorbent, flexible, erosion-resistant blanket. Moderate- Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 3 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Moderate-Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 128 9-14.4(2)C Short-Term Mulch This section is revised to read: Short-Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 2 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Short-Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 9-16.AP9 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail August 6, 2018 9-16.3(1) Rail Element The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All rail elements shall be formed from 12-gage steel except for thrie beam reducer sections, reduced length thrie beam rail elements, thrie beams used for bridge rail retrofits, and Design F end sections, which shall be formed from 10-gage steel. 9-16.3(5) Anchors The last paragraph is revised to read: Cement grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(4) and consist of one part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 9-18.AP9 Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb April 2, 2018 9-18.1(1) Aggregates and Proportioning Item number 1 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 1. Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-01 except that it may be Type I portland cement conforming to AASHTO M 85. 9-20.AP9 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar April 1, 2019 9-20.1 Patching Material This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-20.1 Patching Material for Cement Concrete Pavement Concrete patching material shall be prepackaged mortar extended with aggregate. The amount of aggregate for extension shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation. Patching mortar and patching mortar extended with aggregate shall contain cementitious material and conform to Sections 9-20.1(1) and 9-20.1(2). The AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 929 Manufacturer shall use the services of a laboratory that has an equipment calibration verification system and a technician training and evaluation process in accordance with AASHTO R 18 to perform all tests specified in Section 9-20.1. 9-20.1(1) Patching Mortar Patching mortar shall conform to the following requirements: Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Total Chloride Ion Content C 1218 1 Ib/yd3 maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882(As modified by C Minimum 1,000 psi 928, Section 9.5) Scaling Resistance(at 25 C 672 (As modified by C 1 lb/ft2 maximum cycles of freezing and 928, Section 9.4) thawing) 9-20.1(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate Patching mortar extended with aggregate shall meet the following requirements: Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882(As modified by Minimum 1,000 psi ASTM C928, Section 9.5) Scaling Resistance(at 25 C 672 2 Maximum Visual Rating cycles of freezing and thawing) Freeze thaw C 666 Maximum expansion 0.10% Minimum durability 90.0% 9-20.1(3) Aggregate Aggregate used to extend the patching mortar shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4) and be AASHTO Grading No. 8. A Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be submitted showing the aggregate source and the gradation. Mitigation for Alkali Silica Reaction (ASR)will not be required for the extender aggregate used for concrete patching material. 9-20.1(4) Water Water shall meet the requirements of Section 9-25.1. The quantity of water shall be within the limits recommended by the repair material manufacturer. 9-20.2 Specifications This section, including title, is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 130 9-20.2 Patching Material for Concrete Structure Repair Concrete patching material shall be a prepackaged mixture of portland or blended hydraulic cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume may be used. The concrete patching material may be shrinkage compensated. The concrete patching material shall also meet the following requirements: • Compressive strength of 6000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39), unless noted otherwise • Bond strength of 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C 1583 or ICRI 210.3R • Shrinkage shall be 0.05 percent (500 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C 157) as modified by ICRI 320.3R • Permeability shall be 2,000 coulombs or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 277 (ASTM C 1202) • Freeze-thaw resistance shall have a durability factor of 90 percent or higher after a minimum of 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161 Procedure A (ASTM C 666) • Soluble chloride ion limits in Section 6-02.3(2) shall be satisfied 9-20.2(1) Patching Mortar This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.2(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.3(3) Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Bearing Pad Applications This section's title is revised to read: Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Applications This section is revised to read: Grout Type 3 shall be a prepackaged material that does not include expansive admixtures meeting the following requirements: • Compressive strength shall be 4000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39) for grout extended with coarse aggregate or AASHTO T 106 (ASTM C109) otherwise. • Bond strength shall meet one of the following: 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C1583. 2000 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C882. The following modification to ASTM C882 is acceptable: use Type 3 Grout in lieu of epoxy resin base bonding system and freshly mixed AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 131 Portland-cement mortar in the procedure for testing Type II and V systems. • Drying shrinkage shall be 0.08 percent (800 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C157). The following modification to AASHTO T 160 is acceptable: use a standard specimen size of 3 x 3 x 11-1/4 inches. 9-20.5 Bridge Deck Repair Material Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Permeability of less than 2,000 coulombs at 28-days or more in accordance with AASHTO T 277. 9-21.AP9 Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) January 2, 2018 9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 This section's content is deleted. 9-21.2(1) Physical Properties This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(1) Standard Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 The marker housing shall contain reflective faces as shown in the Plans to reflect incident light from either a single or opposite directions and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 including Flexural strength requirements. 9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(2) Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 shall comply with Section 9-21.2(1) and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 with the following additional requirement: The coefficient of luminous intensity of the markers shall be measured after subjecting the entire lens surface to the test described in ASTM D 4280 Section 9.5 using a sand drop apparatus. After the exposure described above, retroreflected values shall not be less than 0.5 times a nominal unblemished sample. 9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-23.AP9 Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures April 1, 2019 9-23.12 Natural Pozzolan This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 132 Natural Pozzolans shall be ground Pumice and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M295 Class N, including supplementary optional chemical requirements as set forth in Table 2. 9-23.13 Blended Supplementary Cementitious Material The second sentence is revised to read: Blended SCMs shall be limited to binary or ternary blends of fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. The second to last sentence is deleted. 9-26.AP9 Section 9-26, Epoxy Resins January 7, 2019 9-26.1(1) General The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: For pre-packaged cartridge kits, the epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of ASTM C881 when mixed according to manufacturer instructions, utilizing the manufacturer's mixing nozzle. 9-26.1(2) Packaging and Marking The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The components of the epoxy system furnished under these Specifications shall be supplied in separate containers or pre-packaged cartridge kits that are non-reactive with the materials contained. The second paragraph is revised to read: Separate containers shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, "Component A" (contains the Epoxy Resin) and "Component B" (Contains the Curing Agent), type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in pounds or gallons as defined by these Specifications. The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: Pre-packaged cartridge kits shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in ounces or milliliters as defined by these Specifications. 9-28.AP9 Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication April 1, 2019 9-28.2 Manufacturer's Identification and Date The second sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 133 In addition, the width and height dimension, in inches, the Contract number, and the number of the sign as it appears in the Plans shall be placed using 3-inch series C black letters on the back of destination, distance, and large special signs. 9-28.10 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-28.10 Digital Printing Transparent and opaque durable inks used in digital printed sign messages shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. When properly applied, digital printed colors shall have a warranty life of the base retroreflective sign sheeting. Digital applied colors shall present a smooth surface, free from foreign material, and all messages and borders shall be clear and sharp. Digital printed signs shall conform to 70% of the retroreflective minimum values established for its type and color. Digitally printed signs shall meet the daytime color and luminance, and nighttime color requirements of ASTM D 4956. No variations in color or overlapping of colors will be permitted. Digital printed permanent traffic signs shall have an integrated engineered match component clear protective overlay recommended by the sheeting manufacturer applied to the entire face of the sign. On Temporary construction/maintenance signs printed with black ink only, the protective overlay film is optional, as long as the finished sign has a warranty of a minimum of three years from sign sheeting manufacturer. All digital printed traffic control signs shall be an integrated engineered match component system. The integrated engineered match component system shall consist of retroreflective sheeting, durable ink(s), and clear overlay film all from the same manufacturer applied to aluminum substrate conforming to Section 9-28.8. The sign fabricator shall use an approved integrated engineered match component system as listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL). Each approved digital printer shall only use the compatible retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer's engineered match component system products. Each retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer/integrated engineered match component system listed on the QPL shall certify a department approved sign fabricator is approved to operate their compatible digital printer. The sign fabricator shall re-certify annually with the retroreflective sign manufacturer to ensure their digital printer is still meeting manufacturer's specifications for traffic control signs. Documentation of each re-certification shall be submitted to the QPL Engineer annually. 9-28.11 Hardware The last paragraph is revised to read: All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. Steel bolts and related connecting hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F 2329. 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to Section 9-06.5(4), including Supplemental Requirement S4 tested at-20°F. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 134 In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the proposed modifications. 9-29.AP9 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical April 1, 2019 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.1(10) Pull Tape Pull tape shall be pre-lubricated polyester pulling tape. The pull tape shall have a minimum width of/2-inch and a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. Pull tape may have measurement marks. 9-29.1(11) Foam Conduit Sealant Foam conduit sealant shall be self-expanding waterproof foam designed to prevent both water and pest intrusion. The foam shall be designed for use in and around electrical equipment, including both insulated and bare conductors. 9-29.2(1) Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: For the purposes of this Specification concrete is defined as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete and non-concrete is all others. 9-29.2(1)A2 Non-Concrete Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Material for the non-concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a similar life expectancy as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete in a direct burial application. 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes In the table in the last paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth rows are revised to read: Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel Frame ASTM A36 steel Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 135 9-29.3(2)A1 Single Conductor Current Carrying This second sentence is revised to read: Insulation shall be XLP (cross-linked polyethylene) or EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber), Type USE (Underground Service Entrance) or USE-2, and rated for 600-volts or higher. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards In the first sentence of the third paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". Item number 2 of the last paragraph is revised to read: 2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator's shop drawing submittal, including supporting design calculations, submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing in accordance with Section 8-20.2(1) and the Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards In the second paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware In the last paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". 9-29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires This section is revised to read: All conventional roadway luminaires shall meet 3G vibration requirements as described in ANSI C136.31. All luminaires shall have housings fabricated from aluminum. The housing shall be painted flat gray, SAE AMS Standard 595 color chip No. 26280, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Painted housings shall withstand a 1,000 hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM B117. Each housing shall include a four bolt slip-fitter mount capable of accepting a nominal 2" tenon and adjustable within +1- 5 degrees of the axis of the tenon. The clamping bracket(s) and the cap screws shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the +1- 5 degree range. No part of the slipfitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent set in excess of 0.2 inch when the cap screws used for mounting are tightened to a torque of 32 foot-pounds. Each luminaire shall include leveling reference points for both transverse and longitudinal adjustment. All luminaires shall include shorting caps when shipped. The caps shall be removed and provided to the Contracting Agency when an alternate control device is required to be installed in the photocell socket. House side shields shall be included when required by the Contract. Order codes shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to include the option for house side shields. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 136 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.1O(1)A High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Conventional Roadway Luminaires HPS conventional roadway luminaires shall meet the following requirements: 1. General shape shall be "cobrahead" style, with flat glass lens and full cutoff optics. 2. Light pattern distribution shall be IES Type Ill. 3. The reflector of all luminaires shall be of a snap-in design or secured with screws. The reflector shall be polished aluminum or prismatic borosilicate glass. 4. Flat lenses shall be formed from heat resistant, high-impact, molded borosilicate or tempered glass. 5. The lens shall be mounted in a doorframe assembly, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire by means of an automatic latch. The lens and doorframe assembly, when closed, shall exert pressure against a gasket seat. The lens shall not allow any light output above 90 degrees nadir. Gaskets shall be composed of material capable of withstanding the temperatures involved and shall be securely held in place. 6. The ballast shall be mounted on a separate exterior door, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire housing by means of an automatic type of latch (a combination hex/slot stainless steel screw fastener may supplement the automatic-type latch). 7. Each luminaire shall be capable of accepting a 150, 200, 250, 310, or 400 watt lamp complete and associated ballast. Lamps shall mount horizontally. 9-29.10(1)B Light Emitting Diode (LED) Conventional Roadway Luminaires LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires are divided into classes based on their equivalent High Pressure Sodium (HPS) luminaires. Current classes are 2O0W, 25OW, 310W, and 40OW. LED luminaires are required to be pre-approved in order to verify their photometric output. To be considered for pre-approval, LED luminaires must meet the requirements of this section. LED luminaires shall include a removable access door, with tool-less entry, for access to electronic components and the terminal block. The access door shall be removable, but include positive retention such that it can hang freely without disconnecting from the luminaire housing. LED drivers may be mounted either to the interior of the luminaire housing or to the removable door itself. LED drivers shall be removable for user replacement. All internal modular components shall be connected by means of mechanical plug and socket type quick disconnects. Wire nuts may not be used for any purpose. All external electrical connections to the luminaire shall be made through the terminal block. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 137 LED luminaires shall include a 7-pin NEMA photocell receptacle. The LED driver(s) shall be dimmable from ten volts to zero volts. LED output shall have a Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 4000K nominal (4000-4300K) and a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 70 or greater. LED output shall be a minimum of 85% at 75,000 hours at 25 degrees Celsius. LED luminaires shall be available for 120V, 240V, and 480V supply voltages. Voltages refer to the supply voltages to the luminaires present in the field. LED power usage shall not exceed the following maximum values for the applicable wattage class: Class Max. Wattage 200W 110W 250W 165W _ 310W 210W 400W 275W Only one brand of LED conventional roadway luminaire may be used on a Contract. They do not necessarily have to be the same brand as any high-mast, underdeck, or wall-mount luminaires when those types of luminaires are specified in the Contract. LED luminaires shall include a standard 10 year manufacturer warranty. The list of pre-approved LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/Traffic/ledluminaires.htm. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-29.10(2) Vacant 9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures 9-29.12(3)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure Heat shrink splice enclosures shall be medium or heavy wall cross-linked polyolefin, meeting the requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15, with thermoplastic adhesive sealant. Heat shrink splices used for "wye" connections require rubber electrical mastic tape. 9-29.12(3)B Molded Splice Enclosure Molded splice enclosures shall use epoxy resin in a clear rigid plastic mold. The material used shall be compatible with the insulation material of the insulated conductor or cable. The component materials of the resin insulation shall be packaged ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 9-29.12(4) Re-Enterable Splice Enclosure Re-enterable splice enclosures shall use either dielectric grease or a flexible resin contained in a two-piece plastic mold. The mold shall either snap together or use stainless steel hose clamps. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 138 9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices Vinyl electrical tape in splicing applications shall meet the requirements of MIL-I-24391 C. 9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices This section is revised to read: Underground illumination circuit splices shall be solderless crimped connections • capable of securely joining the wires, both mechanically and electrically, as defined in Section 8-20.3(8). Aerial illumination splices shall be solderless crimp connectors or split bolt vice-type connectors. 9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material This section is revised to read: Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall use an uninsulated barrel-type crimped connector capable of being soldered. 9-29.13(10)D Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 Controllers The first sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: A disposable paper filter element with dimensions of 12" x 16" x 1" shall be provided in lieu of a metal filter. Item number 6 is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". Item number 7 is revised to read: 7. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. The cabinet shall use PDA#2LX and Output File#1 LX. Where an Auxiliary Output File is required, Output File#2LX shall also be included. This section is supplemented with the following new item: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 139 9. The PCB connectors for Field Terminal Blocks FT1 through FT6 on Output Files #1 LX and #2LX shall be capable of accepting minimum 14 AWG field wiring, have a pitch of 5.08 mm, and use screw flange type locking to secure the plug and socket connection. The sockets on the Field Terminal Panel shall be secured to the panel such that unplugging a connector will not result in the socket moving or separating from the panel. 9-29.13(11) Traffic Data Accumulator and Ramp Meters Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. Item number 3 is revised to read: 3. PDA#3LX shall be furnished with three Model 200 Load Switches installed. PDA #3LX shall be modified to include a second Model 430 transfer relay, mounted on the rear of the PDA and wired as shown in the Standard Plans. 9-29.13(12) ITS Cabinet This section's title is revised to read: Type 331L ITS Cabinet The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: Basic ITS cabinets shall be Model 331 L Cabinets, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Type 331 L Cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with the TEES, with the following modifications: Item number 6 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads In the first sentence, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings In the first paragraph, item number 2 under Stainless Steel is revised to read: 2. Bands or cables for Type N mount. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 140 9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals In item 2C of the second paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-29.24 Service Cabinets The third sentence of item number 6 is revised to read: The dead front cover shall have cutouts for the entire breaker array, with blank covers where no circuit breakers are installed. Item number 8 is revised to read: 8. Lighting contactors shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.24(2). The last sentence of item number 10 is revised to read: Dead front panels shall prevent access to any exposed, live components, and shall cover all equipment except for circuit breakers (including blank covers), the photocell test/bypass switch, and the GFCI receptacle. 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors This section is revised to read: All circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type, with the RMS-symmetrical interrupting capacity described in this Section. Circuit breakers for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 or 277 volts, as applicable, with an interrupting capacity of not less than 10,000 amperes. Circuit breakers for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volts, and shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 14,000 amperes. Lighting contactors shall be rated for tungsten or ballasted (such as sodium vapor, mercury vapor, metal halide, and fluorescent) lamp loads. Contactors for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 volts maximum line to line voltage, or 277 volts maximum line to neutral voltage, as applicable. Contactors for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volt maximum line to line voltage. 9-33.AP9 Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic August 6, 2018 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: If the geosynthetics material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance including Certified Test Reports of each proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. The last paragraph is revised to read: Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 141 Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with AASHTO Standard Practice R 69, Standard Practice for Determination of Long-Term Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement. 9-34.AP9 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material January 7, 2019 9-34.2(2) Color The first sentence is revised to read: Paint draw-downs shall be prepared according to ASTM D823. Each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.2(3) Prohibited Materials This section is revised to read: Traffic paint shall not contain mercury, lead, chromium, diarylide pigments, toluene, chlorinated solvents, hydrolysable chlorine derivatives, ethylene-based glycol ethers and their acetates, nor any other EPA hazardous waste material over the regulatory levels in accordance with CFR 40 Part 261.24. 9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint The heading "Standard Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 1 and 2". The heading "High-Build Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 4". The heading "Cold Weather Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 5". In the row beginning with f0 @90°F", each minimum value is revised to read "60". In the row beginning with "Fineness of Grind, (Hegman Scale)", each minimum value is revised to read "3". The last four rows are replaced with the following: Vehicle Composition ASTM D 100%acrylic emulsion 100%cross-linking 100%acrylic emulsion 2621 acrylic4 Freeze-Thaw ASTM D @ 5 cycles show no @ 5 cycles show no @ 3 cycles show no Stability, KU 2243 and D coagulation or change coagulation or change coagulation or change 562 in viscosity greater in viscosity greater in viscosity greater than±10 KU than± 10 KU than±10 KU Heat Stability ASTM D ± 10 KU from the ± 10 KU from the ± 10 KU from the 5622 initial viscosity initial viscosity initial Viscosity Low Temperature ASTM D No Cracks* No Cracks Film Formation 28053 Cold Flexibility5 ASTM D522 Pass at 0.5 in mandrel* Test Deck ASTM D913 >70%paint retention Durability6 in wheel track* Mud Cracking (See note 7) No Cracks No Cracks AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 411/19 142 After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new column is inserted after the "Standard Waterborne Paint Type 1 and 2" column: Semi-Durable Waterborne Paint Type 3 White Yellow Min. Max. Min. Max. Within±0.3 of qualification sample 80 95 80 95 60 60 77 77 65 65 43 43 1.25 1.25 3 3 0.98 0.96 88 50 100° 100° 9.5 9.5 10 10 100%acrylic emulsion @ 5 cycles show no coagulation or change in viscosity greater than±10 KU ± 10 KU from the initial viscosity No Cracks Pass at 0.25 in mandrel >_70%paint retention in wheel track No Cracks The footnotes are supplemented with the following: 4Cross-linking acrylic shall meet the requirements of federal specification TT-P-1952F Section 3.1.1. 5Cold Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to an aluminum panel at a wet film thickness of 15 mils and allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F)for 24 hours. A cylindrical mandrel apparatus (in accordance with ASTM D522 method B) shall be put in a 40°F refrigerator when the paint is drawn down. After 24 hours, the aluminum panel with dry paint shall be put in the 40°F refrigerator with the mandrel apparatus for 2 hours. After 2 hours, the panel and test apparatus shall be removed and immediately tested to according to ASTM D522 to evaluate cold flexibility. Paint must show no evidence of cracking, chipping or flaking when bent 180 degrees over a mandrel bar of specified diameter. 6NTPEP test deck, or a test deck conforming to ASTM D713, shall be conducted for a minimum of six months with the following additional requirements: it shall be applied at 15 wet mils to a test deck that is located at 40N latitude or higher with at least 10,000 ADT and which was applied during the months of September through November. 'Paint is applied to an approximately 4"x12" aluminum panel using a drawdown bar with a 50 mil gap. The coated panel is allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F)for 24 hours. Visual evaluation of the dry film shall reveal no cracks. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 143 9-34.3 Plastic In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(2) Type B — Pre-Formed Fused Thermoplastic In the last two paragraphs, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(4) Type D — Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate The Test Method value for Adhesion to PCC or HMA, psi is revised to read "ASTM D45411". 9-34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials In the Test Method column of the table titled Metal Concentration Limits, "EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C" is revised to read "EPA 3052 SW-846 6010D". 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape—Short Duration (Removable) Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration (usage is for up to two months) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type I except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non-reflective. 9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration (Non-Removable) The first sentence is revised to read: Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration (usage is for greater than two months and less than one year) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II. ASTM E2176 is deleted from the second sentence. 9-34.7(1) Requirements The first paragraph is revised to read: Field performance evaluation is required for low VOC solvent-based paint per Section 9-34.2(4), Type A— liquid hot applied thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(1), Type B — preformed fused thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(2), Type C—cold applied preformed tape per Section 9-34.3(3), and Type D— liquid applied methyl methacrylate per Section 9-34.3(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 9-34.7(1)C Auto No-Track Time The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 144 Auto No-Track Time will only be required for low VOC solvent-based paint in accordance with Section 9-34.2(4). The second and third sentences of the second paragraph are deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 4/1/19 145 PART III SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 3 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 3 1-01.3 DEFINITIONS 3 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 5 1-02.1 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER 5 1-02.2 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 5 1-02.4 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE OF WORK 6 1-02.4(2) SUBSURFACE INFORMATION 6 1-02.5 PROPOSAL FORMS 6 1-02.6 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL 6 1-02.7 BID DEPOSIT 7 1-02.9 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL 8 1-02.13 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS 8 1-02.15 PRE-AWARD INFORMATION 10 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 10 1-03.1 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 10 1-03.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 11 1-03.4 CONTRACT BOND 11 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 12 1-04.2 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PLANS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND ADDENDA 12 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 13 1-05.4 CONFORMITY WITH AND DEVIATIONS FROM PLANS AND STAKES 13 1-05.7 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK 16 1-05.11 FINAL INSPECTIONS AND OPERATIONAL TESTING 16 1-05.11(1) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE 16 1-05.11(2) FINAL INSPECTION AND PHYSICAL COMPLETION DATE 17 1-05.11(3) OPERATIONAL TESTING 17 1-05.13 SUPERINTENDENTS, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT OF CONTRACTOR 18 1-05.15 METHOD OF SERVING NOTICES 18 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-i May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions 1-05.16 WATER AND POWER NEW SECTION 18 1-05.17 ORAL AGREEMENTS NEW SECTION 19 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 19 1-07.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED 19 1-07.2 SALES TAX 20 1-07.13 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK 21 1-07.13(4) REPAIR OF DAMAGE 21 1-07.15 TEMPORARY WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 21 1-07.17 UTILITIES AND SIMILAR FACILITIES 22 1-07.17(3) PROTECTION AND SUPPORT OF EXISTING UTILITIES NEW SECTION 23 1-07.23 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 23 1-07.23(1) CONSTRUCTION UNDER TRAFFIC 23 1-07.28 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY NEW SECTION 24 1-07.29 STATE INTEREST EXCLUSION CLAUSE NEW SECTION 24 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 25 1-08.0 PRELIMINARY MATTERS NEW SECTION 25 1-08.0(1) PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE NEW SECTION 25 1-08.0(2) HOURS OF WORK NEW SECTION 25 1-08.1 SUBCONTRACTING 26 1-08.4 NOTICE TO PROCEED AND PROSECUTION OF WORK 27 1-08.5 TIME FOR COMPLETION 27 1-08.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 28 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 28 1-09.6 FORCE ACCOUNT 28 1-09.9 PAYMENTS 28 1-09.9(1) RETAINAGE 28 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 29 1-10.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT 29 1-10.2(1) GENERAL 29 1-10.2(2) TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS 29 1-10.4 MEASUREMENT 30 1-10.4(1) LUMP SUM BID FOR PROJECT (NO UNIT ITEMS) 30 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-ii May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK 31 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 31 2-02.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 31 2-02.3(3) REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT, SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 31 2-02.5 PAYMENT 32 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 32 2-03.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 32 2-03.3(14) EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION 32 2-03.3(14)J GRAVEL BORROW INCLUDING HAUL 32 2-03.4 MEASUREMENT 32 2-03.5 PAYMENT 33 2-07 WATERING 33 2-07.1 DESCRIPTION 33 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 33 2-09.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 33 2-09.3(1) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 33 2-09.3(1)E BACKFILLING 33 DIVISION 4 BASES 35 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 35 4-04.4 MEASUREMENT 35 4-04.5 PAYMENT 35 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 37 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 37 5-04.2 MATERIALS 37 5-04.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 37 5-04.3(10) HMA COMPACTION ACCEPTANCE 38 5-04.3(13) SURFACE SMOOTHNESS 39 5-04.4 MEASUREMENT 39 5-04.5 PAYMENT 39 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-iii May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 41 7-04 STORM SEWERS 41 7-04.2 MATERIALS 41 7-04.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 41 7-04.4 MEASUREMENT 41 7-04.5 PAYMENT 41 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 42 7-05.1 DESCRIPTION 42 7-05.2 MATERIALS 42 7-05.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 43 7-05.4 MEASUREMENT 43 7-05.5 PAYMENT 43 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 44 7-08.1 DESCRIPTION 44 7-08.2 MATERIALS 44 7-08.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 44 7-08.3(1) EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF TRENCH 44 7-08.3(1)A TRENCHES 44 7-08.3(1)C BEDDING THE PIPE 44 7-08.3(2) LAYING PIPE 44 7-08.3(2)B PIPE LAYING -GENERAL 44 7-08.3(3) BACKFILLING 45 7-08.3(5) MAINTAINING STORM SERVICE NEW SECTION 45 7-08.4 MEASUREMENT 45 7-08.5 PAYMENT 45 7-19 SEWER CLEANOUTS 46 7-19.2 MATERIALS 46 7-19.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 46 7-19.4 MEASUREMENT 46 7-19.5 PAYMENT 46 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-iv May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 47 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 47 8-01.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 47 8-01.3(1) GENERAL 47 8-01.3(1)A SUBMITTALS 47 8-01.4 MEASUREMENT 47 8-01.5 PAYMENT 47 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 47 8-02.1 DESCRIPTION 47 8-02.2 MATERIALS 48 8-02.4 MEASUREMENT 48 8-02.5 PAYMENT 48 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 48 8-04.5 PAYMENT 48 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 48 8-14.1 DESCRIPTION 48 8-14.2 MATERIALS 48 8-14.4 MEASUREMENT 49 8-14.5 PAYMENT 49 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 49 8-20.1 DESCRIPTION 49 8-20.4 MEASUREMENT 49 8-20.5 PAYMENT 49 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 50 8-21.1 DESCRIPTION 50 8-21.5 PAYMENT 50 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING 50 8-22.1 DESCRIPTION 50 8-22.4 MEASUREMENT 50 8-22.5 PAYMENT 50 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-v May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions 8-30 MODULAR WETLAND SYSTEMS NEW SECTION 51 8-30.1 DESCRIPTION NEW SECTION 51 8-30.2 MATERIALS NEW SECTION 51 8-30.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS NEW SECTION 51 8-30.4 MEASUREMENT NEW SECTION 51 8-30.5 PAYMENT NEW SECTION 51 8-31 RECORD DRAWINGS NEW SECTION 51 8-31.1 DESCRIPTION NEW SECTION 51 8-31.4 MEASUREMENT NEW SECTION 52 8-31.5 PAYMENT NEW SECTION 52 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 53 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-vi May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2018 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter(hereafter"Standard Specifications"). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: (May 18, 2007 APWA GSP) (August 7, 2006 WSDOT GSP) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current edition • *** January 7, 2019 *** Standard Plans Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-1 May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 11I-2 May 2019 Contract Documents Introduction to the Special Provisions DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995, WSDOT GSP) This Contract provides for the improvement of*** Marine Drive and Kitsap Way and includes, but is not limited to, demolition and reconstruction of the roadway with hot mix asphalt, cement concrete curbs, and gutters; catch basins, catch basins with flow splitters, modular wetland systems, infiltration trench, stormtech chambers, brick pavers, and landscape restoration*** all in accordance with the Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1-01.3 Definitions (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-3 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. Supplement this Section with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "Department of Transportation", "Washington State Transportation Commission", "Commission", "Secretary of Transportation", "Secretary", "Headquarters", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency". All references to the terms "State" or "state" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency" unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise. All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion and acceptance granted. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for"Contract". City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-4 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete Section 1-02.1 and replace it with the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1)to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17") ***4 *** Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions ***4 *** Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34") and Contract Provisions *** 2 *** Furnished only upon request. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-5 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information Section 1-02.4(2) is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) The soils information used for study and design of this project is available for review by the bidder at the following location: *** Appendix D of these Specifications*** The soils information includes the following: *** Geotechnical Report *** 1-02.5 Proposal Forms (July 31, 2017 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's UDBE/DBE/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (July 11, 2018 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-6 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Delete the last two paragraphs, and replace them with the following: If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any Subcontractor to perform those items of work. The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance form, provided by the Contracting Agency. Failure to return this certification as part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms. The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency-assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit III-7 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Each Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. To be considered responsive on a FHWA-funded project, the Bidder may be required to submit the following items, as required by Section 1-02.6: • UDBE Written Confirmation Document from each UDBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed UDBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT 272-056U) • Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation These documents, if applicable, shall be received either with the Bid Proposal or as a supplement to the Bid. These documents shall be received no later than 24 hours (not including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. If submitted after the Bid Proposal is due, the document(s) must be submitted in a sealed envelope labeled the same as for the Proposal, with "Supplemental Information" added. All other information required to be submitted with the Bid Proposal must be submitted with the Bid Proposal itself, at the time stated in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any "Supplemental Information" (UDBE confirmations, or GFE documentation) that is received after the time specified above, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals (June 20, 2017 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-8 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each UDBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed UDBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidder's UDBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; j The Bidder fails to submit UDBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or I. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-9 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-02.15 Pre-Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-10 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within $$5$$ calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of $$10$$ additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1-03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s); 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties)that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-11 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s)to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-12 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: (August 7, 2017 WSDOT GSP, Option 2) Contractor Surveying- Roadway Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-13 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet. 6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor. 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the project. 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed. 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with primary survey control information consisting of descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control, and descriptions of two additional primary control points for every additional three miles of project length. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-14 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: Vertical Horizontal Slope stakes ±0.10 feet ±0.10 feet Subgrade grade stakes set 0.04 feet below grade ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) Stationing on roadway N/A ±0.1 feet Alignment on roadway N/A ±0.04 feet Surfacing grade stakes ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) Roadway paving pins for surfacing or paving ±0.01 feet ±0.2 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received. Contract work to be performed using contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made for the following bid item when included in the proposal: "Roadway Surveying", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for"Roadway Surveying"shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any resurveying, City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-15 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts. 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1-05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-16 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-17 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. Add the following new section: 1-05.16 Water and Power New Section (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-18 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Add the following new section: 1-05.17 Oral Agreements New Section No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit III-19 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax— Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax— Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-20 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage Section 1-07.13(4) is revised to read: (August 6, 2001 WSDOT GSP) The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1-07.13(1), 1-07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention Section 1-07.15 is supplemented with the following: Protection of the Environment: No construction related activity shall contribute to the degradation of the environment, allow material to enter surface or ground waters, or allow particulate emissions to the atmosphere, which exceed state or federal standards.Any actions that potentially allow a discharge to state waters must have prior approval of the Washington State Department of Ecology. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-21 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP, Option 2) Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their Contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. It is anticipated that utility adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction within the project limits will be completed as follows: ***As described in the Contract Plans and Division 8 of these Special Provisions. *** The Contractor shall attend a mandatory utility preconstruction meeting with the Engineer, all affected Subcontractors, and all utility owners and their Contractors prior to beginning onsite work. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies or their Contractors that will be adjusting, relocating, replacing or constructing utilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's use: *** Storm Drainage Telephone City of Bremerton CenturyLink Contact: Andrea Archer-Parsons, P.E. Contact: Dan O'Toole 345 6th Street Ste. 500 611 6th Street Bremerton, WA 98337 Bremerton, WA 98337 (360)473-2317 (360)478-5930 Water/Sanitary Power City of Bremerton Puget Sound Energy Contact: Ned Lever, P.E. Contact: Tom Brobst 345 6th Street Ste. 500 6522 Kitsap Way Bremerton, WA 98337 Bremerton, WA 98312 (360)473-2398 (360)475-7020 Gas Cable Cascade Natural Gas Co. Comcast Contact: Mike Dunn Contact: Jim LeCompte 6313 Kitsap Way 1225 Sylvan Way Bremerton, WA 98310 Bremerton, WA 98310 (360) 373-1403 (360) 340-1288 Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Cable Convergence Technologies Kitsap Co. PUD Contact: John Stockwell Contact: Matt Hensen 900 Sheridan Road 1431 Finn Hill Road Bremerton, WA 98310 Poulsbo, WA 98370 (360)405-1231 (360) 509-8925 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-22 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 The Contractor shall notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least two (2) working days in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. *** Add the following new section: 1-07.17(3) Protection and Support of Existing Utilities New Section Description The Contractor shall provide protection of all existing utility facilities crossing the work area during construction. All utilities shall remain fully operational throughout the life of this contract unless otherwise stated in these provisions. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Engineer and the utility owners for the temporary or permanent relocation of the utilities or the erection of temporary support for them by the Contractor. The Contractor shall locate, "pot hole,"and expose all existing underground utilities at the site prior to starting work, whether or not they are shown on the Plans. Excavation immediately adjacent to existing utilities including conduits shall be by hand methods in compliance with Washington State requirements. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid item included on the proposal: "Pot Hole", per each. The contract price for"Pot Hole" shall be full pay for all labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work, including locating all existing underground utilities, potholing, support, and for any costs incurred by the Contractor due to the loss of work efficiency as a result of utility relocation by others or the requirement to work adjacent to the relocated or temporarily supported utilities. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic* *See Addenda #1 for supplemental language to 1-07.23(1) Section 1 -07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP, Option 2) Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone(WZCZ)applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor's operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-23 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: Regulatory Distance From Posted Speed Traveled Way (Feet) 35 mph or less 10 * 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or 30 greater * or 2-feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance Add the followingnew sections: 1-07.28 Third Party Beneficiary New Section All parties agree that the State of Washington shall be, and is hereby named as an express third-party beneficiary of this contract, with full rights as such. 1-07.29 State Interest Exclusion Clause New Section It is anticipated that this project will be funded in part by the Washington State Department of Ecology. Neither the State of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are, or shall be, a party to this contract or any subcontract. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-24 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters New Section (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference New Section (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor,the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals, if applicable; and 3. A list of material sources for approval, if applicable. Add the following new section: 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work New Section (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-25 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than $$5 days$$ prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non working day for the week will be charged as a working day. 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll. 1-08.1 Subcontracting Section 1-08.1 is supplemented with the following: (October 12, 1998 WSDOT GSP, Option 1) Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a certification (WSDOT Form 420-004 EF) that a written agreement between the Contractor and the subcontractor or between the subcontractor and any lower tier subcontractor has been executed. This certification shall also guarantee that these subcontract agreements include all the documents required by the Special Provision Federal Agency Inspection. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-26 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 I A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to the Engineer: 1. Request to Sublet Work (Form 421-012 EF), and 2. Contractor and Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Certification for Federal-aid Projects (Form 420-004 EF). The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than three years after the date of acceptance of the contract. The Contractor shall retain these records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit for the same time period. 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work Delete Section 1-08.4 in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within five days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 1-08.5 Time for Completion Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP, Option 7) This project shall be physically completed within ***45*** working days. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-27 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 Revise the third paragraph to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day that construction activities commence on the project site but no later than 5 days following the Notice to Proceed Date. 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1-09.9 Payments 1-09.9(1) Retainage Section 1-09.9(1) content and title is deleted and replaced with the following: (June 27, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Vacant City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit Ill-28 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 3, 2017) Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297-3035 Evergreen Safety Council 12545 135th Ave. NE Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 1-800-521-0778 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 Phone: (540) 368-1701 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1-10.2(2) is supplemented with the following: Development of Temporary Traffic Control Plan Development of a Temporary Traffic Control Plan shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Costs for the Temporary Traffic Control Plan shall be included in the lump sum costs for "Project Temporary Traffic Control". Applicable WSDOT Standard Plans are acceptable for the Contractors use in developing this Plan. The Contractor shall submit his Temporary Traffic Control Plan for the Engineer's review five working days prior to the Preconstruction Meeting. The Engineer shall review the Plan and at the Preconstruction Meeting give written approval or discuss the revisions required. Subsequent reviews or revisions, if required, shall be accomplished by the Engineer within 5 working days after submittal. No work shall be undertaken until the Contractor has written approval of the Temporary Traffic Control Plan. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit Ill-29 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) Section 1-10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) The proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," lump sum. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1) shall apply. END OF DIVISION 1 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-30 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 1 DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.3 Construction Requirements Section 2-02.3 is supplemented with the following: Removal of Obstructions Removal shall include but not be limited to all items indicated on the Demolition Plans including signs and sign posts. Remove completely all existing asphalt and concrete pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalks, catch basins, manholes, pipes, structures, and other improvements and facilities as shown on the Plans and as required for construction of the improvements. All existing pavement, catch basins, manholes, pipes, structures, and other improvements and facilities to be removed shall be saw cut unless otherwise specified in the Plans or by the Engineer. 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: The approximate thickness of the asphalt concrete pavement is 3 to 8 inches. Saw cutting of existing asphalt or Portland cement concrete or Portland cement concrete pavement shall occur prior to the removal of the existing paved surface to assure even edges along the trench. To expedite construction, the Contractor may break pavement with a backhoe, jack hammer, or similar piece of equipment provided the width is less than the final paving limits. Removal of pavement in this manner is for the Contractor's convenience and is considered incidental to removal. Before the pavement restoration, the Contractor shall perform a final (second) saw cut. Any pavement that is damaged by breaking the concrete shall be removed by saw cutting and replacing the damaged portions. Where sidewalk abutting buildings is shown to be removed, it shall be saw cut 18 inches from the face of the building, and the new concrete sidewalk shall be placed against the remaining concrete unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. For final restoration, remove pavement (asphalt and concrete) to a width of 24 inches greater than the top of the trench. The pavement shall be saw cut on a straight line to a tolerance of 0.5 inch in 10 feet, with a vertical cut. After removal of pavement or driveways and before surface restoration, all pavement, sidewalks or driveways that were damaged, displaced, or undermined will be trimmed to neat edges by sawing pavement to a depth of 3 inches or to the depth of existing pavement, whichever is greater. Unless the Engineer directs additional pavement removal, pavement removal and replacement beyond the pay limits or due to damage by the Contractor's equipment will be at the Contractor's expense. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit III-31 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 2 Contractor shall exercise care in removal of existing improvements to prevent damage from construction activities or equipment. This shall include damage from vibration equipment such as jack hammers. In particular, the Contractor shall protect existing sidewalks, curbs, gutters, and utility pole foundations due to construction activities in the roadway. 2-02.5 Payment Section 2-02.5 is replaced with the following: The lump sum cost for"Removal of Structure and Obstruction", shall include costs for removal of the items identified on the plans including, but not limited to, all sawcutting, removing asphalt pavement, removing concrete sidewalk, removing concrete curb and gutter, removing catch basins and manholes, removing storm sewer pipes, plugging existing pipes, salvaging RRFB, removing RRFB foundation, removing concrete pad at RRFB, removing signs, and sign posts. 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2-03.3 Construction Requirements 2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction 2-03.3(14)J Gravel Borrow Including Haul Section 2-03.3(14)J is supplemented with the following: When the Engineer determines that the native material is not suitable for backfill, import Gravel Borrow as backfill material. 2-03.4 Measurement Section 2-03.4 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP, Option 3) Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project. Measurement for roadway excavation and embankment will be based on the original ground elevations recorded previous to the award of this contract. Control stakes will be set during construction to provide the Contractor with all essential information for the construction of excavation and embankments. If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations which will materially affect the quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be adjusted accordingly. Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method or by the finite element analysis method utilizing digital terrain modeling techniques. Copies of the ground cross-section notes will be available for the bidder's inspection, before the opening of bids, at the Project Engineer's office and at the Region office. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit III-32 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 2 Upon award of the contract, copies of the original ground cross-sections will be furnished to the successful bidder on request to the Project Engineer. 2-03.5 Payment Section 2-03.5 is supplemented with the following: The per ton unit cost for "Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul" shall include all costs for providing this material including placement in the trench and compaction. The cost to haul and dispose of the existing, unsatisfactory native material off site shall be incidental to this bid item. 2-07 WATERING 2-07.1 Description Section 2-07.1 is supplemented with the following: Water may be obtained from City hydrants. The Contractor will be required to deposit $2,000 for rental of a hydrant meter and backflow preventer assembly with the Owner. No charge for water will be made unless there is obvious waste. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.3 Construction Requirements 2-09.3(1) General Requirements 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling Section 2-09.3(1)E is supplemented with the following: If pre-approved by the Engineer, backfill for trenches may consist of native backfill from the excavation. Such backfill shall be free of organic material, clay, or other deleterious material. The Contractor shall note that excavated materials in the project will be moisture sensitive and must be protected from additional moisture for reuse as backfill. END OF DIVISION 2 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Ill-33 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-34 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 2 DIVISION 4 BASES 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4-04.4 Measurement Replace Section 4-04.4 with the following: Measurement for crushed surfacing material shall be by the ton of material delivered, placed, and compacted. Duplicate load tickets shall accompany each load of crushed surfacing material delivered to the project and given to the City's on-site project representative. The tickets shall bear at least the following information: 1. Truck number. 2. Number of tons in the load. 3. Truck tare weight. 4. Gross truck weight stamped at the material source. 5. Date and time of delivery. 6. Place for receipting by the Engineer. 7. Pay item number and contract number. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified load ticket is given to the Engineer's representative on the project and receipted by the representative at the time of delivery for each truckload of crushed surfacing delivered. 4-04.5 Payment Replace Section 4-04.5 with the following: Payment for "Crushed Surfacing Top Course" and "Crushed Surfacing Base Course" per ton shall be full pay for furnishing, placing, and compacting the imported crushed surfacing material in accordance with this section and Section 1-04.1, complete. END OF DIVISION 4 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-35 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 4 This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 11I-36 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 4 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5-04.2 Materials Section 5-04.2 is supplemented with the following: Asphalt used for trench repair and for all other uses shall be commercial HMA. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements Section 5-04.3 is supplemented with the following: Planing Bituminous Pavement If pavement underlying the planed surface is torn, broken up, or otherwise damaged, it shall be removed. The resulting edges shall be sawcut prior to overlay. All exposed planed edges within the limits of planning shall be tacked prior to overlay and sealed upon completion of overlay. Trench Repair As designated by the Engineer, backfill for trenches may consist of bank run gravel for trench backfill or native backfill from the excavation. Such backfill shall be free of organic material, clay or other deleterious material. The Contractor shall note that excavated materials in the project will be moisture sensitive and must be protected from additional moisture for reuse as backfill. Pavement patching shall be scheduled to accommodate the demands of traffic and shall be performed as rapidly as possible to provide maximum safety and convenience to public travel. Proper signs, barricades, lights and other warning devices, per Contractor's approved Traffic Control Plan, and per Sections 1-07.23 and 1-10 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, shall be maintained all 24 hours of the day until the patch is completed and ready for traffic. The placing and compaction of the trench backfill, and the preparation and compaction of the subgrade shall be in accordance with the requirements of the various applicable sections of the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and the detail in the Plans. Before the patch is constructed, all pavement cuts shall be trued so that the marginal lines of the patch will form a rectangle with straight edges and vertical faces. After the subgrade has been prepared, asphalt concrete pavement shall be placed to a thickness as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The edges of the existing asphalt pavement and castings shall be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion immediately before placing the asphalt patching material. The asphalt concrete pavement shall then be placed, leveled, and compacted to conform to all the adjacent paved surfaces. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-37 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 5 Immediately thereafter, all joints between the new and original asphalt pavement shall be painted with hot asphalt or asphalt emulsion and be covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt solidifies. The material for tacking the bottom and sides of patches for asphalt concrete shall be CRS 2 cationic emulsified asphalt per Section 9-02.1(6) of the Standard Specifications. For sealing the edges after placing the asphalt concrete patch, the Contractor shall use a light cutback, AR4000 curing liquid asphalt, and then sand the surface to prevent tracking. If the pavement is to be overlaid after patching, the joints will not need to be painted with hot asphalt or asphalt emulsion after the patch is placed. 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance Section 5-04.3(10) is supplemented with the following: For hot mix asphalt, where the specified compacted course thickness is greater than 0.10 foot, the acceptable level of compaction shall be a minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density as determined by WSDOT Test Method 705. The level of compaction attained will be determined as the average of five nuclear density gauge tests taken on the day the mix is placed (after completion of the finish rolling) at selected locations within each lot, with all five tests exceeding 89 percent of Rice. The quantity represented by each lot will be no greater than two truckloads with trailers, or approximately 60 tons, whichever is less. When tests determined that the lot does not meet the minimum density standards, paving must stop. To resume paving, all factors contributing to compaction shall be analyzed and the Engineer shall approve changes made, which may require a new mix design. Any lot not meeting the density standards shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material with no additional cost to Contracting Agency. Cores may be used as an alternate to the nuclear density gauge tests. When cores are taken by the Engineer at the request of the Contractor, the request shall be made by noon of the first working day following placement of the mix. The cost for the coring expenses when the core results indicate the specified level of relative density within a lot has not been achieved will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract at the rate of$150.00 per core. In addition to the randomly selected locations for tests of the control lot, the Engineer reserves the right to test any area which appears defective and to require the further compaction of areas that fall below acceptable density readings. These additional tests shall not impact the compaction evaluation of the entire control lot. Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed after September 30 without written approval from the City Engineer. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-38 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 5 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The second sentence of Section 5-04.3(13) is revised to read: The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface in any direction, except in areas where the pavement surface cross section changes or transitions. 5-04.4 Measurement Section 5-04.4 is supplemented with the following: HMA CL 1/2 In. PG 58H-22 shall be measured per ton. 5-04.5 Payment Section 5-04.5 is supplemented with the following: "Commcrcial HMA" HMA CL 1/2 In. PG 58H-22 , per ton. "Planing Bituminous Pavement", per square yard. The unit contract price for "Commcrcial HMA" shall include all costs for furnishing, placing, and compacting Commcrcial HMA including sawcutting, excavation, haul, edge sealing, and subgrade preparation. The unit contract price for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" shall include all costs for the work including sawcutting and removal of all broken and damaged HMA from within the planning limits as noted on the plans no matter the depth and prior to overlay. END OF DIVISION 5 Changes per Addendum #1 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-39 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 5 This Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit I11-40 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 5 DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-04 STORM SEWERS 7-04.2 Materials Section 7-04.2 is supplemented with the following: Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam. shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-30.1(1). 7-04.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-04.3 is supplemented with the following: Pipe connections to the Stormtech SC-740 Chambers shall be according to manufacturer recommendations including gaskets. 7-04.4 Measurement Section 7-04.4 is supplemented with the following: No separate measurement will be made for excavation, haul, pipe zone bedding, backfill, compaction, fittings, stub markers, stormwater by-pass, or temporary caps. "Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam." shall be measured per linear foot. "Infiltration Trench, Complete", per linear foot. 7-04.5 Payment Section 7-04.5 is supplemented with the following: "Infiltration Trench, Complete", per linear foot. Payment for "Infiltration Trench, Complete" per linear foot shall include all costs for asphalt cutting, trench excavation, haul, shoring or extra excavation, protecting existing utilities, Stormtech SC-740 Chambers, permeable ballast, backfill (incl. with native soil from the excavation, if approved), and compaction. "Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. Diam.", per linear foot. The second paragraph is revised to read: Payment for storm sewer pipe, whatever material type or size, shall be per linear foot of pipe furnished and installed to the grade and elevations shown in the Plans, including coordinating with utility providers such as Cascade Natural Gas, excavation, haul, demolition of existing City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-41 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 pipe, plugging existing pipe, pipe zone bedding, shoring or extra excavation, bypassing existing stormwater flow, installation, backfill with native soils from the excavation (if approved), compaction, connecting to structures, and pressure testing, complete. 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7-05.1 Description Section 7-05.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall include furnishing and installing catch basins Type 2 — 72-inch diameter with Flow Splitter (Contech Stormgate). This work shall include connecting existing pipe to new drainage structures. 7-05.2 Materials Section 7-05.2 is supplemented with the following: Contech Stormgate Flow Splitters shall conform to the details shown in the Plans. Frames and grates shall be as shown in the Plans and as noted below: 1. Locking solid metal cover and frame for catch basins including the Contech Stormgate Flow Splitters and shall conform to City of Bremerton Design and Construction Standards and Specification Details 4012 and 4014. 2. Vaned grate shall conform to WSDOT Standard Plan B-30.30-00. Manholes and catch basins shall be constructed with precast components except that cast-in-place bases may be used where manholes are to be constructed in existing sewers. Manhole components shall conform to ASTM C478, except as otherwise and as additionally, specified or shown. Provide blockouts, unreinforced knockout, or core-drilled holes where pipes enter manholes. Heights of wall sections shall be such that openings for pipes are not at base or wall section joints. Base, wall section, transition slab, and cone joints shall be rubber gasketed with confined rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443. Joints between adjustment rings, cones, frames, and covers shall be premolded joint filler. Steps are required in all Type 2 Catch Basins and manholes. The installed steps (ladder) shall be located so as to provide a continuous ladder with steps equally spaced vertically in the assembled manhole at 12 inches, plus or minus 3/4 inch. Material for manhole and catch basin steps and ladders shall be OSHA-approved steel-reinforced polypropylene or as approved by the Engineer. Type 2 Catch Basins with solid lids shall be provided with decorative storm rings and covers conforming to City of Bremerton Standard Drawing 4022. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-42 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 7-05.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-05.3 is supplemented with the following: Existing catch basins to be abandoned shall be fully removed and disposed. Plastic pipe connections at the structure shall use a sand collar, be cut flush with the structure interior wall, and grouted in place. Piping connections at structures shall be considered incidental to the other work of pipe and structure installation. Unless shown otherwise on the Plans, all catch basins shall have a minimum sump depth of 18 inches from the invert of the lowest pipe to the bottom of the structure. All pipe openings constructed on the manhole and catch basins shall be core drilled, line drilled, or sawed to the dimension of the pipe to be inserted. Where the line drilling is the method used, the drilled holes must be interconnected. Line drilling shall be accomplished by the use of a small core drill or rotary hammer. Jackhammering shall not be allowed. Any damage to the manhole assembly shall be either repaired or replaced as determined by the Engineer. Repair or replacement shall be at the expense of the Contractor. All joints in the brick or ring adjustment shall be filled with grout, and the castings shall be seated in grout placed on the top course.A 3/8-inch-thick mortar lining shall be installed inside and out of the adjustment section to provide a smooth, watertight finish. Place compacted gravel beneath all structures (minimum 6-inch depth) as bedding. 7-05.4 Measurement Section 7-05.4 is supplemented with the following: "Contech Stormgate Flow Splitter" shall be measured per each. "Replace Frame and Grate" shall be measured per each. 7-05.5 Payment Section 7-05.5 is supplemented with the following: "Contech Stormgate Flow Splitter", per each. "Replace Frame and Grate" per each. Payment for "Contech Stormgate Flow Splitter", "Catch Basin Type 1", "Catch Basin Type 2 48 In. Diam.", and "Replace Frame and Grate" shall be measured per each and shall include all costs for structure excavation, haul, shoring or extra excavation, crushed surfacing, backfill with native soil from the excavation (if approved), compaction, adjustment to finished grade, sloping lids to match existing grade, and connection to existing storm sewer pipes. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-43 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7-08.1 Description Section 7-08.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall also include installing detectable marking tape over all storm sewer pipe. 7-08.2 Materials Section 7-08.2 is supplemented with the following: Detectable Marking Tape shall be as described in Section 9-15.18. Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.19 of the Standard Specifications. 7-08.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-08.3 is supplemented with the following: The cut ends of abandoned pipes shall be plugged with concrete to a minimum depth equal to one diameter into the pipe. Plugging or capping a pipe shall always be incidental to other bid items. 7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench 7-08.3(1)A Trenches Replace the second paragraph of Section 7-08.3(1)A with the following: Trench width, depth, and grade shall be as shown on the Plans. 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe Section 7-08.3(1)C is supplemented with the following: For all utilities (water, sewer, storm), use native material for pipe bedding unless determined as unsatisfactory by the Engineer. Import bedding shall be Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding per Section 9-03.12(3). 7-08.3(2) Laying Pipe 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying — General Section 7-08.3(2)B is supplemented with the following: Detectable marking tape shall be installed over sanitary sewer and storm sewer lines including service lines. The tape shall be placed approximately 1-foot above the top of the line and shall extend its full length. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-44 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 7-08.3(3) Backfilling Section 7-08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: For all utilities (water, sewer, storm), trench backfill shall be native material unless the Engineer determines that the native material is unacceptable. Backfill shall be free of organic material, clay, or other deleterious material. The Contractor shall note that excavated materials in the project will be moisture sensitive and must be protected from additional moisture for reuse as backfill. Where stockpiled backfill materials are not adequately protected from moisture as determined by the Engineer, the cost for importing new materials shall be borne by the Contractor. Imported trench backfill shall be Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill per Section 9-03.19. Add the following new subsection to Section 7-08.3: 7-08.3(5) Maintaining Storm Service New Section Contractor shall ensure functioning of the stormwater system during construction. Provide means for bypassing and/or diverting flow as needed to maintain active service of utilities, including temporary pumps, hoses, tanks, vaults, piping, and any other measures required. The Contractor shall maintain the temporary system and modify it as directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall submit a bypass plan to the City describing how storm service will be maintained at least 2 weeks before work begins. The Contractor is responsible for providing all material and equipment to maintain service during construction. 7-08.4 Measurement Section 7-08.4 is supplemented with the following: No separate measurement shall be made for work or materials required to install Detectable Marking Tape, provide temporary bypass, or trench dewatering for installation of utility pipes (including storm drain). Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding shall be measured by the cubic yard. Trench width shall be based on neat line measurements in the field or maximum trench pay width as shown in the typical trench section detail (the lesser of the two). Pipe zone bedding height shall be the pipe O.D. plus 12 inches. Where native material is used for bedding, there will be no measurement. 7-08.5 Payment Section 7-08.5 is supplemented with the following: All costs for general pipe installation work shall be incidental to and included in other items of work in Division 7. The cost for maintaining storm service during construction and the bypass plan shall be considered incidental to other bid items. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-45 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding" shall be paid by the cubic yard of material placed and compacted in the pipe bedding zone. The cost to haul and dispose of the existing, unsatisfactory material off site shall be incidental to this bid item. Plugging or capping abandoned existing piping shall be considered incidental to other bid items. "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill" shall be paid per ton. 7-19 SEWER CLEANOUTS 7-19.2 Materials Section 7-19.2 is supplemented with the following: All materials for the new sewer cleanouts shall conform to the City of Bremerton Standard Details. 7-19.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-19.3 is supplemented with the following: Gravity sanitary sewer cleanouts and cast-iron cleanout covers shall be meet the requirements of City of Bremerton Standard Detail 6020. 7-19.4 Measurement Section 7-19.4 is supplemented with the following: 8 In. Sewer Cleanout will be measured per each. 7-19.5 Payment Section 7-19.5 is supplemented with the following: "8 In. Sewer Cleanout", per each. The unit contract price for"8 In. Sewer Cleanout"shall be full pay for all work, materials, labor, and equipment necessary or incidental to install these items, complete. This work includes excavation, haul, backfill, pipe bedding, compaction, laying and jointing the pipe, fittings, locate wire, testing, cleaning, installation of appurtenances required to make connections, concrete collar, cast iron ring, covers, and adjustment. END OF DIVISION 7 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-46 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 7 DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8-01.3 Construction Requirements 8-01.3(1) General 8-01.3(1)A Submittals Section 8-01.3(1)A is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval a temporary erosion and sediment control plan (TESC Plan). The TESC Plan shall be submitted to the Engineer 10 working days prior to the start of clearing and grubbing. Costs for the TESC Plans shall be included in the lump sum cost for "Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control". 8-01.4 Measurement Section 8-01.4 is supplemented with the following: No unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum price for Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 8-01.5 Payment Section 8-01.5 is supplemented with the following: "Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control" shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, material, and overhead cost associated with implementing the TESC Plan, including preparing the TESC Plan, and installing, maintaining, inspecting, and repairing the Best Management Practices (BMP). BMPs include, but are not limited to, silt fences, interceptor swales, straw bale barrier/dam, temporary seeding and mulching, plastic covering, inlet protection, and temporary sediment basis consisting of storage tanks with baffles. 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.1 Description Section 8-02.1 is supplemented with the following: This Work shall consist of grading restoration areas, application of bark mulch, reinstalling landscaping rock and boulders, raking, and hydroseeding as shown on the plans to provide a smooth transition to surrounding areas. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-47 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 8-02.2 Materials Section 8-02.2 is supplemented with the following: Hydroseed shall contain Erosion Control Seed Mix consisting of 40 percent Chewings, 50 percent perennial rye blend, 5 percent redtop bentgrass, and 5 percent white dutch clover. Seed shall be applied at a rate of 180 pounds per acre. Mulch shall be applied at a rate of 1,500 pounds per acre with 3 percent tackifier. 8-02.4 Measurement Supplement Section 8-02.4 with the following: "Landscape Restoration" shall be measured per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for"Landscape Restoration"shall include all costs for restoration of the work areas to a neat and tidy condition that matches the original condition to the greatest extent practicable. In particular, the Kitsap Way location shall be restored to a neat condition that is attractive and suitable as the entrance area to a working hotel. This item will be discussed and clarified in the preconstruction conference. 8-02.5 Payment Section 8-02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Landscape Restoration", per lump sum. 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 8-04.5 Payment Section 8-04.5 is supplemented with the following: The unit Contract price for "Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter" and "Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb" shall include all costs for excavation, haul, and backfill. 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8-14.1 Description Supplement Section 8-14.1 with the following: This work shall include furnishing and installing cement conc. pad with detectable warning surface and 4-inch by 8-inch red brick pavers as shown in the Plans. 8-14.2 Materials Supplement Section 8-14.2 with the following: Brick pavers shall be provided by the City. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-48 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 8-14.4 Measurement Supplement Section 8-14.4 with the following: "Conc. Pad with Detectable Warning Surface" shall be measured per each. "Cement Conc. Sidewalk" shall be measured per square yard. "Brick Pavers" shall be measured per square yard. 8-14.5 Payment Section 8-14.5 is supplemented with the following: "Conc. Pad with Detectable Warning Surface", per each. "Cement Conc. Sidewalk", per square yard. "Brick Pavers", per square yard. The unit Contract price for "Conc. Pad with Detectable Warning Surface", "Cement Conc. Sidewalk", and "Brick Pavers"shall include all costs for materials, excavation, haul, detectable warning surface, bedding sand, polymeric sand, and backfill. 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8-20.1 Description Section 8-20.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall include reinstallation of the salvaged RRFB including foundation, and support of power poles and signs (including the Oyster Bay Inn sign) during construction. 8-20.4 Measurement Section 8-20.4 is supplemented with the following: Install RRFB Incl. Foundation shall be measured per lump sum. Support Power Poles and Signs shall be measured per lump sum. 8-20.5 Payment Section 8-20.5 is supplemented with the following: "Install RRFB Incl. Foundation", per lump sum. "Support Power Poles and Signs", per lump sum. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-49 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 Payment for"Support Power Poles and Signs" shall include costs for coordinating with Puget Sound Energy for determining power pole support requirements and for meeting those requirements. 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21.1 Description Section 8-21.1 is supplemented with the following: The Work shall include removing existing signs and posts, installing new sign posts, re-installing existing signs, and furnishing and installing project signs in accordance with the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. 8-21.5 Payment Section 8-21.5 is supplemented with the following: The lump sum contract price for "Permanent Signing" shall include all costs for removal of existing signs and posts, installation of new sign posts, re-installation of existing signs, and furnishing and installing project signs. 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22.1 Description Section 8-22.1 is supplemented with the following: The Work shall include removing existing pavement markings and installing new markings in accordance with the Plans. All new markings shall be plastic. 8-22.4 Measurement Section 8-22.4 is supplemented with the following: "Pavement Marking"will be measured per lump sum. 8-22.5 Payment Section 8-22.5 is supplemented with the following: "Pavement Marking", per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Pavement Marking" shall include all costs for removal of existing pavement markings and installation of plastic lines, complete. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-50 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 Add the following new section and subsections: 8-30 MODULAR WETLAND SYSTEMS NEW SECTION 8-30.1 Description New Section This work shall include furnishing and installing prefabricated proprietary Modular Wetland Systems as shown on the Plans, complete and fully functioning. 8-30.2 Materials New Section Modular wetland systems shall be prefabricated proprietary vaults as shown in the Plans and as manufactured by Modular Wetlands Systems, Inc., PO Box 869, Oceanside, CA 92049, Contact Jeff Pierce 253.249.6512, leff.pierce(a�forterrabq.com. Insurance coverage for the modular wetlands systems shall be transferred to the City. 8-30.3 Construction Requirements New Section Modular wetland systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for each type of vault for approval by the Engineer prior to procuring the modular wetland systems. Engineer shall have up to 10 working days for review and approval of the shop drawings. 8-30.4 Measurement New Section "Modular Wetland System " will be measured per each. 8-30.5 Payment New Section Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following Bid items that are included on the proposal: "Modular Wetland System ", per each. The Contract unit price for "Modular Wetland System " shall include all costs for providing and installing the system including shop drawings, shipping, excavation, haul, installation, sloping lids, backfill with native soil from the excavation, compaction, and testing. Add the following new section and subsections: 8-31 RECORD DRAWINGS NEW SECTION 8-31.1 Description New Section Prior to acceptance of the completed project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one legible and neatly marked set of full-sized Contract Plans showing any changes in location, elevation, or configuration of pipelines and appurtenant valves and fittings, manholes, catch City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-51 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 basins, site work, and other pertinent items. These Plans shall be kept current during the course of construction, kept on-site at the Contractor's site office, and be available for review by the Engineer at all times. The Contractor is not responsible to complete Record Drawings in electronic format. Record Drawings shall be updated daily, and changes occurring on any day shall be entered on the Record Drawings by noon on the next working day.The Contractor and the Engineer shall review the Record Drawings weekly. 8-31.4 Measurement New Section No unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum price for "Record Drawings." 8-31.5 Payment New Section Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following: "Record Drawings", per lump sum. END OF DIVISION 8 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-52 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 8 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS (April 1, 2019 WSDOT GSP) Standard Plans The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21-01 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 16-048, effective August 6, 2018 is made a part of this contract. The Standard Plans are revised as follows: A-40.10 Section View, PCCP to HMA Longitudinal Joint, callout, was-"Sawed Groove -Width 3/16" (IN) MIN. to 5/16" (IN) MAX. - Depth 1" (IN) MIN. - see Std. Spec. 5-04.3(12)B" is revised to read; "Sawed Groove - Width 3/16" (IN) MIN. to 5/16" (IN) MAX. - Depth 1" (IN) MIN. - see Std. Spec. Section 5-04.3(12)A2" Section View, Transverse Contraction Joint, dimension, was - "D/4" is revised to read: "D/3 to D/4" A-50.10 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Single Slope Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 A-50.20 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Anchored Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 A-50.30 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan (top), reference C-14a is revised to C-70.1 B-10.60 DELETED B-82.20 DELETED B-90.40 Valve Detail - DELETED C-lb STEEL POST Detail on page 2: The upper callout is changed from "3/4" (IN) DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)"to "3/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)" C-2C CASE 9A (typical of 2 callouts): The dimensions were "3'-0" MIN. - TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL". are now revised to read "5'-0" MIN - TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL". C-4b DELETED City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-53 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 C-4e DELETED C-4f Sheet 1, BULLNOSE GRADING PLAN: Slopes shall be not steeper than 10H:1 V for the bullnose guardrail system including slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the guardrail post. Sheet 2, POST 1R & 1 L, 2R & 2L, 3R TO 8R and 3L TO 8L, 9R TO 12 R and 9L TO 12L elevation view details: Slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the guardrail post shall not be steeper than 10H:1 V. Sheet 3, SECTION B, callout — was: "THE NUT SHALL BE ASTM A563D STEEL, AND GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD SPEC. 9-16.3(3)." Is revised to read: "THE NUT SHALL BE ASTM A307 STEEL, AND GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD SPEC. 9-16.3(3)." C-20.10 STEEL POST Detail: The upper callout is changed from "1/4" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI- ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)" to "1/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI- ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)" The lower callout is changed from "3/4" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.)" to "3/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.)" C-20.14 CASE 3-31: The dimension was"5'-0"MIN"from the back of guardrail to the center of railroad signal support is now revised to "5'-0" MIN" from face of guardrail to the front edge of the railroad signal support. Note 3, was — "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot exceed 10H : 1V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder." is revised to read: "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 10H : 1V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12' —0" from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 6H : 1V when the guardrail is 12'—0"or more from the edge of the shoulder." C-20.18 ALL CASES: The dimensions were "3'-0" MIN" from the face of guardrail to the front edge of the fixed feature are now revised to "5'-0" MIN"from the face of guardrail to the front edge of the fixed feature. Note 1, was — "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 10H : 1V when the guardrail is within 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder." Is revised to read: "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 10H : 1V when the guardrail is less than 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 6H : 1V when the guardrail is 12' —0" or more from the edge of shoulder." City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-54 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 C-20.41 BOX CULVERT POST, ELEVATION VIEW Detail: The upper callout is changed from "3/4" (IN) DIAM. HOLE"to "3/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE" C-20.45 STEEL POST Detail: The upper callout is changed from "1/4" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI- ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)" to "1/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI- ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)" The lower callout is changed from "3/4"(IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT(TYP.) SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT" to "3/4" (IN) OR 13/16" (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.) - SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT" C-22.14 DELETED C-22.16 Note 3, formula, was: "Elevation G = (Elevation S - D x (0.1) + 31" is revised to read: "Elevation G = (Elevation S - D x (0.1) + 31/12" C-22.40 PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SHOWN: The dimension was "4'-0" MIN" from the face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to "4'-0" MIN" from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH = 50' -0" , dimension is revised to read: 46' - 101/2" Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-3), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH = 50' -9 1/2", dimension is revised to read: 50' - 10 1/2" Note 6, was - "...a maximum taper of 25.4 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 50' - 9 '/2" with a maximum..." is revised to read: "...a maximum taper of 25.44 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 50' - 10 '/" with a maximum..." C-22.45 PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SHOWN: The dimension was "4'-0" MIN"from the face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to "4'-0" MIN" from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH = 25' - 0", dimension is revised to read 34' -4 1/2" Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-2), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH = 38' - 3 1/2", dimension is revised to read 38' -4 1/2" Note 6, was - "...flare of 38.29 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 38' - 3 '/z" with a maximum..."is revised to read: "...flare of 38.38 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 38' -4 '/z"with a maximum..." City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-55 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 C-25.26 Elevation View, TYPE 23: The guardrail height dimension was 2'-8" from the top of the thrie beam to the top of the bridge curb is now revised to 2'-8" from the top of the thrie beam to the top of the ground line. C-25.80 Plan View, callout, was — "12" (IN) BLOCKOUT" is revised to read; "12" (IN) or 8" (IN) BLOCKOUT (12" (IN) SHOWN)" Elevation View, add labels to posts (below view); beginning at left side of view— Label Posts as follows; POST 1, POST 2 through POST 6". General Notes, add Note 6. Note reads as follows; "6. Post 1 shall use an 8 inch blockout, and posts 2 through post 6 shall use 12 inch or 8 inch blockouts." C-40.14 DELETED C-90.10 DELETED D-10.10 Wall Type 1 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-10.15 Wall Type 2 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-10.20 Wall Type 3 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 3 shall be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. D-10.25 Wall Type 4 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 4 shall be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. D-10.30 Wall Type 5 may be used in all cases. D-10.35 Wall Type 6 may be used in all cases. D-10.40 Wall Type 7 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed in City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-56 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-10.45 Wall Type 8 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-15.10 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. D-15.20 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. D-15.30 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. F-10.12 Section Title, was — "Depressed Curb Section" is revised to read: "Depressed Curb and Gutter Section" F-10.40 "EXTRUDED CURB AT CUT SLOPE", Section detail - Deleted F-10.42 DELETE — "Extruded Curb at Cut Slope" View H-70.20 Sheet 2, Spacing Detail, Mailbox Support Type 1, reference to Standard Plan 1-70.10 is revised to H-70.10 1-30.30 8" Diameter Wattle Spacing Table, lower left corner, was —"Slope:1 H : 1V, Maximum Spacing:10' — 0"" is revised to read: "Slope:1 H : 1V, Maximum Spacinq:8' — 0"". J-10.21 Note 18, was — "When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, see Standard Plan J-10.22 for details." Is revised to read; "When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, or the meter base is mounted on the exterior of the cabinet, see Standard Plan J-10.22 for details." City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-57 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 J-10.22 Key Note 1, was - "Meter base per serving utility requirements- as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory-installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305." Is revised to read; "Meter base per serving utility requirements-as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory-installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305. When the utility requires meter base to be mounted on the side or back of the service cabinet, the meter base enclosure shall be fabricated from type 304 stainless steel." Key Note 4, "Test with (SPDT Snap Action, Positive close 15 Amp - 120/277 volt "T" rated). Is revised to read: "Test Switch (SPDT snap action, positive close 15 amp- 120/277 volt"T" rated)." Key Note 14, was - "Hinged dead front with % turn fasteners or slide latch." Is revised to read; "Hinged dead front with 1/4 turn fasteners or slide latch. - Dead front panel bolts shall not extend into the vertical limits of the breaker array(s)." Key Note 15, was -"Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper. Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper. See Cabinet Main bonding Jumper detail, Standard Plan J-3b." is revised to read; "Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly- Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper- See Standard Plan J-10.20 for Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly details." Note 1, was - "...socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-3b." is revised to read to read: "...socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-10.20." Note 6, was-"...See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-3b." is revised to read: "...See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-10.20." J-20.10 Add Note 5, "5. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian pushbutton post." J-20.11 Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, callout-"Type 1 Signal Pole" is revised to read: "Type PS or Type 1 Signal Pole" Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, add note below Title, "(Type 1 Signal Pole Shown)" Add Note 6, "6. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian pushbutton post." J-20.26 Add Note 1, "1. One accessible pedestrian pushbutton station per pedestrian pushbutton post." J-20.16 View A, callout, was - LOCK NIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE J-21.10 Sheet 1, Elevation View, Round Concrete Foundation Detail, callout - "ANCHOR BOLTS - 3/" (IN) x 30" (IN) FULL THREAD - THREE REQ'D. PER ASSEMBLY" IS REVISED TO READ: "ANCHOR BOLTS - 3/" (IN) x 30" (IN) FULL THREAD - FOUR REQ'D. PER ASSEMBLY" Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" CLR.. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2 1/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinf. Bar. Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-58 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 2 '/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinf. Bar. Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2 '/" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinf. Bar. Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2 '/z" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinf. Bar. Detail F, callout, "Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) - 3/4" (IN) Diam. Torque Clamping Bolts (see Note 3)" is revised to read; "Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) - 3/4" (IN) Diam. Torque Clamping Bolts (see Note 1)" Detail F, callout, "3/4" (IN) x 2' - 6" Anchor Bolt (TYP.) - Four Required (See Note 4)" is revised to read; "3/4" (IN) x 2' - 6"Anchor Bolt (TYP.) - Three Required (See Note 2)" J-21.15 Partial View, callout, was-LOCK NIPPLE - 1 '/2" DIAM., is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE - 1 1/" (IN) DIAM. J-21.16 Detail A, callout, was - LOCKNIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE J-22.15 Ramp Meter Signal Standard, elevation, dimension 4' - 6" is revised to read; 6'-0" (2x) Detail A, callout, was- LOCK NIPPLE - 1 '/2" DIAM. is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE - 1 '/2" (IN) DIAM. J-40.10 Sheet 2 of 2, Detail F, callout, "12- 13 x 1 '/2" S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 12" S. S. FLAT WASHER" is revised to read; "12 - 13 x 1 '/2" S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 1/2" (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER" J-60.14 All references to J-16b (6x) are revised to read; J-60.11 K-80.30 In the NARROW BASE, END view, the reference to Std. Plan C-8e is revised to Std. Plan K- 80.35 Plan Title, was "ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-SHAPE)" is revised to read: "CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE F" The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date shown in the lower right-hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates shall not be used in this contract. City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-59 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 A-10.10-00 8/7/07 A-40.00-00 8/11/09 A-50.30-00 11/17/08 A-10.20-00 10/5/07 A-40.10-03 12/23/14 A-50.40-00 11/17/08 A-10.30-00 10/5/07 A-40.15-00 8/11/09 A-60.10-03 12/23/14 A-20.10-00 8/31/07 A-40.20-04 1/18/17 A-60.20-03 12/23/14 A-30.10-00 11/8/07 A-40.50-02 12/23/14 A-60.30-01 6/28/18 A-30.30-01 6/16/11 A-50.10-00 11/17/08 A-60.40-00 8/31/07 A-30.35-00 10/12/07 A-50.20-01 9/22/09 B-5.20-02 1/26/17 B-30.50-03 2/27/18 B-75.20-02 2/27/18 B-5.40-02 1/26/17 B-30.70-04 2/27/18 B-75.50-01 6/10/08 B-5.60-02 1/26/17 B-30.80-01 2/27/18 B-75.60-00 6/8/06 B-10.20-02 3/2/18 B-30.90-02 1/26/17 B-80.20-00 6/8/06 B-10.40-01 1/26/17 B-35.20-00 6/8/06 B-80.40-00 6/1/06 B-10.70-00 1/26/17 B-35.40-00 6/8/06 B-85.10-01 6/10/08 B-15.20-01 2/7/12 B-40.20-00 6/1/06 B-85.20-00 6/1/06 B-15.40-01 2/7/12 B-40.40-02 1/26/17 B-85.30-00 6/1/06 B-15.60-02 1/26/17 B-45.20-01 7/11/17 B-85.40-00 6/8/06 B-20.20-02 3/16/12 B-45.40-01 7/21/17 B-85.50-01 6/10/08 B-20.40-04 2/27/18 B-50.20-00 6/1/06 B-90.10-00 6/8/06 B-20.60-03 3/15/12 B-55.20-02 2/27/18 B-90.20-00 6/8/06 B-25.20-02 2/27/18 B-60.20-01 6/28/18 B-90.30-00 6/8/06 B-25.60-02 2/27/18 B-60.40-01 2/27/18 B-90.40-01 1/26/17 B-30.10-03 2/27/18 B-65.20-01 4/26/12 B-90.50-00 6/8/06 B-30.15-00 2/27/18 B-65.40-00 6/1/06 B-95.20-01 2/3/09 B-30.20-04 2/27/18 B-70.20-00 6/1/06 B-95.40-01 6/28/18 B-30.30-03 2/27/18 B-70.60-01 1/26/17 B-30.40-03 2/27/18 C-1 6/28/18 C-20.15-02 6/11/14 C-40.18-03 7/21/17 C-1a 7/14/15 C-20.18-02 6/11/14 C-70.10-01 6/17/14 C-lb 7/14/15 C-20.19-02 6/11/14 0-75.10-01 6/11/14 C-1 d 10/31/03 0-20.40-06 7/21/17 0-75.20-01 6/11/14 C-2c 6/21/06 0-20.41-01 7/14/15 C-75.30-01 6/11/14 C-4f 7/2/12 C-20.42-05 7/14/15 C-80.10-01 6/11/14 C-6a 10/14/09 C-20.45.01 7/2/12 C-80.20-01 6/11/14 C-7 6/16/11 0-22.16-06 7/21/17 0-80.30-01 6/11/14 C-7a 6/16/11 C-22.40-06 7/21/17 C-80.40-01 6/11/14 C-8 2/10/09 C-22.45-03 7/21/17 C-80.50-00 4/8/12 C-8a 7/25/97 0-23.60-04 7/21/17 C-85.10-00 4/8/12 C-8b 2/29/16 0.24.10-01 6/11/14 0-85.11-00 4/8/12 C-8e 2/21/07 0-25.20-06 7/14/15 0-85.14-01 6/11/14 C-8f 6/30/04 0-25.22-05 7/14/15 0-85.15-01 6/30/14 C-16a 7/21/17 0-25.26-03 7/14/15 0-85.16-01 6/17/14 0-20.10-04 7/21/17 C-25.30-00 6/28/18 0-85-18-01 6/11/14 0-20.11-00 7/21/17 C-25.80-04 7/15/16 0-85.20-01 6/11/14 C-20.14-03 6/11/14 0-40.16-02 7/2/12 D-2.04-00 11/10/05 D-2.48-00 11/10/05 D-3.17-02 5/9/16 D-2.06-01 1/6/09 D-2.64-01 1/6/09 D-4 12/11/98 D-2.08-00 11/10/05 D-2.66-00 11/10/05 D-6 6/19/98 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-60 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 D-2.14-00 11/10/05 D-2.68-00 11/10/05 D-10.10-01 12/2/08 D-2.16-00 11/10/05 D-2.80-00 11/10/05 D-10.15-01 12/2/08 D-2.18-00 11/10/05 D-2.82-00 11/10/05 D-10.20-00 7/8/08 D-2.20-00 11/10/05 D-2.84-00 11/10/05 0-10.25-00 7/8/08 D-2.32-00 11/10/05 D-2.86-00 11/10/05 D-10.30-00 7/8/08 D-2.34-01 1/6/09 D-2.88-00 11/10/05 D-10.35-00 7/8/08 D-2.36-03 6/11/14 D-2.92-00 11/10/05 D-10.40-01 12/2/08 D-2.42-00 11/10/05 D-3.09-00 5/17/12 D-10.45-01 12/2/08 D-2.44-00 11/10/05 D-3.10-01 5/29/13 D-15.10-01 12/2/08 D-2.60-00 11/10/05 D-3.11-03 6/11/14 D-15.20-03 5/9/16 D-2.62-00 11/10/05 D-3.15-02 6/10/13 D-15.30-01 12/02/08 D-2.46-01 6/11/14 0-3.16-02 5/29/13 E-1 2/21/07 E-4 8/27/03 E-2 5/29/98 E-4a 8/27/03 F-10.12-03 6/11/14 F-10.62-02 4/22/14 F-40.15-03 6/29/16 F-10.16-00 12/20/06 F-10.64-03 4/22/14 F-40.16-03 6/29/16 F-10.18-01 7/11/17 F-30.10-03 6/11/14 F-45.10-02 7/15/16 F-10.40-03 6/29/16 F-40.12-03 6/29/16 F-80.10-04 7/15/16 F-10.42-00 1/23/07 F-40.14-03 6/29/16 G-10.10-00 9/20/07 G-25.10-04 6/10/13 G-90.10-03 7/11/17 G-20.10-02 6/23/15 G-30.10-04 6/23/15 G-90.11-00 4/28/16 G-22.10-04 6/28/18 G-50.10-03 6/28/18 G-90.20-05 7/11/17 G-24.10-00 11/8/07 G-60.10-04 6/28/18 G-90.30-04 7/11/17 G-24.20-01 2/7/12 G-60.20-02 6/18/15 G-90.40-02 4/28/16 G-24.30-02 6/28/18 G-60.30-02 6/18/15 G-95.10-02 6/28/18 G-24.40-07 6/28/18 G-70.10-03 6/18/15 G-95.20-03 6/28/18 G-24.50-04 7/11/17 G-70.20-04 7/21/17 G-95.30-03 6/28/18 G-24.60-05 6/28/18 G-70.30-04 7/21/17 H-10.10-00 7/3/08 H-32.10-00 9/20/07 H-70.10-01 2/7/12 H-10.15-00 7/3/08 H-60.10-01 7/3/08 H-70.20-01 2/16/12 H-30.10-00 10/12/07 H-60.20-01 7/3/08 H-70.30-02 2/7/12 1-10.10-01 8/11/09 1-30.20-00 9/20/07 1-40.20-00 9/20/07 1-30.10-02 3/22/13 1-30.30-01 6/10/13 1-50.20-01 6/10/13 1-30.15-02 3/22/13 1-30.40-01 6/10/13 1-60.10-01 6/10/13 1-30.16-00 3/22/13 1-30.60-01 3/7/18 1-60.20-01 6/10/13 1-30.17-00 3/22/13 1-40.10-00 9/20/07 1-80.10-02 7/15/16 J-10 7/18/97 J-28.22-00 8/07/07 J-50.25-00 6/3/11 J-10.10-03 6/3/15 J-28.24-01 6/3/15 J-50.30-00 6/3/11 J-10.15-01 6/11/14 J-28.26-01 12/02/08 J-60.05-01 7/21/16 J-10.16-00 6/3/15 J-28.30-03 6/11/14 J-60.11-00 5/20/13 J-10.17-00 6/3/15 J-28.40-02 6/11/14 J-60.12-00 5/20/13 J-10.18-00 6/3/15 J-28.42-01 6/11/14 J-60.13-00 6/16/10 J-10.20-01 6/1/16 J-28.43-01 6/28/18 J-60.14-00 6/16/10 J-10.21-00 6/3/15 J-28.45-03 7/21/16 J-75.10-02 7/10/15 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-61 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 I J-10.22-00 5/29/13 J-28.50-03 7/21/16 J-75.20-01 7/10/15 J-10.25-00 7/11/17 J-28.60-02 7/21/16 J-75.30-02 7/10/15 J-12.15-00 6/28/18 J-28.70-03 7/21/17 J-75.40-02 6/1/16 J-12.16-00 6/28/18 J-29.10-01 7/21/16 J-75.41-01 6/29/16 J-15.10-01 6/11/14 J-29.15-01 7/21/16 J-75.45-02 6/1/16 J-15.15-02 7/10/15 J-29.16-02 7/21/16 J-80.10-00 6/28/18 J-20.10-03 6/30/14 J-30.10-00 6/18/15 J-80.15-00 6/28/18 J-20.11-02 6/30/14 J-40.05-00 7/21/16 J-81.10-00 6/28/18 J-20.15-03 6/30/14 J-40.10-04 4/28/16 J-86.10-00 6/28/18 J-20.16-02 6/30/14 J-40.20-03 4/28/16 J-90.10-03 6/28/18 J-20.20-02 5/20/13 J-40.30-04 4/28/16 J-90.20-03 6/28/18 J-20.26-01 7/12/12 J-40.35-01 5/29/13 J-90.21-02 6/28/18 J-21.10-04 6/30/14 J-40.36-02 7/21/17 J-90.50-00 6/28/18 J-21.15-01 6/10/13 J-40.37-02 7/21/17 J-21.16-01 6/10/13 J-40.38-01 5/20/13 J-21.17-01 6/10/13 J-40.39-00 5/20/13 J-21.20-01 6/10/13 J-40.40-01 4/28/16 J-22.15-02 7/10/15 J-45.36-00 7/21/17 J-22.16-03 7/10/15 J-50.05-00 7/21/17 J-26.10-03.....7/21/16 J-50.10-00 6/3/11 J-26.15-01 5/17/12 J-50.11-01 7/21/17 J-26.20-01 6/28/18 J-50.12-01 7/21/17 J-27.10-01 7/21/16 J-50.15-01 7/21/17 J-27.15-00 3/15/12 J-50.16-01 3/22/13 J-28.10-01 5/11/11 J-50.20-00 6/3/11 K-70.20-01 6/1/16 K-80.10-01 6/1/16 K-80.20-00 12/20/06 K-80.30-00 2/21/07 K-80.35-00 2/21/07 K-80.37-00 2/21/07 L-10.10-02 6/21/12 L-40.10-02 6/21/12 L-70.10-01 5/21/08 L-20.10-03 7/14/15 L-40.15-01 6/16/11 L-70.20-01 5/21/08 L-30.10-02 6/11/14 L-40.20-02 6/21/12 M-1.20-03 6/24/14 M-12.10-01 6/28/18 M-40.10-03 6/24/14 M-1.40-02 6/3/11 M-15.10-01 2/6/07 M-40.20-00...10/12/07 M-1.60-02 6/3/11 M-17.10-02 7/3/08 M-40.30-01 7/11/17 M-1.80-03 6/3/11 M-20.10-02 6/3/11 M-40.40-00 9/20/07 M-2.20-03 7/10/15 M-20.20-02 4/20/15 M-40.50-00 9/20/07 M-2.21-00 7/10/15 M-20.30-04 2/29/16 M-40.60-00 9/20/07 M-3.10-03 6/3/11 M-20.40-03 6/24/14 M-60.10-01 6/3/11 M-3.20-02 6/3/11 M-20.50-02 6/3/11 M-60.20-02 6/27/11 M-3.30-03 6/3/11 M-24.20-02 4/20/15 M-65.10-02 5/11/11 M-3.40-03 6/3/11 M-24.40-02 4/20/15 M-80.10-01 6/3/11 M-3.50-02 6/3/11 M-24.50-00 6/16/11 M-80.20-00 6/10/08 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit 111-62 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 M-5.10-02 6/3/11 M-24.60-04 6/24/14 M-80.30-00 6/10/08 M-7.50-01 1/30/07 M-24.65-00 7/11/17 M-9.50-02 6/24/14 M-24.66-00 7/11/17 M-9.60-00 2/10/09 M-11.10-02 7/11/17 END OF STANDARD PLANS END OF DIVISION 9 City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Drive Storm water LID Retrofit 111-63 May 2019 Contract Documents Division 9 APPENDIX A PREVAILING WAGE RATES 4/18/2019 about:blank State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 05/28/2019 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note Kitsap Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $46.57 5D 1H Kitsap Boilermakers Journey Level $66.54 5N 1C Kitsap Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Building Service Employees Janitor $12.00 1 Kitsap Building Service Employees Shampooer $12.00 1 Kitsap Building Service Employees Waxer $12.00 1 Kitsap Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $13.22 1 Kitsap Cabinet Makers (In Shop) Journey Level $23.72 1 Kitsap Carpenters Acoustical Worker $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Carpenter $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $60.17 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Creosoted Material $60.14 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Floor Finisher $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Floor Layer $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Carpenters Scaffold Erector $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U Kitsap Divers &Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator $113.60 5D 4C (Not Under Pressure) Kitsap Divers &Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $76.33 5D 4C Kitsap Divers &Tenders Diver $113.60 5D 4C 8V Kitsap Divers &Tenders Diver On Standby $71.33 5D 4C Kitsap Divers &Tenders Diver Tender $64.71 5D 4C Kitsap Divers &Tenders Manifold Operator $64.71 5D 4C Kitsap Divers &Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $69.71` 5D 4C Kitsap Divers &Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle $64.71 5D 4C Operator/Technician Kitsap Divers &Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $60.29 5A 4C Kitsap Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $56.44 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $56.00 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Boatmen $56.44 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $57.51 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Leverman,Hydraulic $58.67 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Mates $56.44 5D 3F Kitsap Dredge Workers Oiler $56.00 5D 3F Kitsap Drywall Applicator Journey Level $58.48 5D 1 FI Kitsap Drywall Tapers Journey Level $59.32 5P 1E Kitsap Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $30.59 5L 1 E about:blank 1/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $81.32 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $87.37 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $78.55 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $84.34 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $41.49 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Inside Journey Level $75.80 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians -Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $81.32 7C 4E Kitsap Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 Kitsap Electricians -Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $79.60 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $72.98 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $47.94 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $72.98 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians -Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $72.98 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $62.06 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $47.94 5A 4D 8W Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $72.98 5A 4D Kitsap Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $54.55 5A 4D Kitsap Electronic Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1E Kitsap Elevator Constructors Mechanic $94.22 7D 4A Kitsap Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $101.73 7D 4A Kitsap Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level $13.50 1 Kitsap Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level - In-Factory Work Only $13.50 1 Kitsap Fence Erectors Fence Erector $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Flaggers Journey Level $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Glaziers Journey Level $64.56 7L 1Y Kitsap Heat Et Frost Insulators And Asbestos Journeyman $73.58 5J 4H Workers Kitsap Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $82.51 7F 1E Kitsap Hod Carriers E Mason Tenders Journey Level $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $29.89 1 Kitsap Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K Kitsap Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer Et Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $12.00 1 Water Systems By Remote Control Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer Et Grout Truck Operator $12.00 1 Water Systems By Remote Control Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer Et Head Operator $12.78 1 Water Systems By Remote Control Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer Et Tv Truck Operator $24.17 1 Water Systems By Remote Control Kitsap Insulation Applicators Journey Level $60.04 5D 4C Kitsap Ironworkers Journeyman $70.68 7N 10 Kitsap Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Batch Weighman $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brick Pavers $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brush Cutter $48.90 7A 31 about:blank 2/13 4/18/2019 about blank Kitsap Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Burner $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Caisson Worker $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Carpenter Tender $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Caulker $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Choker Setter $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Chuck Tender $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Clary Power Spreader $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Clean-up Laborer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute Operator $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $49.81 7A31 Kitsap Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/core Driller $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Crusher Feeder $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Curing Laborer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Demolition: Wrecking&Moving (incl. $48.90 7A 31 Charred Material) Kitsap Laborers Ditch Digger $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Diver $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Drill Operator (hydraulic,diamond) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Dry Stack Walls $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Dump Person $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Epoxy Technician $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Erosion Control Worker $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Faller& Bucker Chain Saw $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Fine Graders $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Firewatch $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Form Setter $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers General Laborer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Grade Checker&Transit Person $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Grinders $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Grout Machine Tender $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post $49.81 7A 31 Tension Beams Kitsap Laborers Guardrail Erector $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker(level B) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers High Scaler $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Jackhammer $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Laserbeam Operator $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Maintenance Person $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Manhole Builder-mudman $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Material Yard Person $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Motorman-dinky Locomotive $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump,Green $49.81 7A 31 Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air E Water On Concrete & about:blank 3/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla Kitsap Laborers Pavement Breaker $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pilot Car $41.45 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $49.81 7A 3.1 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Reliner $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Wrapper $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pot Tender $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powderman $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powderman's Helper $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Power Jacks $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Railroad Spike Puller- Power $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Raker-Asphalt $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Re-timberman $50.42 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rigger/signal Person $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rip Rap Person $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rivet Buster $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rodder $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Scaffold Erector $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Scale Person $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Sloper (over 20") $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Sloper Sprayer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Spreader (concrete) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Stake Hopper $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Stock Piler $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air Et Gas $49.81 7A 31 Operated Tools Kitsap Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self-propelled) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Timber Person Sewer(lagger, Shorer a $49.81 7A 31 Cribber) Kitsap Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Topper $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Track Laborer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Track Liner (power) $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $44.33 7A 31 8R Kitsap Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $44.33 7A 31 8R Kitsap Laborers Truck Spotter $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tugger Operator $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 0- $107.60 7A 31 8Q 30 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $112.63 7A 31 8Q 30.01-44.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $116.31 7A 31 8Q 44.01-54.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $122.01 7A 31 8Q 54.01-60.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $124.13 7A 31 8Q 60.01-64.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $129.23 7A 31 8Q 64.01-68.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $131.13 7A 31 8Q 68.01-70.00 psi about:blank 4/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $133.13 7A 31 8Q 70.01-72.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker $135.13 7A 31 8Q 72.01-74.00 psi Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $50.52 7A 31 80. Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $50.52 7A 31 8Q Kitsap Laborers Vibrator $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers VinylSeamer $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Watchman $37.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Welder $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Well Point Laborer $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $37.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Water General Laborer&Topman $48.90 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers - Underground Sewer&Water Pipe Layer $49.81 7A 31 Kitsap Landscape Construction Landscape Laborer $37.67 7A 31 Kitsap Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $12.92 1 Kitsap Lathers Journey Level $58.48 5D iH Kitsap Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop), Fitter $26.96 - 1 Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Laborer $12.00 1 Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Machine Operator $13.83 1 Kitsap Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Welder $13.83 1 Kitsap Millwright Journey Level $61.54 5D 4C Kitsap Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Electrician $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Plumber $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Production Worker $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Utility Person $12.00 1 Kitsap Modular Buildings Welder $12.00 1 Kitsap Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B Kitsap Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $64.71 5D 4C Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $74.87 5D 4C Worker 0-30.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $79.87 5D 4C Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker-Compressed Air $83.87 5D 4C Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $88.87 5D 4C Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $91.37 5D 4C Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $96.37 5D 4C Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $98.37 5D 4C Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker- Compressed Air $100.37 5D 4C Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI Kitsap Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker-Compressed Air $102.37 5D 4C Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI - I Kitsap Pile Driver Journey Level $60.29 5D 4C Kitsap Pile Driver Manifold Operator (LST) $69.71 5D 4C Kitsap Plasterers Journey Level $56.54 7Q 1R about:blank 5/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $12.00 1 Kitsap Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $71.42 5A 1G Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brokk- Remote Demolition Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brooms $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cableways $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Chipper $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Compressor $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine Laser Screed $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump -Mounted Or Trailer $62.77 7A 3K 8X High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $63.83 7A 3K 8X Boom Attachment Over 42 M Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $63.27 7A 3K 8X Boom Attachment Up To 42m Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $65.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or $64.47 7A 3K 8X 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With $63.27 7A 3K 8X Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of $65.13 7A 3K 8X boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of $65.77 7A 3K 8X boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under $63.83 7A 3K 8X 150'Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 $65.13 7A 3K 8X tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with $62.77 7A 3K 8X attachments, A-frame over 10 tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Crusher $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane $62.77 7A 3K 8X Mount Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $64.47 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And $60.04 7A 3K 8X Shaft Type Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco $63.27 7A 3K 8X &Similar Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With $62.77 7A 3K 8X Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $60.04 7A 3K 8X Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut $63.27 7A 3K 8X Sheets, Etc about:blank 6/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- $63.83 7A 3K 8X Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- $63.27 7A 3K 8X road Equipment Under 45 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And $60.04 7A 3K 8X Under Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. &Over $64.47 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not $63.83 7A 3K 8X Including 8 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per $64.47 7A 3K 8X Hour Over Mechanic) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, $63.83 7A 3K 8X Boring, Road Header And/or Shield Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & $60.04 7A 3K 8X Mulch Seeding Operator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), $62.77 7A 3K 8X Air Tuggers, Strato Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons $63.27 7A 3K 8X Through 44 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And $64.47 7A 3K 8X Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons $63.83 7A 3K 8X Through 99 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler-Asphalt, Crusher $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Pumps -Water $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower- No Cab, Under 100 Feet $60.04 7A 3K 8X In Height Based To Boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber $63.83 7A 3K 8X Tired Earth Moving Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman $62.77 7A 3K 8X (Certified) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete &Carry All $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And $63.83 7A 3K 8X about:blank 7/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors $62.77 7A 3K 8X Under 15 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 $63.83 7A 3K 8X Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: $63.27 7A 3K 8X 15 To 30 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 $64.47, 7A 3K 8X Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 $65.13 7A 3K 8X Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider a Screedman $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base $64.47 7A 3K 8X To Boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in $65.13 7A 3K 8X height, base to boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from $65.77 7A 3K 8X base to boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $62.77 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver- 100 Tons And $63.27 7A 3K 8X Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 $62.77 7A 3K 8X Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Welder $63.83 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $60.04 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $63.27 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Assistant Engineer $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer &Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Brokk- Remote Demolition Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Brooms $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine Laser Screed $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump -Mounted Or Trailer $62.77 7A 3K 8X about:blank 8/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Underground Sewer&Water High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Boom Attachment Over 42 M Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Boom Attachment Up To 42m Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $65.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 tons-299 tons, or 250' of $65.13 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of $65.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water boom including jib with attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water 150'Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 $65.13 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: through 19 tons with $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water attachments, A-frame over 10 tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D-9 & Under $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Mount Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man-lift:Permanent And $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Shaft Type Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water a Similar Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer& Water Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Attachments Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer& Water Sheets, Etc Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Road Equipment 45 Yards. a Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water road Equipment Under 45 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water about:blank 9/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Under Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. &Over $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer aWater Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Including 8 Yards Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Locomotives, All $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Hour Over Mechanic) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Boring, Road Header And/or Shield Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Mulch Seeding Operator Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Air Tuggers, Strato Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Through 44 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Through 99 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver(other Than Crane Mount) $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler-Asphalt, Crusher $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower- No Cab, Under 100 Feet $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water In Height Based To Boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On Rubber $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water Tired Earth Moving Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Rigger and Bellman $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer a Water (Certified) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water about:blank 10/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer Et Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete&Carry All $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Under 15 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water 15 To 30 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 $65.13 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider&Screedman $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base $64.47 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water To Boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in $65.13 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water height, base to boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from $65.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water base to boom Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver- 100 Tons And $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 $62.77 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Welder $63.83 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farman Type $60.04 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer&Water Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $63.27 7A 3K 8X Underground Sewer E Water Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $49.96 5A 4A Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $47.37 5A 4A about:blank 11/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $49.96 5A 4A Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $44.57 5A 4A Kitsap Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $33.60 5A 4A Kitsap Refrigeration &Air Conditioning Journey Level $70.71 5A 1G Mechanics Kitsap Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Residential Carpenters Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C Kitsap Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U Kitsap Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C Kitsap Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $45.19 5P 1E Kitsap Residential Electricians Journey Level $39.81 5Q 20 Kitsap Residential Glaziers Journey Level $43.00 7L 1H Kitsap Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C Kitsap Residential Laborers Journey Level $36.68 7A 1F1 Kitsap Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Residential Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B Kitsap Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $44.34 5A 1G Kitsap Residential Refrigeration &Air Journey Level $41.01 5A 1G Conditioning Mechanics Kitsap Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $50.01 7F 1R Kitsap Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J Kitsap Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $48.18 5C 2R Protection), Kitsap Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M Kitsap Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $43.44 5A 1B Kitsap Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M Kitsap Roofers Journey Level $53.27 5A 3H Kitsap Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $56.27 5A 3H Kitsap Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $82.51 7F 1 E Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Heat& Frost $73.58 5J 4H Insulator Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding a Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding a Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair New Construction Welder / Burner $36.36 7V 1 Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $44.06 7Y 4K Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat& Frost Insulator $73.58 5J 4H Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding&Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $44.06 7Y 4K about:blank 12/13 4/18/2019 about:blank Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding &Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4J Kitsap Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse /Teamster $44.06 7Y 4K Kitsap Sign Makers Et Installers (Electrical) Journey Level $49.70 0 1 Kitsap Sign Makers Et Installers (Non-Electrical) Journey Level $31.52 0 1 Kitsap Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J Kitsap Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.00 1 Kitsap Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $78.39 5C 1X Kitsap Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 1 Structural) Kitsap Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M Kitsap Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $16.00 1 Kitsap Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $62.71 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $62.71 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Surveyors Chainman $58.93 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $63.76 7A 3K 8X Kitsap Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1 E Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $41.22 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $23.12 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Installer(Repairer) $39.53 5A 26 Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Aparatus Installer I $41.22 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Apparatus Installer II $40.41 5A 26 Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator(Heavy) $41.22 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $38.36 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $38.36 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Groundperson $21.92 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Lineperson/Installer $29.13 5A 28 Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television System Technician $34.68 5A 2B Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Technician $31.18 5A 26 Kitsap Telephone Line Construction - Outside Tree Trimmer $38.36 5A 2B Kitsap Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M Kitsap Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M Kitsap Tile, Marble Et Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $43.44 5A 16 Kitsap Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $46.23 7A 1K Kitsap Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $57.81 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $56.97 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Dump Truck $56.97 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Dump Truck Et Trailer $57.81 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers Other Trucks $57.81 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $57.81 5D 3A 8L Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $13.17 1 Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $14.08 1 Kitsap Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $14.40 1 about:blank 13/13 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non-standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L&I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or"non-standard". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non-standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly/fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non-covered workers shall be directed to State L&I at(360) 902-5330. Supplemental to Wage Rates 1 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non-standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L&I's policy statement. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Metal rectangular frames, solid metal covers, herringbone grates, and bi-directional vaned grates for Catch Basin Types 1, 'IL, 1 P, and 2 and Concrete Inlets. See Std. Plans 2. Metal circular frames (rings) and covers, circular grates, and prefabricated ladders for Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3, 11 X Drywell Types 1, 2, and 3 and Catch Basin Type 2. See Std. Plans 3. Prefabricated steel grate supports and welded grates, metal frames and dual vaned grates, and Type 1, 2, and 3 structural tubing grates for Drop Inlets. See Std. Plans. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. X 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. X 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch X to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe -Aluminum lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in X diameter. May also be treated, #5. Supplemental to Wage Rates 2 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts -Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. X See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9-28.14(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. X 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel Items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and/or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in X accordance with Section 9-28.14(3). 13. Concrete Piling--Precast-Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9-19.1 of Std. Spec.. 14. Precast Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3 with cones, adjustment X sections and flat top slabs. See Std. Plans. 15. Precast Drywell Types 1, 2, and with cones and adjustment Sections. See Std. Plans. 16. Precast Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1 P, and 2 With adjustment sections. See Std. Plans. X Supplemental to Wage Rates 3 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 17. Precast Concrete Inlet-with adjustment sections, See Std. Plans X 18. Precast Drop Inlet Type 1 and 2 with metal grate supports. See Std. Plans. X 19. Precast Grate Inlet Type 2 with extension and top units. See Std. Plans X 20. Metal frames, vaned grates, and hoods for Combination Inlets. See Std. Plans X 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction X requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities X Vaults. 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier- Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels — Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. X Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt-up wall �I panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used Supplemental to Wage Rates 4 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure x Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder— Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to X be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4-14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricatorl pant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be X provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 30. Prestressed Tri-Beam Girder- Prestressed Tri-Beam Girders for !I use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided X for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A II 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow-Core Slab— Precast Prestressed Hollow-core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to X be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A. 32. Prestressed-Bulb Tee Girder- Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided X for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A 33. Monument Case and Cover See Std. Plan. Supplemental to Wage Rates 5 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-183. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. 35. Mono-tube Sign Structures - Mono-tube Sign Bridge fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure I X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. 37. Steel Sign Post- Fabricated Steel Sign Posts as detailed in Std Plans. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to X fabrication 38. Light Standard-Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow concrete poles. X 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plans. See Specia X Provisions for pre-approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards -Traffic Signal Standards for use on highway and/or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated X to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans. See Special Provisions for pre-approved drawings 41. Precast Concrete Sloped Mountable Curb (Single and DualFaced) X See Std. Plans. Supplemental to Wage Rates 6 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following materials must be submitted and approved for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. NOTE: *** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed Std Custom Signing Message Message 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel X 44. Guardrail components X Custom I Standard End Sec Sec 45. Aggregates/Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296-127-018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296-127-018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring/components X 49. treated or untreated timber pile X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. Irrigation components X Supplemental to Wage Rates 7 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 53. Fencing materials x 54. Guide Posts X 55. Traffic Buttons x 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings x 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel pile tips, custom x Prefabricated items specifically produced for public works projects that are prefabricated in a county other than the county wherein the public works project is to be completed, the wage for the offsite prefabrication shall be the applicable prevailing wage for the county in which the actual prefabrication takes place. It is the manufacturer of the prefabricated product to verify that the correct county wage rates are applied to work they perform. See RCW 39.12.010 (The definition of"locality"in RCW 39.12.010(2)contains the phrase"wherein the physical work is being performed."The department interprets this phrase to mean the actual work site. Supplemental to Wage Rates 8 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 WSDOT's List of State Occupations not applicable to Heavy and Highway Construction Projects This project is subject to the state hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits in the contract provisions, as provided by the state Department of Labor and Industries. The following list of occupations, is comprised of those occupations that are not normally used in the construction of heavy and highway projects. When considering job classifications for use and/or payment when bidding on, or building heavy and highway construction projects for, or administered by WSDOT, these Occupations will be excepted from the included"Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Work Contracts" documents. • Building Service Employees • Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers • Electricians - Motor Shop • Heating Equipment Mechanics • Industrial Engine and Machine Mechanics • Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaners • Inspection, Cleaning, Sealing of Water Systems by Remote Control • Laborers - Underground Sewer&Water • Machinists (Hydroelectric Site Work) • Modular Buildings • Playground & Park Equipment Installers • Power Equipment Operators - Underground Sewer&Water • Residential ***ALL ASSOCIATED RATES *** • Sign Makers and Installers (Non-Electrical) • Sign Makers and Installers (Electrical) • Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) The following occupations may be used only as outlined in the preceding text concerning "WSDOT's list for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators" • Fabricated Precast Concrete Products • Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Definitions for the Scope of Work for prevailing wages may be found at the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries web site and in WAC Chapter 296-127. Supplemental to Wage Rates 9 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) WAC 296-127-018 Agency filings affecting this section Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials. (1)The materials covered under this section include but are not limited to: Sand, gravel, crushed rock, concrete, asphalt, or other similar materials. (2) All workers, regardless of by whom employed, are subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they perform any or all of the following functions: (a)They deliver or discharge any of the above-listed materials to a public works project site: (i) At one or more point(s) directly upon the location where the material will be incorporated into the project; or (ii) At multiple points at the project; or (iii)Adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation of those materials. (b) They wait at or near a public works project site to perform any tasks subject to this section of the rule. (c) They remove any materials from a public works construction site pursuant to contract requirements or specifications (e.g., excavated materials, materials from demolished structures, clean-up materials, etc.). (d)They work in a materials production facility(e.g., batch plant, borrow pit, rock quarry, etc.,) which is established for a public works project for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for the project. (e) They deliver concrete to a public works site regardless of the method of incorporation. (f) They assist or participate in the incorporation of any materials into the public works project. Supplemental to Wage Rates 10 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019 (3) All travel time that relates to the work covered under subsection (2) of this section requires the payment of prevailing wages. Travel time includes time spent waiting to load, loading, transporting, waiting to unload, and delivering materials. Travel time would include all time spent in travel in support of a public works project whether the vehicle is empty or full. For example, travel time spent returning to a supply source to obtain another load of material for use on a public works site or returning to the public works site to obtain another load of excavated material is time spent in travel that is subject to prevailing wage. Travel to a supply source, including travel from a public works site, to obtain materials for use on a private project would not be travel subject to the prevailing wage. (4) Workers are not subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they deliver materials to a stockpile. (a) A "stockpile" is defined as materials delivered to a pile located away from the site of incorporation such that the stockpiled materials must be physically moved from the stockpile and transported to another location on the project site in order to be incorporated into the project. (b) A stockpile does not include any of the functions described in subsection (2)(a) through (f) of this section; nor does a stockpile include materials delivered or distributed to multiple locations upon the project site; nor does a stockpile include materials dumped at the place of incorporation, or adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation. (5)The applicable prevailing wage rate shall be determined by the locality in which the work is performed. Workers subject to subsection (2)(d) of this section, who produce such materials at an off-site facility shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the off-site facility is located. Workers subject to subsection (2) of this section, who deliver such materials to a public works project site shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the public works project is located. [Statutory Authority: Chapter 39.12 RCW, RCW 43.22.051 and 43.22.270. 08-24-101, § 296-127-018, filed 12/2/08, effective 1/2/09. Statutory Authority: Chapters 39.04 and 39.12 RCW and RCW 43.22.270. 92-01-104 and 92-08-101, § 296-127-018, filed 12/18/91 and 4/1/92, effective 8/31/92.] Supplemental to Wage Rates 11 03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 41h, 2019 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 ************************************************************************************************************ Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects,the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. The first two(2) hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten(10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two(2)hours before or after a five-eight(8)hour workweek day or a four-ten(10)hour workweek day and the first eight(8)hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten(10)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked,except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten(10)hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten(10)hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four- ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10)hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays(except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve(12)hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten(10)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten(10)hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays(except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions)shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays(except makeup days)shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 1. 0. The first ten(10)hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Sundays,holidays and after twelve(12)hours,Monday through Friday and after ten(10)hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays(except makeup days if circumstances warrant)and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten(10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays(except Christmas day)shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer))shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four(4)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve(12)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee)and all hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours per day(10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek)and on Saturdays and holidays(except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day(10 in a 4 x 10 workweek)or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. 2 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight(8)hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay.All hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty(60)in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day,ten- hour weekly schedule,either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule,all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight(8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight(8)hours of straight time per day, or ten(10)hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty(40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay.Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar($1.00)per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees.Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight(8)hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight(8)hours or more. C. Work performed in excess of eight(8)hours of straight time per day, or ten(10)hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight(8)hours at an applicable overtime rate,all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight(8)hours or more. 3 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 3. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.Each week,once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved,then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half(1-1/2)times the regular rate of pay. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions during a five day work week(Monday through Friday,)or a four day-ten hour work week(Tuesday through Friday)then Saturday may be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. Work performed in excess of eight(8)hours of straight time per day, or ten(10)hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays,and all hours worked in excess of twelve(12)hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight(8)hours or more.When an employee returns to work without at least eight(8)hours time off since their previous shift,all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight(8)hours rest period. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours per day or forty(40)hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked over twelve(12)hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four(4) hours of overtime after eight(8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half(1-1/2)times the straight time rate of pay,unless a four(4)day ten(10)hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday,the first two(2)hours of overtime after ten(10)hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half(1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half(1-1/2)times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer,the first ten(10)hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay.All hours worked over twelve(12)hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two(2)times the straight time rate of pay. 4 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 4. D. All hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours per day or forty(40)hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Saturday,Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay.Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations,regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system,will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours in excess of ten(10)hours will be at two(2)times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight(8)hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half(1-1/2)times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours on Saturday,and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four- day,ten hour work week,and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half(1'/2)times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. The first two(2)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. The First eight(8)hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight(8)per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first eight(8)hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve(12)in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve(12)in a day Monday through Saturday,and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 5 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 4. L. The first twelve(12)hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12)hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve(12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. M. All hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate. Any employee reporting to work less than nine (9)hours from their previous quitting time shall be paid for such time at time and one-half times the hourly rate. N. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays,and all work performed between the hours of midnight(12:00 AM)and eight AM(8:00 AM) every day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 0. All hours worked between midnight Friday to midnight Sunday shall be paid at one and one-half the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked in excess of eight(8) continuous hours in any one or more calendar days, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of six(6) hours or more. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first four(4)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. S. All hours worked on Saturdays and Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. T. The first two(2)hours of overtime for hours worked Monday-Friday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked in excess of ten(10)hours per day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which is scheduled prior to the end of shift on Friday,the first six(6)hours work shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage,and all hours over(6)shall be paid double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which was assigned following the close of shift on Friday,all work shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. The first four(4)hours after eight(8)regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve(12)hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.(Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather,then the first eight(8)hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.)All hours worked over twelve(12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Holiday Codes 5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day,and Christmas Day(7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the day before Christmas,and Christmas Day(8). 6 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued 5. C. Holidays:New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). H. Holidays:New Year's Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Thanksgiving Day,the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas(6). I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day,And Christmas Day(7). K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day,The Day Before Christmas,And Christmas Day(9). L. Holidays:New Year's Day,Martin Luther King Jr.Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Friday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day,The Friday After Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(9). P. Holidays:New Year's Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day(6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day,One-Half Day Before Christmas Day,And Christmas Day.(7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays:New Year's Day,Presidents' Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day(7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,The Friday After Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,And The Day Before Or After Christmas(9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). 6. A. Paid Holidays:New Year's Day,Presidents' Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half- 7 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2). Holiday Codes Continued 6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Veterans'Day,Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,and Christmas Eve Day(11). H. Paid Holidays:New Year's Day,New Year's Eve Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Friday After Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,The Day After Christmas,And A Floating Holiday(10). I. Paid Holidays:New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(7). 6. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,The Friday After Thanksgiving Day,The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day,And Christmas Day(9). Z. Holidays:New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. 7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8).Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8).Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays:New Year's Day,Martin Luther King Jr.Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day(7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day(8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6).Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. 8 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued 7. H. Holidays:New Year's Day,Martin Luther King Jr.Day,Independence Day,Memorial Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day(9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays:New Year's Day,President's Day,Independence Day,Memorial Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day,The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day(9).Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays:New Year's Day,Independence Day,Memorial Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day(6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day(7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,And the Day after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day(7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.When Christmas falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day(7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day(8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day(10).If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday,the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,the Day after Christmas,and A Floating Holiday(9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday,the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. 9 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Holiday Codes Continued 7. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. V. Holidays:New Year's Day, President's Birthday,Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,the day before or after Christmas,and the day before or after New Year's Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday,the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year's, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Eve Day,Christmas Day,the day after Christmas,the day before New Year's Day,and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays:New Year's Day,Day before or after New Year's Day,Presidents'Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off,then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday.If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday,then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays:New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,and Christmas Day.(8)If the holiday falls on a Sunday,then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Z. Holidays:New Year's Day,President's Day,Independence Day,Memorial Day, Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,The Friday After Thanksgiving Day,And Christmas Day(8).Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 15. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8)Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. B. Holidays:New Year's Day,Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President's Day,Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day,and Christmas Day. (9) C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day,the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) D Holidays:New Year's Day,Presidents'Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day, and the day after Christmas. 10 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional$1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows-Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75,Level C: $0.50,And Level D: $0.25. P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00,Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00,And Class D Suit$0.50. Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. R. Effective August 31,2012—A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized.A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup,maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular,bicycle,and pedestrian traffic during construction operations.Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer.All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington,Oregon,Montana,or Idaho.These classifications are only effective on or after August 31,2012. S. Effective August 31,2012—A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized.Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer.All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Effective August 31,2012—A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup,maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington,Oregon,Montana,or Idaho.This classification is only effective on or after August 31,2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows—Class A Suit:$2.00,Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional$0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional$0.50 per hour.The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked.Workers who do "pioneer" work(break open a cut, build road, etc.)more than one hundred fifty(150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional$0.50 per hour. 11 Benefit Code Key—Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019 Note Codes Continued 8. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more.Over 50'to 100'-$2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet.Over 101'to 150'-$3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet.Over 151'to 220'-$4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 221'-$5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels)where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25' to 300' -$1.00 per foot from entrance. 300' to 600' -$1.50 per foot beginning at 300'. Over 600' -$2.00 per foot beginning at 600'. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters.The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description. X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00,Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00,and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium:Basic hourly rate plus$2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner(not acting as the contractor),a government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift,then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate.When an employee works on a special shift,they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time status. (For example,the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) 12 APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION PLANS (Bound Separately) APPENDIX C CONSTRUCTION FORMS Q If 8 § I- /ƒ .. d & — — ; Ca �/ � E 2 � tv @ ) - >/ ° m C { 2cc — — 2 ± z - � \ e m E Ts 7 D Z p0 } / E\ \ f . } \ & ) _ [ ) o I 0 a a § / hi te Q \ , ' / � £ 5 @ wok § 0 \ § ) f Z11. \/ \ k � 5 \ Q j ° 0 > 00 / I / f § A ƒ} \ O. m \ \ / / \\ j = EtkE a) # t 3T3 To' ! E E E cam ) -c g . = E u) a) \ 0 \ \ \ � } o \ } \ 9 } - ` 2 ° r o ) \ /\ / .c ¥ # 'Ts \ , 2 0 § y \ � ) © \ ƒ 2 6 \ \ / } \ \ 5 \ # *ci_ \ E ƒ\ - ) 2 \ %/ f 2 / E2 c % ts fG2 \ \ E 7 o b - ) \ • f (/ a Z \ $ / 7 7 r - ) % 2 _ 0) ) ka @ft ® m | o - }_ } k .0 '5 o ^ - a) 0-\ Ce 0 6 « .2 S III , \ b a o _ f ( pm / CO / 7 k � � ® ) { \ 3 b & S & 2 f ® ° W tec E a > : > - 22 - qa \ CO \ & ) / / > >- $ } { ) f2 U. co { 7 / o , ( ( ) § \ 7 / { a e o \ \ j [ \ \ \ { ) £ti _ ) 3 a z o § f@b � 7 E 2 $ X2 ® \ \ / 0 z 0 j \ ( ( \7k CITY OF BREMERTON REQUEST FOR INFORMATION CITY OF BREMERTON Log No. (Unique, Chronological) Project Title: Project No.: Contractor: Contract Date: (For Contractor's Use) Date: Subject: Information Description: Contractor's Authorized Signature: (For Owner's Use) Date: Subject: Information Description: Owner's Authorized Signature: Page of Distribution: 1. Contractor 2. Inspector 3. Project File ab,Forms,RIF,5-01 CITY OF BREMERTON WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE WCD#: Page of PROJECT: Project#: CONTRACTOR: Date: YOU ARE DIRECTED TO PROCEED PROMPTLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHANGE(S): ATTACHMENT(S): If a claim is made that the above change(s)have affected Contract Price or Contract Times any claim for a Change Order is based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). The Change Order will be executed in accordance with Section 1-04.4 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications,or Article 10 of the General Conditions. Method of determining change in Contract Price: Method of determining change in Contract Times: ❑ Unit Price ❑ Contractor's Records ❑ Lump Sum [] Engineer's Records ❑ Time & Materials U Other: ❑ Other: Estimated increase(decrease)in Contract Price: Estimated increase(decrease) in Contract Times: $ Substantial Completion: days; If the change involves an increase, the estimated Ready for final payment: days; amount is not to be exceeded without further If the change involves an increase,the estimated times authorization. are not to be exceeded without further authorization. RECOMMENDED: AUTHORIZED: CONTRACTOR CITY OF BREMERTON By: By: ab,FORMS,Work Change Directive,3-00 APPENDIX D GEOTECHNICAL REPORT , 5 Stantec Geotechnical Investigation & Infiltration Evaluation Marine Drive Stormwater Retrofit Dora Avenue and Marine Drive Bremerton,Washington July 22, 2014 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION& INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 3.0 SITE DESCRIPTION 1 4.0 GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 2 4.1.1 Site Investigation Program 2 5.0 SOIL AND GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS 3 5.1 .1 Area Geology 3 5.1.2 Soil Conditions 4 6.0 GEOLOGIC HAZARDS 4 6.1 .1 Landslide Hazard 4 6.1 .2 Erosion Hazard 5 6.1.3 Seismic Hazard 5 7.0 DISCUSSION 6 7.1.1 General 6 8.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 6 8.1 .1 Site Preparation 6 8.1 .2 Temporary Excavations 8 8.1.3 Erosion and Sediment Control .9 8.1.4 Foundation Design 9 8.1.5 Utilities 10 8.1.6 Infiltration Rates 11 8.1.7 Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls 12 8.1.8 Groundwater Influence on Construction 14 9.0 CONSTRUCTION FIELD REVIEWS 14 10.0CLOSURE 15 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 Table of Contents (Continued) LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix A—Statement of General Conditions Appendix B —Figures Appendix C—Boring Logs, Laboratory Testing, Infiltration Spreadsheet Design with community in mind II GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 1.0 Introduction In accordance with your authorization,Stantec has completed a Geotechnical Investigation and Infiltration Evaluation for the Proposed Stormwater Retrofit at two locations along Marine Drive in Bremerton,Washington(Figure 1). The purpose of the evaluation was to identify subsurface conditions utilizing drilled borings and to provide infiltration rates for use in the system designs along with geotechnical recommendations related to earthwork activities that will be performed as part of the retrofit project. The scope of work for the geotechnical investigation consisted of a site investigation followed by laboratory and engineering analyses to prepare this report. Recommendations presented herein pertain to various geotechnical aspects of the proposed development. 2.0 Project Description We have reviewed the project summary dated November,2013 and aerial photographs showing the locations of the two proposed infiltration systems along the east side of Marine Drive. We understand that the project will include the construction of two infiltration systems as part of low impact redevelopment. The proposed stormwater system will treat and control runoff from approximately 1.2 miles of roadway surfaces. One or two modular wetlands systems may be installed for water quality treatment prior to infiltration. These will consist of vaults that are 9 feet wide,17 feet long, and 5 feet deep. As part of site development,short retaining walls and pervious concrete sidewalks may be installed. We anticipate that site grading will include cuts on the order of 10 feet for infiltration trench/system construction. 3.0 Site Description The site consists of two areas along Marine Drive in Bremerton,Washington(Figure 1). For this report, we will designate them as the Kelly Road location and Dora Avenue location. Both site areas consist of an approximately 200 feet long section of Marine Drive that extends laterally 5o feet in both directions from the center line of the roadway. The actual work locations are much smaller;however,we have expanded the areas to include adjacent topographic and structural features(Figure 2). Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 8 INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 The site areas include asphalt paved portions of Marine Drive along with gravel shoulders. The Dora Avenue location is bordered to the north by a relatively steep slope that extends downward toward the south and Marine Drive. The slope is 10 to 15 feet in height and ranges in magnitude from approximately 5o to 125 percent locally. The slope is vegetated with blackberries,grasses,brush/shrubs,and evergreen trees. There is a level`shoulder'area between Marine Drive and the slope that varies in width from 5 to 10 feet. The area south of Marine Drive consists of asphalt paved parking/drive areas associated with commercial developments. The Kelly Road location is bordered to the north by a stormwater ditch that ranges in depth from 1 to 2 feet near the east end of the site and extends into a large depression north-northwest of the site. Slopes with magnitudes of 20 to 100 percent extend into the depression from the south(Marine Drive and shoulder areas)and northeast. A relatively steep slope extends downward toward Oyster Bay from Marine Drive within the south portion of the site area. This slope is approximately 10 feet in height near the north end of the site and 20 feet in height near the south end of the site area and ranges in magnitude from 5o to 10o percent. The areas adjacent to Marine Drive are vegetated with blackberries,grasses, shrubs/brush,along with Cedar,Fir,and Hemlock trees. 4.0 Geotechnical Subsurface Investigation 4.1.1 Site Investigation Program The geotechnical field investigation program was completed on May 28, 2014 and included drilling and sampling four hollow stem auger borings drilled by a Stantec subcontractor using a limited access drill rig. The borings were located at or near pre-determined locations and extended to approximately 31.5 feet below the existing site grades. Boring locations B-1 and B-3 were converted to 1-1/4 inch diameter monitoring wells with flush mounted monuments for periodic groundwater level monitoring by others. The soils encountered were logged in the field during the exploration and are described in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System(USCS). Disturbed soil samples were obtained by using a 140 pound hammer free falling a vertical distance of 3o inches for the borings. The summation of hammer-blows required to drive the sampler the final 12-inches of an 18-inch sample length is defined as the Standard Penetration Resistance,or N-value for a 140 pound hammer and 2 inch outside diameter split spoon sampler. The uncorrected blow count is presented graphically on the boring logs in this appendix.The resistance, or"N"value,provides a measure of the relative density of granular soils of the consistency of cohesive soils. Our report discussions regarding soil density as well as engineering parameters are based on the N values. 2 Design with community in mind 5 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION & INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 A Stantec field representative directed the drilling program,collected disturbed soil samples from split spoon sampler tubes,classified the encountered soils,kept a detailed log of each auger hole,and observed and recorded pertinent site features. The results of the drilling and sampling are presented on the boring logs enclosed in Appendix C. The results of laboratory testing are also provided in Appendix C. 5.0 Soil and Groundwater Conditions 5.1.1 Area Geology The site lies within the central portion of the Puget Lowland. The lowland is part of a regional north- south trending trough that extends from southwestern British Columbia to near Eugene,Oregon. North of Olympia,Washington,this lowland is glacially carved,with a depositional and erosional history including at least four separate glacial advances/retreats. The Puget Lowland is bounded to the west by the Olympic Mountains and to the east by the Cascade Range. The lowland is filled with glacial and nonglacial sediments consisting of interbedded gravel,sand, silt,till,and peat lenses. The Geologic Map of Washington,Northwest Quadrant,indicates that the site is located near the contacts of Vashon Glacial Till,Vashon Recessional Outwash,Vashon Drift,and Vashon Outwash (Undifferentiated). Vashon Glacial Till is typically characterized by an unsorted,nonstratified mixture of clay,silt,sand, gravel,cobbles and boulders in variable quantities. These materials are typically dense and relatively impermeable. The poor sorting reflects the mixing of the materials as these sediments were overridden and incorporated by the glacial ice. Vashon Drift can appear similar to glacial till and ranges in composition from sand with variable amounts of gravel and silt to silty-sand with gravel. Vashon Recessional Outwash is typically medium dense and consists of sand with variable amounts of silt and gravel. Undifferentiated Outwash includes mixtures of sand,silt,and gravel,locally with areas of coarse gravel. Typically,outwash deposits have moderate to high permeability rates while drift and glacial till have very low to low permeability rates. 3 Design with community in mind 30 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION & INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 5.1.2 Soil Conditions Details of the encountered soil conditions are presented on the boring logs in Appendix C. The detailed soil description on these logs should be referred to in preference to the generalized descriptions below. Borings B-i and B-2 Borings B-i and B-2 were cleared using a vacuum truck to approximately 6 feet below grade. We observed approximately 1 to 1.5 feet of loose to medium dense,silty-fine to medium grained sand with variable amounts of gravel(Fill). Below the fill in B-i,we encountered approximately 7.5 feet of medium dense to very dense gravelly sand(Undifferentiated Outwash). Below this layer in B-i and in the remainder of B-2, we encountered medium dense to very dense,fine to medium grained sand with variable amounts of gravel(Undifferentiated Outwash),which continued to the termination depths of the borings. Borings B-3 and B-4 In Borings B-3 and B-4,we encountered approximately 6 inches of vegetation and topsoil underlain by approximately 9 to 12 feet of very loose to loose,silty-fine to medium grained sand with variable amounts of gravel(Fill). This layer was underlain by medium dense to very dense,silty-fine to medium grained sand with variable amounts of gravel(Glacial Drift),which continued to the termination depths of these borings. Groundwater At the time of our investigation,groundwater was encountered in Boring B-3 at approximately 25.5 feet below the existing site grades and in Boring B-4 at approximately 3o feet below existing site grades. Groundwater was not encountered in any of the other explorations at the date and time of our investigation. We anticipate that groundwater in the borings is at or near the elevation of the adjacent Oyster Bay. The groundwater level will depend on a variety of factors that may include seasonal precipitation,tidal fluctuations,land use,climatic conditions,and soil permeability. Water levels at the time of the field investigation may be different from those encountered during the construction phase of the project. 6.0 Geologic Hazards 6.1.1 Landslide Hazard Typically,slopes with magnitudes greater than about 4o percent and vertical relief of at least io feet can be classified as geologically hazardous(steep slope/landslide hazards). Both site locations have slopes that meet this criterion. 4 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION & INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 During our field assessment,we traversed the subject property,where accessible. As we conducted the traverses,we looked for any signs that would indicate past slope failures or features indicating possible future instability. Overall,the steep slope areas in and adjacent to the site locations appear stable at this time with no evidence of severe erosion,exposed soils,curved tree trunks,hummocky terrain,or other signs of landslide activity. The native soils that underlie the site areas are generally dense to very dense and do not appear to have ongoing issues related to landslide activity. It is our opinion that detailed slope stability analyses are not warranted. 6.1.2 Erosion Hazard The Natural Resources Conservation Services(NRCS)maps for Kitsap County indicate that the Kelly Road site is underlain by Kapowsin gravelly loam(o to 6 percent slopes)with"Slight"erosion potential in a disturbed state. The Dora Avenue site is underlain by Urban land-Alderwood complex(o to 8 percent slopes)with"Slight"erosion potential in a disturbed state. We anticipate that soils located within slopes greater than 4o percent would have"Severe"to"Very Severe"erosion potential. It is our opinion that soil erosion potential at this project site can be reduced through landscaping and surface water runoff control. Typically erosion of exposed soils will be most noticeable during periods of rainfall and may be controlled by the use of normal temporary erosion control measures,such as silt fences,hay bales,mulching,control ditches and diversion trenches. The typical wet weather season,with regard to site grading,is from October 31st to April 1st. Erosion control measures should be in place before the onset of wet weather. 6.1.3 Seismic Hazard We encountered generally medium dense to very dense soils at the project site below a variable thickness of fill.The overall subsurface profile corresponds to a Site Class D as defined by Table 1613.5.2 of the 2009 International Building Code(2009 IBC). A Site Class D applies to a profile consisting of medium dense/stiff to very dense/hard materials within the upper 10o feet. We referenced the U.S.Geological Survey(USGS)Earthquake Hazards Program Website to obtain values for SS,Si,Fa,and Fv. The USGS website includes the most updated published data on seismic conditions. The site specific seismic design parameters and adjusted maximum spectral response acceleration parameters are as follows: PGA (Peak Ground Acceleration,in percent of g) 34.48 (1o%Probability of Exceedence in 5o years) 68.10 (2%Probability of Exceedence in 5o years) Ss 151.7%ofg Si 53.8o%of g 5 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION &INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 Fa 1.00 FS 1.50 Additional seismic considerations include liquefaction potential and amplification of ground motions by soft soil deposits. The liquefaction potential is highest for loose sand with a high groundwater table. The relatively dense soil materials that underlie the site have a low potential for liquefaction and/or amplification of ground motions. 7.0 Discussion 7.1.1 General It is our opinion that both site locations are suitable for infiltration of stormwater;however,the presence of fill and fine grained soils could be a limiting factor at the Kelly Road location. The factored infiltration rate for the Dora Avenue location is 5 inches per hour. The factored infiltration rate for the Kelly Road location is 0.5 inches per hour. We do not anticipate that stormwater infiltration will significantly affect slope stability at the site locations. Groundwater may be encountered at variable depths at the Kelly Road location. Based on our explorations and knowledge of groundwater elevations at the two locations,we do not anticipate groundwater to be encountered at the Dora Avenue location. Periodic measurements of the two monitoring wells(B-1 and B-3)can be performed to determine whether the high seasonal groundwater level is within acceptable limits for the infiltration trenches to maintain effectiveness. 8.0 Recommendations 8.1.1 Site Preparation Based on observations from the site investigation program and the results of the exploration program,it is anticipated that the stripping depth will range from approximately o to 18 inches within the proposed infiltration areas,development areas,and existing/proposed asphalt pavement areas. The excavated material is not suitable as fill material within areas with structural development,but could be used as fill material in non-settlement sensitive areas such as landscaping. In these non-settlement sensitive areas, the fill should be placed in maximum 12 inch thick lifts that should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the modified proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D 1557 Test Method). 6 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 After stripping operations and removal of any loose soils or undocumented fill that may impact the development of the site,the building pad areas should be visually inspected to identify any loose areas. Any remaining loose soils should be overexcavated to the elevation of the medium dense native soils and/or verified to be acceptable by the geotechnical engineer. The resulting excavations should be filled with approved on site material,or imported structural fill. Structural fill material should be within±2 percent of the optimum moisture content,and the soils should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. During wet weather conditions,which typically occur from October through May, subgrade stability problems and grading difficulties may develop due to excess moisture,disturbance of sensitive soils and/or the presence of perched groundwater. Construction during the extended wet weather periods will likely create the need to overexcavate exposed soils as they become disturbed and cannot be recompacted due to elevated moisture contents. The near-surface on site soils have relatively high silt contents that could result in moisture sensitivity for these materials. If earthwork occurs during the months of October through May,additional overexcavation may be necessary to achieve proper bearing surfaces for pavements and foundations. If overexcavation is necessary,it should be confirmed through monitoring and testing by a qualified geotechnical engineer or senior geologist. Soils that have become unstable may require drying and re- compaction. Selective drying may be accomplished by scarifying or windrowing surficial material during extended periods of dry,warm weather(typically during the summer). If the soils cannot be dried back to a suitable moisture content,remedial measures may be required. General project site protection during wet weather should include the placement of aggregate base and the protection of exposed soils during the construction phase. If the native soils are used as structural fill,we recommend that the soils are relatively free of organic material and debris,and that the materials are within±2 percent of the optimum moisture content. Aeration and drying of the native soils may be necessary to achieve near optimum moisture conditions. Furthermore,the weathered glacial till will be over-optimum in moisture content and may not be able to be dried during a typical summer. If the native soils are stockpiled for later use as structural fill,the stockpiles should be covered to protect the soil from wet weather conditions. We recommend that a representative of Stantec be on site during the excavation work to determine which soils are suitable for structural fill. Imported structural fill material should consist of well-graded gravel or a sand and gravel mixture with a maximum grain size of 3 inches and less than 5 percent fines(material passing the U.S.Standard No. 200 Sieve). All structural fill material should be submitted for approval to the geotechnical engineer prior to delivery to the site. Fill soils should be placed in horizontal lifts not exceeding ro inches loose thickness,moisture- conditioned as necessary,(moisture content of soil shall not vary by more than±2 percent of optimum moisture)and the material should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. In place density tests should be performed on all structural fill to verify proper moisture content and adequate compaction. 7 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION & INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 Additional lifts should not be placed if the previous lift did not meet the compaction requirements or if soil conditions are not considered stable. Observations of fill materials could indicate excessively wet, pumping soils which would warrant non-passing evaluation,even if the minimum compaction requirement is met. 8.1.2 Temporary Excavations Based on our understanding of the project,we anticipate that excavation work could include local cuts of up to 10 feet below existing grades for infiltration trench installation and utility placement. For excavations that extend more than 4 feet below grade,we recommend that they be sloped no steeper than 1.5H:1V(Horizontal:Vertical)in loose to medium dense fill and weathered glacial soils, iH:iV in medium dense to dense native soils,and 3/4H:iV in very dense native soils(if encountered in deeper excavations). If an excavation is subject to heavy vibration or surcharge loads,we recommend that the excavations be sloped no steeper than 2H:1V in loose to medium dense soils and 1.5H:1V in all other soils,where room permits. All temporary cuts should be in accordance with the Washington Administrative Code(WAC) Part N, Excavation,Trenching,and Shoring. The temporary slopes should be visually inspected daily by a qualified person during construction activities and the inspections should be documented in daily reports. The contractor is responsible for maintaining the stability of the temporary cut slopes and reducing slope erosion during construction. The temporary cut slopes should be covered with visqueen to help reduce erosion during wet weather,and the slopes should be closely monitored until the permanent retaining systems or slope configurations are complete. Materials should not be stored or equipment operated within io feet of the top of any temporary cut slope. Soil conditions may not be completely known from the geotechnical investigation. In the case of temporary cuts,the existing soil conditions may not be completely revealed until the excavation work exposes the soil. Typically, as excavation work progresses the maximum inclination of the temporary slopes will need to be re-evaluated by the geotechnical engineer so that supplemental recommendations can be made. Soil and groundwater conditions can be highly variable. Scheduling for soil work will need to be adjustable,to deal with unanticipated conditions,so that the project can proceed and required deadlines can be met. If any variations or undesirable conditions are encountered during construction,Stantec should be notified so that supplemental recommendations can be made. If room constraints or groundwater conditions do not permit temporary slopes to be cut to the maximum angles allowed by the WAC, temporary shoring systems may be required. The contractor should be responsible for developing temporary shoring systems,if needed. We recommend that Stantec and the project structural engineer review temporary shoring designs prior to installation,to verify the suitability of the proposed systems. 8 Design with community In mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 8.1.3 Erosion and Sediment Control Erosion and sediment control(ESC)is used to reduce the transportation of eroded sediment to wetlands, streams,lakes,drainage systems,and adjacent properties. Erosion and sediment control measures should be implemented and these measures should be in general accordance with local regulations. At a minimum,the following basic recommendations should be incorporated into the design of the erosion and sediment control features for the site: • Schedule the soil, foundation, utility, and other work requiring excavation or the disturbance of the site soils,to take place during the dry season(generally May through September). However,provided precautions are taken using Best Management Practices (BMP's), grading activities can be completed during the wet season (generally October through April). Given the relatively high fines content and moisture sensitivity of some of the shallow subsurface soils at this site, we expect that wet season grading would add significant cost to the project construction. • All site work should be completed and stabilized as quickly as possible. • Additional perimeter erosion and sediment control features may be required to reduce the possibility of sediment entering the surface water. This may include additional silt fences, silt fences with a higher Apparent Opening Size(AOS),construction of a berm,or other filtration systems. • Any runoff generated by dewatering discharge should be treated through construction of a sediment trap if there is sufficient space. If space is limited other filtration methods will need to be incorporated. 8.1.4 Foundation Design We understand that one to two modified wetland system vaults will be constructed at the Kelly Road location and will be placed at a depth of approximately 5 feet below existing grade. The vaults would be 9 feet wide and 17 feet long. The vault(s)will be supported on a mat/raft type foundation system. The mat/raft foundation system(s)may be supported by undisturbed medium dense to very dense native soils or on properly compacted structural fill placed on the suitable medium dense or better native soils. If structural fill is used to support foundations,then the zone of structural fill should extend beyond the faces of the footing a distance at least equal to the thickness of the structural fill. We anticipate that local overexcavation or re-compaction of the upper i to 3 feet below footing areas could be necessary depending on the conditions encountered,proposed footing elevations,and season when the work takes place. Provided that the footings are supported as recommended above,a net allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot(psf)may be used for design. 9 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION & INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 A 1/3 increase in the above value maybe used for short duration loads,such as those imposed by wind and seismic events. Structural fill placed on bearing,native subgrade should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. Footing excavations should be inspected to verify that the foundations will bear on suitable material. Resistance to lateral footing displacement can be determined using an allowable friction factor of 0.35 acting between the base of foundations and the supporting subgrades. Lateral resistance for footings can also be developed using an allowable equivalent fluid passive pressure of 25o pounds per cubic foot(pcf) acting against the appropriate vertical footing faces(neglect the upper 12 inches below grade in exterior areas). The allowable friction factor and allowable equivalent fluid passive pressure values include a factor of safety of 1.5. The frictional and passive resistance of the soil may be combined without reduction in determining the total lateral resistance. A 1/3 increase in the above values may be used for short duration transient loads. 8.1.5 Utilities Utility trenches should be excavated according to accepted engineering practices following OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration)standards,by a contractor experienced in such work. The contractor is responsible for the safety of open trenches. Traffic and vibration adjacent to trench walls should be reduced;cyclic wetting and drying of excavation side slopes should be avoided. Depending upon the location and depth of some utility trenches,groundwater flow into open excavations could be experienced,especially during or shortly following periods of precipitation. In general,silty and sandy soils were encountered at shallow depths in the borings at the site. These soils have variable cohesion and can have a tendency to cave in excavations. Shoring or sloping back trench sidewalls may be required within these soils. Shoring boxes will be necessary in these areas and dewatering may be required depending on the season in which the construction takes place. All utility trench backfill should consist of imported structural fill or suitable on-site material. Utility trench backfill placed in or adjacent to buildings and exterior slabs should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. The upper 5 feet of utility trench backfill placed in pavement areas should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. Below 5 feet,utility trench backfill in pavement areas should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. Pipe bedding should be in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The contractor is responsible for removing all water-sensitive soils from the trenches regardless of the backfill location and compaction requirements.The contractor should use appropriate equipment and methods to avoid damage to the utilities and/or structures during fill placement and compaction procedures. 10 Design with community In mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 8.1.6 Infiltration Rates We understand that the infiltration systems will include deep trenches of variable size and shape. Runoff from upslope impervious surfaces will be infiltrated in these trenches at the two locations. The infiltration rates have been determined using the Washington State Department of Ecology's 2012 Stormwater Design Manual for Western Washington(SDMWW). The methodology included drilling and sampling two borings at each proposed infiltration trench location and installing a monitoring well in one boring at each location. Select soil samples were analyzed for organic content(ASTM D-2974),grain size(ASTM D-421 and D-422 (Sieve-Hydrometer)),moisture content(ASTM D-2216),and Cation Exchange Capacity. The following table provides a summary of the laboratory testing data. The results of these analyses can also be found in Appendix C. Location Depth %Sand %Silt %Clay USDA Classification Organic Content CEG B-1 15 ft. 94.0 5.8 0.2 Sand o.8% 4.2 B-2 15 ft. 93.4 6.4 0.2 Sand 0.4% 3.5 B-3 10 ft. 85.6 12.0 2.4 Loamy Sand 1.2% 5.5 B-3 15 ft. 69.7 27.3 3.o Sandy Loam 1.9% 5.5 B-4 10 ft. 83.2 15.2 1.6 Loamy Sand 1.1% 3.7 B-4 15 ft. 71.6 25.3 3.1 Sandy Loam 1.3% 3.7 We utilized the laboratory data,results of the field investigation,and guidelines in the SDMWW to determine suitable design infiltration rates based on particle size distribution for each of the proposed infiltration trench locations. Specifically,we utilized the equation from the SDMWW on page 3-79: logio(Ksat) = -1.57+ 1.90D10 + 0.015D60- 0.013D90- 2.08f es From Table 3.3.1 of the SDMWW,we used a partial correction factor of 0.4 for site variability at the Dora Avenue location and 0.33 at the Kelly Road location. The soil conditions in the area of Dora Avenue appear to be relatively homogeneous and suitable for infiltration to at least 31.5 feet below the existing site grades(maximum boring depth). The soil conditions at the Kelly Road location appear to be somewhat less homogeneous vertically,although relatively consistent between borings and at depth when comparing B-3 to B-4. For all rate calculations,a partial correction factor of 0.40 was incorporated for the grain size test method,and a partial correction factor of o.9 was incorporated as part of influent control. A design(factored)infiltration rate of 5 inches per hour may be used for trench design at the Dora Avenue location. A factored infiltration rate of 0.5 inches per hour may be used for trench design at the Kelly Road location. We believe that Kelly Road location is not an effective area for stormwater infiltration due to the presence of fine grained fill and native soils. 11 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION& INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 8.1.7 Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls We understand that a 2 to 3 feet tall concrete retaining wall may be constructed at the Dora Avenue location,near the toe of the steep slope along Marine Drive. The slope above the wall may be up to 100 percent(1H:1V)in magnitude. Also,one to two modular wetland vaults may be constructed at the Kelly Road location. The following table,titled Wall Design Criteria,presents the recommended soil related design parameters for retaining walls with a 1H:iV backslope and a wall height on the order of 3 feet. Contact Stantec if an alternate retaining wall system is used. Wall Design Criteria—Concrete Retaining Wall; Dora Avenue Location "Active"Conditions(Lateral Earth Pressure—EFD+) 85 pcf(Equivalent Fluid Density) Seismic Increase for"Active"Conditions 12H*(Uniform Distribution) (Lateral Earth Pressure) Passive Earth Pressure on Low Side of Wall Neglect upper 2 feet,then 250 pcf (Allowable,includes F.S.= 1.5) EFD+ Soil-Footing Coefficient of Sliding Friction 0.35 (Allowable; includes F.S. = 1.5) Allowable Bearing Pressure(Presumptive) 2,000 psf (Actual value depends on the actual size and depth of the foundation and it is usually much higher,contact Stantec with actual relevant information,if needed) H is the height of the wall;Increase based on one in 2,500 year seismic event(2 percent probability of being exceeded in 5o years), 'EFD—Equivalent Fluid Density 12 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION& INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 The following table,titled Wall Design Criteria,presents the recommended soil related design parameters for the modular wetland vaults with a level backslope and a wall height on the order of 5 feet. Contact Stantec if an alternate retaining wall system or grading is used. Wall Design Criteria—Modular Wetland Systems(Vaults) "At-rest"Conditions(Lateral Earth Pressure—EFD+) 5o pcf(Equivalent Fluid Density) "Active"Conditions (Lateral Earth Pressure—EFD+) 35 pcf(Equivalent Fluid Density) Seismic Increase for"At-rest"Conditions 18H* (Uniform Distribution) (Lateral Earth Pressure) Seismic Increase for"Active"Conditions 8H*(Uniform Distribution) (Lateral Earth Pressure) Passive Earth Pressure on Low Side of Wall Neglect upper 2 feet,then 25o pcf (Allowable,includes F.S. = 1.5) EFD+ Soil-Footing Coefficient of Sliding Friction 0.35 (Allowable; includes F.S. = 1.5) Allowable Bearing Pressure(Presumptive) 2,000 psf (Actual value depends on the actual size and depth of the foundation and it is usually much higher,contact Stantec with actual relevant information,if needed) H is the height of the wall;Increase based on one in 2,500 year seismic event(2 percent probability of being exceeded in 5o years), +EFD—Equivalent Fluid Density The stated lateral earth pressures do not include the effects of hydrostatic pressure generated by water accumulation behind the retaining walls. Uniform horizontal lateral active and at-rest pressures on the retaining walls from vertical surcharges behind the wall may be calculated using active and at-rest lateral earth pressure coefficients of o.3 and 0.5,respectively(if necessary for the vaults). The soil unit weight of 125 pcf may be used to calculate vertical earth surcharges. To reduce the potential for the buildup of water pressure against the walls,continuous footing drains (with cleanouts)should be provided at the bases of the walls. The footing drains should consist of a minimum 4-inch diameter perforated pipe,sloped to drain,with perforations placed down and enveloped by a minimum 6 inches of pea gravel in all directions and filter fabric to reduce the migration of fines into the drainage zone. 13 Design with community in mind GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION &INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22, 2014 The backfill adjacent to and extending a lateral distance,behind the walls,of at least 2 feet should consist of free-draining granular material. All free draining backfill should contain less than 3 percent fines (passing the U.S.Standard No.200 Sieve)based upon the fraction passing the U.S.Standard No.4 Sieve with at least 30 percent of the material being retained on the U.S.Standard No.4 Sieve. The primary purpose of the free-draining material is the reduction of hydrostatic pressure. Some potential for the moisture to contact the back face of the wall may exist,even with treatment,which may require that more extensive waterproofing be specified for walls,which require interior moisture sensitive finishes. We recommend that the backfill be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density based on ASTM Test Method D1557. In place density tests should be performed to verify adequate compaction. Soil compactors place transient surcharges on the backfill. Consequently,only light hand operated equipment is recommended within 3 feet of walls so that excessive stress is not imposed on the walls. 8.1.8 Groundwater Influence on Construction At the time of our investigation,groundwater was encountered in Borings B-3 and B-4 at approximately 25.5 and 3o feet below the existing site grades,respectively. Groundwater was not encountered in any of the other explorations at the date and time of our investigation. We anticipate that perched groundwater develops at or near the elevation of nearby Oyster Bay and is likely fluctuates with the tide and is further influenced by upslope recharge. If temporary dewatering systems to remove groundwater are necessary,their design should be the responsibility of the contractor. We should review any dewatering design prior to their use on site. 9.0 Construction Field Reviews Stantec should be retained to provide part time field review during construction in order to verify that the soil conditions encountered are consistent with our design assumptions and that the intent of our recommendations is being met.This will require field and engineering review to: • Confirm/determine field infiltration rates at trench locations • Verify the soil bearing and overexcation/fill replacement for any structures/pavements • Density testing to verify compaction of structural fills Geotechnical design services should also be anticipated during the subsequent final design phase to support the structural design and address specific issues arising during this phase.Field and engineering review services will also be required during the construction phase in order to provide a Final Letter for the project. 14 Design with community in mind Ci GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION&INFILTRATION EVALUATION BREMERTON,WASHINGTON July 22,2014 10.0 Closure This report was prepared for the exclusive use of Parametrix and their appointed consultants.Any use of this report or the material contained herein by third parties,or for other than the intended purpose, should first be approved in writing by Stantec. The recommendations contained in this report are based on assumed continuity of soils with those of our test holes, and assumed structural loads.Stantec should be provided with final architectural and structural drawings when they become available in order that we may review our design recommendations and advise of any revisions,if necessary. Use of this report is subject to the Statement of General Conditions provided in Appendix A.It is the responsibility of Parametrix who is identified as"the Client"within the Statement of General Conditions, and its agents to review the conditions and to notify Stantec should any of these not be satisfied. Respectfully submitted, Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. Original signed by: Original signed by: art ashy. qr i 0( ./.:144 -.7 i', 4 14,6-f'Ili . k..) c;;;..I t '< „-& 4 . ,i ' 1ON t -(7 der --,,,,,,,,,=-1. 1.� 1� 1122/2 °4 i C4 '1,4' � t = �2Z2C � Phil Haberman,P.G.,P.E.G. Gopal A.Singam, P.E. Senior Engineering Geologist Senior Geotechnical Engineer PH/gs 15 Design with community sn mind Stantec APPENDIX A Statement of General Conditions Design with community in mind Stantec Statement of General Conditions USE OF THIS REPORT:This report has been prepared for the sole benefit of the Client or its agent and may not be used by any third party without the express written consent of Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. and the Client. Any use which a third party makes of this report is the responsibility of such third party. BASIS OF THE REPORT:The information, opinions,and/or recommendations made in this report are in accordance with Stantec Consulting Services, Inc.'s present understanding of the site specific project as described by the Client. The applicability of these is restricted to the site conditions encountered at the time of the investigation or study. If the proposed site specific project differs or is modified from what is described in this report or if the site conditions are altered, this report is no longer valid unless Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. is requested by the Client to review and revise the report to reflect the differing or modified project specifics and/or the altered site conditions. STANDARD OF CARE: Preparation of this report, and all associated work, was carried out in accordance with the normally accepted standard of care in the state of execution for the specific professional service provided to the Client.No other warranty is made. INTERPRETATION OF SITE CONDITIONS: Soil, rock, or other material descriptions, and statements regarding their condition, made in this report are based on site conditions encountered by Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. at the time of the work and at the specific testing and/or sampling locations. Classifications and statements of condition have been made in accordance with normally accepted practices which are judgmental in nature; no specific description should be considered exact,but rather reflective of the anticipated material behavior. Extrapolation of in situ conditions can only be made to some limited extent beyond the sampling or test points. The extent depends on variability of the soil, rock and groundwater conditions as influenced by geological processes,construction activity,and site use. VARYING OR UNEXPECTED CONDITIONS: Should any site or subsurface conditions be encountered that are different from those described in this report or encountered at the test locations, Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. must be notified immediately to assess if the varying or unexpected conditions are substantial and if reassessments of the report conclusions or recommendations are required. Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. will not be responsible to any party for damages incurred as a result of failing to notify Stantec Consulting Services, Inc.that differing site or sub-surface conditions are present upon becoming aware of such conditions. PLANNING, DESIGN, OR CONSTRUCTION: Development or design plans and specifications should be reviewed by Stantec Consulting Services, Inc., sufficiently ahead of initiating the next project stage(property acquisition,tender,construction,etc),to confirm that this report completely addresses the elaborated project specifics and that the contents of this report have been properly interpreted. Specialty quality assurance services (field observations and testing)during construction are a necessary part of the evaluation of sub-subsurface conditions and site preparation works. Site work relating to the recommendations included in this report should only be carried out in the presence of a qualified geotechnical engineer; Stantec Consulting Services, Inc. cannot be responsible for site work carried out without being present. Design with community in mind Stantec APPENDIX B APPENDIX B Figures: Vicinity Map and Site Plans Design with community in mind TOPO! map printed on 07/01/14 from "Untitled2.tpo' 122°42.000'W 122°41.000'W 122"40.000'w 122°39.000'W WGs84 122°38.000'W a7l r ,1 e _; r WASHINGTON 1111L,111111111,7_, G'. V ni r ,1 ��"may }tR• o fp £ i=`. 7 Y'`"!. 4. ` '° ,,ri— 1 a€ `X:� -,,,\il ///fj'�j(fI}/ r 'a- .t ! tt t i`' J�{{ r A kiii Ott ' ' '6.c . r` Project i 3 I, 1i �� (i i -l,ocafidn p .` }-a ., }t 1M(a ' s a t.5 '.vf' .�® e N , . : ,. - ;' ''. it... ,,-.,,,,,,:?-2--z-c 1-_-.,--_-. ---, ,,,....,-, N.._ A if -m. -II i ::4=bNilligtiFdy F4'1' 41 S?:1-''' - ,i•Zi= . ," c'f'.''..)' ) 077, ion.., All $ g .:I t t '( '','',-27_::.'77:' a `.t + r,r". { " % ' its i i� a 111117 Z 417444.4:411 ij lir �� (�y'4k t _�r ? � Le' �� ;, ,• g. i„ ? : j t ' 1 , i `fit r x- �+ il -It I O. �ill + -,_k,„4-, 14 n ' °: y} ' sic ' L� yy 1 o nliliiiiv'el;:ciclie,1/4.1... l Z� _ s y.r 4.--'111;,' �;• ' r 4' 'f jn 11, j -._. :_rA�` +rli� ` k f ii i11 � �ifef=- ! ,e,. r s P "t� � 'i 11;" v 46 II' t 1#� +` - '•-y,' I� • isut '-� ,: .. I,44 ,�_ �' L��--_ '' ,1 t 111 a� k s .� e-,4:19,F.;1 VAN,- 1 R } � k x 14 F a .� �i 'c,11111_;... a . i � r c� � f �1 _ +-3Tit \ 1 a ,j1.--7,'� t''i 1' i a 4i�l ., I4 I! �, ‘410 mss\ ... fJjj G i _ _ ,1, , - t4�s �Rfl z ,� °,'`.,"(t : 114 1 •y • rF' f a q5+ 'T- 0 ([_'r 1 z trE " Y7'ti',l� , T{± ' n S _ r�,F. rte.;�t If"" �1 li 1/fi n( ia� v - ;, Il!:-4 ei i# -t' } , ' {, "' E't.. .., l st -. PPP 1i• t "i } - rLLr .3f ri�:1�� 4� = \% .. ' 4I/P' : i .t� _sr "C 4(r 0t 'fes 1¢ Z 1� tii✓j-°) fit, "�'-a ,rt' t �- i it �± k a air , ti -1------t---)1‘ r :i arra ° t a .'r a,, 1. , a '3; o Alii tt ti!. ''1 - �J ? J`, � '� �9.y ♦..:� ., '; `. � jr t;� 1LL r , rr ra :. M.Y{, ��r � ,::. z � o c,..., .r -� V � � M,-i/f� �*P # ,s ,,,- ,: t �, 0',,., 1. a 7, ,..7.:, `ti,, sit£' 1� oi/46;. ,1/1:4,i ilk/i riiry-Atip-,-. ..ti\—, ..0::.;,,-,.,,.74:0Ty,,,,,kw,:„ --_, ,. _= - , -it i .-i, , 1• :13 :it-77:4 1,..',y, y ///.',/ ° kill;;'k;V Ii�1�lr r�iiiii-Z i#4{'{ G 't ' !le: R1�7( � t I+ ' r i 4��t ;1+' x;i 1" r I r (' '• v r, IleAr. fs if ,foi,i---gi , -i., -ks,),„', 1,,k, .17:-.-, -,...i A ' .,,,, , , -,---„',--1:44,---pi „1„,„0_;- - .-,-!-_,I_,-.--:- k, ,,,,,,, �. s,,„1.,,,-,,-z-:_--„,101.,,,stl it. 7ss}f14 #. /4 tiL1f F2 I ,,,, (CI , rri �`��' J � r. �:-' 1 ,*f 11411:t11 ,:,Y ± a r-�e'= � �:411:4712:- --:_'171-7:::::<;11-7-7-7-‘17:::::t77,7:'-'''.:1, 11 �IF �°�vi , x ' .� it, Z 601, lit I,•t �7y � � t� .r� '"'i/t � � 1.-r• � �'--7,:---:--.::-.44:-'7,.'4.„:„..2'k.7-7:----___; .-„„. 1.-----; . � .� � 4fis''_�' � ..•e� 11 f `r �((//,�)+r`.i� I � � x :,:r,V:5,://,,,,IX4/ �� �t•� �s .��� `����t� _ 1_ ��j4t. �,�, , r `rF�, - .., ;&:.- ate-' ..`ice _ ' `',Yy -- -,mil lit m y _ - t fi-.r.4ri��i il.aw,s.. �i'"��l..:L.ac:. .� 1 s,�+ta7.ali'_.�. 7:- �sV � s .o. =�--,.a�:�, �;;� ,.,r.'.{- -r� �T122°42.000'W ,.01.12:77,,..s, 22°41.000'W122°40.000W _ 122°39.000'W WG584 122°38.000'W 1� 1 NATIONAL s FN= iam o 1003 goo a,00 moosgm1b#h° GEOGRAPHIC 5 0 KILOMETERS SET f 1056 Whin 1003 07/01/14 11130 NE 33rd Place,suite 200 Infiltration Evaluation Bellevue,WA 98004 Bremerton, Washington VICINITY MAP 5stantec (425)869-9448 (wwwstanteccom ) June, 2014 185750204 FIGURE 1 A) .e.\ +v Dora Avenue Location / / o ' 64 i _- — ''''A. .. . ,41;,--4* -* —. 4t itbc 4 r _ I \.......,, _. \ + IT, 't - -."'-''' '-t- -f -'_ _ _':tt ,s.` .1 r`J',fir al c., Marine Drive ,f B-2 B-Y (MUT a p . mss. +, --1,, a-. } ..�.c.� .i 444444144 WI .L- ,, S+1S CA C f r-.Rao.14444.-- } -B^ i - on i A LEGEND B-i Approximate Boring Location (MW): Delineates Boring B-i (MW) Converted to Monitoring Well t .\ Kelly Road Location N ~''- � .- ' B ( ' r� 1.�o 3 ati, .,\ . 1 6 b a, \ ., . .., t- s N \ ' ;- \ A . ..--,. \--- \ ___ „ ,,,,,,, ,,, , . & ilk \ `'' 'lei; , v.v. x 2.eM,101 J \ ' 1 Not to Scale \\\ li 11130 NE 33rd Place,Suite 200 Infiltration Evaluation Bellevue,WA 98004 Bremerton,Washington SITE PLAN _ to me c (425)869-9448 (425)869-1190(Fax) June, 201402 .vwwstantec.eom 18 575 04 FIGURE 2 CCS Stantec APPENDIX C Boring Logs, Laboratory Testing, Infiltration Spreadsheet Design with community in mind Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) MAJOR DIVISIONS .YMBOI TYPICAL DESCRIPTION GW Clean Gravels -: Well-graded gravels,gravels,gravel-sand mixtures,little or no fines Gravels (less than 5% (more than 50% fines) Poorly graded gravels,gravel-sand mixtures,little or no fines of coarse fraction s` GM retained on No.4 Gravels with1.74.:,.; Silty gravels,gravel-sand-silt mixtures COARSE sieve) Fines . _, GRAINED (more than 12% X.f-' dc-' ;: Clayey gravels,gravel-sand-clay mixtures SOILS fines) F . (more than 50% ; Sw• retained on Clean Sands Well-graded sands,gravelly sands,little or no fines No.200 sieve) Sands (less than 5% SP (50%or more fines) Poorly graded sand,gravelly sands,little or no fines of coarse fraction I passes the No.4 ! spit sieve) Sands with �.- Silty sands,sand-silt mixtures Fines (more than 12% SC fines) Clayey sands,sand-clay mixtures MI Inorganic silts of low to medium plasticity,sandy silts,gravelly silts, I or clayey silts with slight plasticity Silts and Clays i Inorganic -- - Ct Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity,gravelly clays,sandy clays (liquid limit less than o silty clays,lean clays FINE GRAINED 5 ) SOILS OL (50%or more Organic Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity passes the MHInorganic silts,micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silty soils, No.zoo sieve) I elastic silt Silts and Clays Inorganic CH I (liquid limit 50 or t Inorganic clays of medium to high plasticity,sandy fat clay, more) 1 or gravelly fat clay OH Organic Organic clays of medium to high plasticity,organic silts HIGHLY ORGANIC Primarily organic matter,dark in color, PT Peat,humus,swampsoils with high organic content(ASTM D 2 SOILS and organic odor g g 44 7) Classification of Soil Constituents Grain Size Definitions Description Sieve Number and/or Size MAJOR constituents compose more than 5o percent, Fines <#zoo(o.o8 mm) by weight,of the soil. Major constituents are capitalized Sand (i.e.,SAND). -Fine #200 to#40(0.08 to 0.4 mm) Minor constituents compose 12 to 50 percent of the soil -Medium #40 to#10(0.4 to 2 mm) and precede the major constituents(i.e.,silty SAND). -Coarse #10 to#4(2 to 5 mm) --j- Minor constituents preceded by"slightly"compose , 5 to 12 percent of the soil(i.e.,slightly silty SAND). Gravel -Fine #4 to 3/4 inch(5 to 19 mm) Trace constituents compose o to 5 percent of the soil -Coarse 3/4 to 3 inches(19 to 76 mm) (i.e.,slightly silty SAND,trace gravel). Cobbles 3 to 12 inches(75 to 305 mm) Boulders >12 inches(305 mm) Relative Density Consistency (Coarse Grained Soils) (Fine Grained Soils) N,SPT, Relative N,SPT, Relative Moisture Content Definitions Blows/FT Density Blows/FT Consistency 0-4 Very loose Under 2 Very soft 4-10 Loose 2-4 Soft Dry Absence of moisture,dusty,dry to the touch to-3o Medium dense 4-8 Medium stiff 3o-5o Dense 8-15 Stiff Moist Damp but no visible water Over 5o Very dense 15-3o Very stiff Over 3o Hard Wet Visible free water,from below water table r 1113o NE 33rd Place,Suite zoo Fruitland Estates Bellevue,WA 98004 Puyallup, Washington SOIL 5- Stantec (4�5)869-9448 CLASSIFICATION (425)869-1190(Fax) Aril www.stantec.com P 201 4 185750225 FIGURE 3 A PROJECT:Proposed Stormwater Infiltration WELL/PROBEHOLE/BOREHOLE NO LOCATION:Bremerton,Washington Sta ntec PROJECT NUMBER:1857050204 B-1 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING/INSTALLATION: NORTHING(ft): EASTING(ft): STARTED 5/28/14 COMPLETED: 5/28/14 LAT: LONG: DRILLING COMPANY:Davies Drilling GROUND ELEV(ft):117.5 TOC ELEV(ft): INITIAL DTW(ft):Not Encountered WELL DEPTH(ft):31.5 DRILLING EQUIPMENT:Limited Access STATIC DTW(ft):Not Encountered BOREHOLE DEPTH(ft):31.5 DRILLING METHOD:HSA WELL CASING DIA. (in):1.25 BOREHOLE DIA.(in):6 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT:Split Spoon :LOGGED BY:PH CHECKED BY:GS v h a)L t rn a Time = o 3 - µ u Description mSampID 2 m j Backfill E NF1 B_, SM : SM; Loose to medium dense, silty-fine to I medium grained sand with gravel,grayish , - F . „-Flush Mount - brown,moist.(Fill) m ar .41 GP -GP;Medium dense to very dense, rounded gravel with variable amounts of fine to `l medium grained sand,yellowish brown to - E grayish brown,moist.(Undifferentiated Outwash) - 1 � 1 5= 5 if it 3 24 42 _P;Dense_to _ns_e,_fine to me_ .A 50 I I SP S _verydedium- 10 grained sand with variable amounts of gravel, ! 10-I i } grayish brown, moist.(Outwash) 19 { - 19 1 13 20 21 Bentonite 15- 13 15 ,, 29 >( ; 20 15 20 _, >< I 25 Ja 29 ., oceii z w U W 1- z Z y 25 16 25 o X 32 z o ii 1 LLii -y—'--Pipe/Sand Z 2 0 ct 30- e aI 15 30-I w re 26 m 35 i Borehole terminated at 31.5 feet. i o - o o PROJECT:Proposed Stormwater Infiltration WELL/PROBEHOLE/BOREHOLE NO LOCATION:Bremerton,Washington Stantec PROJECT NUMBER:1857050204 13-2 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING/INSTALLATION: NORTHING(ft): EASTING(ft): STARTED 5/28/14 COMPLETED: 5/28/14 LAT: LONG: DRILLING COMPANY:Davies Drilling GROUND ELEV(ft):117.5 TOC ELEV(ft): INITIAL DTW(ft):Not Encountered WELL DEPTH(ft):--- DRILLING EQUIPMENT:Limited Access STATIC DTW(ft):Not Encountered BOREHOLE DEPTH(ft):31.5 DRILLING METHOD:HSA WELL CASING DIA.(in):--- BOREHOLE DIA.(in):6 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT:Split Spoon LOGGED BY.PH CHECKED BY:GS .sty 1 § °' Qv; Q.re,) o a Time . ooe 3 c a y r. E d m m_i y Description E w o - 0 n w_= 0.0) pc- C� �n Sample ID �� my fav ov _- h SM SM;Loose to medium dense,silty-fine to medium grained sand with gravel,grayish brown, moist.(Fill) SP SP:Medium dense,fine to medium grained sand,yellowish brown to 1 grayish brown,moist. (Outwash) I 5 5- i - 5 10- I 7 7 7 6 z SP SP;Medium dense to very dense,fine to medium grained sand with variable amounts of gravel,grayish brown,moist.(Outwash) 10 12 I - j 7 9 7 15 - 1. 15- 6 9 10 a N P 0 i . f L. '0 20-( ' 7 20- UJ a 12 W 14 i- 0 cr z W o r z lr m 25- 8 25 Q.' 13 z A. 16 0 P z 0 f 30_, 15 30 UJ M 28 A Borehole terminated at 31.5 feet. 37 _ x 0 0 W o PROJECT:Proposed Stormwater Infiltration I WELL/PROBEHOLE/BOREHOLE NO LOCATION:Bremerton,Washington Stantec PROJECT NUMBER:1857050204 B-3 PAGE 1 OF 1 00 DRILLING/INSTALLATION: NORTHING(ft): EASTING(ft): STARTED 5/28/14 COMPLETED: 5/28/14 LAT: LONG: DRILLING COMPANY:Davies Drilling GROUND ELEV(ft):29 TOC ELEV(ft): DRILLING EQUIPMENT:Limited Access INITIAL DTW(ft):25.5 WELL DEPTH(ft):31.5 STATIC DTW(ft):Not Encountered BOREHOLE DEPTH(ft):31.5 DRILLING METHOD:HSA WELL CASING DIA. (in):1.25 BOREHOLE DIA.(in):6 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT:Split Spoon LOGGED BY:PH CHECKED BY:GS ID a d a o, Ua Time w' 8 g e o S y 0 n m Borehole o E — o v n I m d o v = Descriptiony Sample ID 2 re V m V d —oi' p- Backfill M SM SM;Loose,silty-fine to medium grained sand { a a , lit with gravel,yellowish brown to grayish ; ; I - . Flush Mount brown, moist.(Fill) I II I 1 I I 1 € i i { 1 . 5 I1 5— k 2 ' i 1 3 _� �/ I 1 1 j 1 A 10 - I ' 0 10- 111 2 E 7 i -333 i SM SM;Medium dense to very dense,silty-fine i i to medium grained sand with gravel,grayish 3 brown,moist to wet. (Glacial Drift) I 4 C V/� { 5 Bentonite I 15 15 I •� I I 6 1 b 1 i N E - F 0 i I a E; 20 = i *� [ 7 20 13 a 1 f 1 1 , I w i z '= w i 1 w .---- 1 H - 25 Ea --a--..5i 15 25 _7- 25 o S.2 26 € Z 0 I z Pipe/Sand z o ai 30 _ ` 25 30 z33- 30 Ea E 36 Borehole terminated at 31.5 feet. m 0 u 1 PROJECT:Proposed Stormwater Infiltration WELL/PROBEHOLE/BOREHOLE NO LOCATION:Bremerton,Washington AA Sta ntec PROJECT NUMBER:1857050204 13-4 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING/INSTALLATION: NORTHING(ft): EASTING(ft): STARTED 5/28/14 COMPLETED: 5/28/14 LAT: LONG: DRILLING COMPANY:Davies Drilling GROUND ELEV(ft):33.5 TOC ELEV(ft): DRILLING EQUIPMENT:Limited Access INITIAL DM/(ft):30 WELL DEPTH(ft):--- STATIC DTW(ft):Not Encountered BOREHOLE DEPTH(ft):31.5 DRILLING METHOD:HSA WELL CASING DIA.(in):--- BOREHOLE DIA.(in):6 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT:Split Spoon LOGGED BY:PH CHECKED BY:GS Q j Description Sample ID w m V gs a'c co o 15. m x SM SM;Loose,silty-fine to medium grained sand with gravel,yellowish brown to grayish brown, moist.(Fill) 5 -' ° 1 5 0 2 I 2 U 2 3 3 a SM SM; Medium dense to very dense,silty fine to medium grained sand with 10 -i 4 gravel,grayish brown,moist to wet. (Glacial Drift) 10— ilv4 3 A 1 4 5 6 7 - 7 15 8 15— 11 10 N I- 1.O 0 m 0 110 0 20 = 1 20— wlir 12 F - a r 15 w - 1 18 ✓ z w ffi U w N 25 15 25— 4 20 z p 25 o 4 J - _Z ix w 30 '-i---7.=' 7 W a X 22 22 30 m V 35 0 Borehole terminated at 31.5 feet. C 0 LL 0 w 0 5I(razari & ASSOCIATES , INC . GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION FORENSIC INVESTIGATION June 18,2014 KA No. 096-14172 Lab Report No. 1 Page 1 of 1 Phil Haberman(E-Mail) RE: SOIL LABORATORY TESTING Bremerton Infiltration In accordance with your request and authorization, we have performed laboratory tests for the above referenced project. Laboratory testing was performed in accordance with ASTM standards. The results of the laboratory tests are presented on the following pages. Sample ID No: 48377 A-F Description Various Sample Location Boring Samples Test Results Description of Test/Location B1 @ 15' B2 @ 15' B3 @ 10' B3 @ 15' B4 @ 10' B4 @ 15' Classification Sand Sand Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Sieve(percent pass#200) 7.5 8.4 16.9 35.7 21.7 33.2 Clay(percent) 0.5 0.5 4.2 7.1 2.5 8.1 Organic Content(percent) 0.8 0.4 1.2 1.9 1.1 1.3 CEC 4.2 3.5 5.5 5.5 3.7 3.7 If you have any questions; or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. ler R--,-c 'ul ly s►,mitte t; ZAN & S►,C ES, C. 411110, or•ett «e e �1 Labor, 0 e-age Pact'c ► o•+ ' e `Division C JIm Attachments 4303 198"'Street SW, Lynnwood,Washington 98036 • (425)485-5519• FAX(425)485-6837 With Offices Serving the Western United States Cover LAB I doc USDA Soil Classification ti: ;\ r 4. / A / / ' j , ° f /A -3 At. sandy e. /\ / ff { 4° c{a/ / /\ I /j / /j f y / ty /r %\ / 'v/cla loam/v • -+clay t(lam., / q r , Sandy/ \ +, r ', / ` �`; lir-\ :`- '°. / r�tclay loam` ' p \./ \;,/ ',i \/ ,/ \\I `J =/ \ ./ / ,./ 4, f / \ {\ /``, ` I loam - • \ \ /\ f, \ \ i\ /, f, \ i Y`_ / �-77—f — .\silty / / ` / , .` loam,,[ '' i \ 43 1, s. .ancy loam— 1r\ \ -/>\ r, \ \\loamy' \/ ',/ \ / \,/ . . ' `+`.,/ /: \ ' / ` k I \ ,k , sand �F 1 ./ ' ! r\ i4 t / sancl'/ � './ l t ;r \:/ \ liffiffraliffir ' / +/ \/ .b' 0 a o Percent Sand SOIL DATA Sample Depth Percentages From Material Passing a#10 Sieve Source No. Sand Silt Clay Classification • Borings 48377-A 15' 94.0 5.8 0.2 Sand • Borings 48377-B 15' 93.4 6.4 0.2 Sand A Borings 48377-C 10' 85.6 12.0 2,4 Loamy sand • Borings 48377-D 15' 69.7 27.3 3.0 Sandy loam • Borings 48377-E 10' 83.2 15.2 1.6 Loamy sand * Borings 48377-F 15' 71.6 25,3 3.1 Sandy loam Client: �,,. ���/��,.,�� �`�� Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing '1 Pro ect No.: 09614172 Figure Checked By: Corbett Mercer Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis C 0 0 0 C C s ,, C s. C c 0 0 0 0 0 rR 0 . (7 N r- '- w .g (� # • it * # # 100 I I I i I I -' I I I I I i E I I I I I I I I I I 1 90 1 I 1 1 r I i 1 I I t. I I 1 1 II I I 1 III 80 I 11 I I -1 1 I I -- t ( 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 70-- I I 1 1 I 1 I - I I 1-1 4 - ce i I I I I I I I 1 I I I I Z 60 4 I I I I _1- L I I l _ I L 1 I 1 t I I I I I I I I 1 I I z 50 I l 1 _I I I. I -- I I I I I I ui I t I i I l I I 1 i ! I U I t I I I 1 I I I • re 40 t i i ]. . . ) .I I [sl a I I I 1 I I I I I I 30 - i I I 1 I , t t I I I _. 1 1 I I I II I I { I 20 I H- 1 -i I 1 I I I 0 I-I i I I I I I I I ' I I 10 `MP I t I t 1 1 I I 1 1 1 • 0 I I I 11 I i -�_- --I- - L 1 I I.j. • 100 10 1 r 0.01 0.+01 GRAIN SIZE-mm. %Gravel %Sand %Fines +3" Coarse ! Fine Coarse I Medium Fine Silt I Clay 0.0 0.0 l 0.0 0.0 ; 16.1 76.4 7.0 I 0.5 Test Results(ASTM D-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Olive-brown poorly graded sand with silt. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fail) #4 100.0 #10 100.0 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 4318) #20 98.5 PL= NP LL= NV P1= NP #40 83.9 #60 43.3 Classification #100 16.7 USCS(D 2487)= SP-SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-3 #200 7.5 Coefficients 0.0367 mm. 4.7 D90= 0.4828 D85= 0.4336 D60= 0.3080 0.0234 mm. 3.8 D50= 0.2727 D30= 0.2038 D15= 0.1413 0.0136 mm. 2.8 D10= 0.1078 Cu= 2.86 Cc= 1.25 0.0096 mm. 1.9 0.0069 mm. 0.9 Remarks 0.0034 mm. 0.4 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216):5.7% 0.0014 mm. Organic Content-L.O.I.(ASTM D-2974):0.8% Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 Tested By: Corbett Mercer Checked By: Corbett Mercer e....-67---Z-- Title: Lab Manager * (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 1 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number: 48377-A Depth: 15' Client: "°�" Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing Project No: 09614172 Figure Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis c c C c s c m a 0 0 o v . U _ 41 'C r- w :C toU. 100 I �n - I 1 I 11 • I 1 I I I _ 1 1 1 1 I I I I • I I I 90 I t 1 I i 1 t '1` 1 I I I I I . I I 1 I I I I I I I I 11 80 i I - I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I • I I 70. ._ - 1 i I- 1 1 1 4 1 -- I ---I I. ,I. W I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I I Z 60 I- I I 1 1 I 1_ ,i I I I I I I I I I 11 Z 50 I I I i I ( I I 1 1 w 1 1 l 1 1 ( I 1 1 Q 40 I I I I I I I 1 - - u� -I I l I . I a. I I I I I I 1 30-" -- I I i_ I_. 1 . • l 1 I I I 11 1 1 20 1 I t E 1 1- I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 10 1 l I i 1 I -I - -I-- 1 I I • I 1 l 1 I 1 :1 I I I 1 1Hi1uiv1-. _. - 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0` of GRAIN SIZE-mm. +3„ %Gravel %Sand %Fines % Coarse Fine Coarse Medium 1 Fine Silt Clay 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 6.8 84.7 7.9 , 0.5 Test Results(ASTM D-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Grayish-brown poorly graded sand with silt. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fail) #4 100.0 #10 99.9 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 4318) #20 98.3 PL= NP LL= NV PI= #40 93.1 Classification #1100 29.3 US#60 29.3 CS(D 2487)= SP-SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-3 #200 8.4 Coefficients 0.0366 mm. 5.3 090= 0.3548 085= 0.3014 D60= 0.2100 0.0234 mm. 3.8 D50= 0.1892 D30= 0.1513 D15= 0.1136 0.0136 mm. 2.9 D10= 0.0898 Cu= 2.34 Cc= 1.21 0.0096 mm. 1.9 Remarks 0.0069 mm. 0.9 0.0034 mm. 0.4 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216):7.2% 0.0014 mm. Organic Content-L.O.I. (ASTM D-2974):0.4% Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 Tested By: Corbett Mercer Checked By: Corbett Mercer Title: Lab Manager x (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 2 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number:4.8377-B _Depth: 15' Client: "'rProject: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing :.: . 7-t ..--,.....,_ r. ari Project No: 09614172 Figure Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis _ p 1�n C C . .- coQo O 0 0M O O O:C M I ; a' # I ik I 100 I I • a I I I I I - - I I I I I l 1 1 l I I 1 1 1 I 90 I 1 1 11 1 1 1 , t I 11 '1 I I 1 . 1 1 1 i I I I l I 80 I I I, I • I l i 1 -1-- 1 I I - I I I I I • I I I I I I 70 1 1 I 1 1 I I. I I 1 I 1 I-- - 4 1 1 I I I I I I I I I Z 60 i 1 I I 11 . * 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Z 50 1 I 1 I I 1 • I I I 1 I u.J I I I I I I I I I I I U I I I I I I • I I 1 I Ce W 40 ) I I I 1 I 1 I I I` 0 I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I 30 • 1 I I I I I t I I I I • I 20 I I 1 1 I I I I I I 11 I I 10 I I I 14I4 I 1 P 1 I I I I 1 1 I I I I t I 1 1 1 1 0 E I I 1 l i 1 I 1 _I I I 1 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE - mm. +3" %Gravel %Sand %Fines Coarse Fine Coarse'3 Medium Fine Silt Clay 0.0 19.5 I 19.2 11.5 I 12.6 20.3 12.7 1 4.2 Test Results(ASTM 0-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Brown silty sand with gravel. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fail) 2 100.0 1 85.0 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 4318) .75 80.5 PL= NP LL= NV PI= .5 75.1 .375 74.5 Classification #4 61.3 USCS (D 2487)= SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-1-b #10 49.8 Coefficients #20 42.8 D90= 32.9496 085= 25.4244 060= 4.4461 #40 37.2 D50= 2.0429 D30= 0.2640 D15= 0.0578 #60 29.1 010= 0.0241 Cu= 184.59 Cc= 0.65 #100 22.4 #200 16.9 Remarks 0.0339 mm. 11.6 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216): 12.2% 0.0219 mm. 9.6 Organic Content-L.O.I.(ASTM D-2974): 1.2% 0.0129 mm. 7.7 0.0092 mm. 6.4 Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 0.0066 mm. 5.1 0.0033 mm. 3.2 Tested By: Corbett Mercer 0.0014 mm. 1.9 Checked By: Corbett Mercer Title: Lab Manager * (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 3 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number: 4377-C Depth: 10' Client: "'` a Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing -- IKArZarl Project No: 09614172 Figure 1 Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis 1 C V0C roC C a O Q O O O O M 04 - a a kaa ft ; ; # 100ANN I I 1 1 1 1 1 11111. I 1 1 I I 1 90 I I I I I 1 1� • 1 1 I I I I 80 • I I I I 1 1111111111111111 I I I 70 • w I I I I I I 1. I I I I Z 60 Z 1 E 1 I 1 I !U_ I I I Z 50 I I I I l 11 11 L.LJI I I I 1 ( 1 • I CC 40 I 1 I I 1111111 . I w a 1 I E 1 1 1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIEL 30 I ! I 1 ! I111 • 20 I 1 I 11 E IIII I I 1 I I I • 10 • • I I I I I 1 111 I I I I I I a 0 • 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE-mm. ^/,+3" %Gravel %Sand %Fines _ Coarse --v Fine Coarse Medium Fine Silt I Clay 0.0 0.0 5.8 6.3 14.3 } 37.9 28.6 I 7.1 Test Results(ASTM 0-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Brown silty sand. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fail) .5 100.0 .375 97.4 Atterberg Limits(ASTM D 4318) #4 94.2 PL= NP LL= NV PI= #10 87.9 #20 80.9 Classification #40 73.6 USCS (0 2487)= SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-4(0) #60 60.6 Coefficients #100 47.7 D90= 2.5632 D85= 1.4233 D60= 0.2448 #200 35.7 050= 0.1661 030= 0.0520 Dig= 0.0133 0.0332 mm. 23.7 010= 0.0078 Cu= 31.49 Cc= 1.42 0.0216 mm. 19.2 0.0128 mm. 14.6 Remarks 0.0092 mm. 11.2 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216): 15.7% 0.0066 mm. 9.0 Organic Content-L.O.I.(ASTM D-2974): 1.9% 0.003 3 mm. 4.5 0.0014 mm. 2.8 Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 Tested By: Corbett Mercer Checked By: Corbett Mercer 2..../-7/4"/---- Title: Lab Manager (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 3 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number: 48377-D Depth: 15' Client: re r--� Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing Project No: 09614172 Figure_ i Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis C ;mil 0 O 0 C C n C .0 -c O OOO O Oa 0100l11" I II i 111 II I 90 1 I 1 _1 Milli 1- I I I I 1 1.111 -. 1 I'1111111 �o i IIII IIX 80 Z Jim 1 I 1 iiii IF1 F- :11IIillHi I v 1 ��I1I1iUl1111 3°111111111111111 1111111_IlIIIII1IIiiIIIII__11111111 2011111111111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIOII1IIU 11111111® 10 11 11II1 11 IHIflhIlIlII1IUii!i!!!U 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE - mm. +3" %Gravel %Sand %Fines % Coarse I Fine Coarse' Medium ' Fine Silt Clay 0.0 0.0 13.5 4.3 1 14.3 46.2 19.2 2.5 Test Results(ASTM D-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Olive-brown silty sand. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fail) .75 100.0 .5 95.1 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 43181 .375 89.7 PL= NP LL= NV PI= #4 86.5 #10 82.2 Classification #20 76.8 USCS(D 2487)= SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-2-4(0) #40 67.9 Coefficients #60 49.8 D90= 9.6981 D85= 3.1529 D60= 0.3301 #100 33.8 D50= 0.2516 D30= 0.1264 D15= 0.0463 #200 21.7 D10= 0.0284 Cu= 11.63 Cc= 1.71 0.0355 mm. 11.9 0.0228 mm. 8.7 Remarks 0.0133 mm. 6.5 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216): 8.4% 0.0095 mm. 4.8 Organic Content-L.O.I.(ASTM D-2974): 1.1% 0.0068 mm. 3.2 0.0033 mm. 2.1 Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 0.0014 mm. 1.0 Tested By: Corbett Mercer Checked By: Corbett Mercer Title: Lab Manager * (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 4 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number;48377-E Depth; 10' Client: '°o Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing azan Proiect No: 09614172 Figure Krazan & Assoc. Sieve Analysis Q`Q00 0 000 co a v c EQ M N r pTJ qk it ; ; qk 100 I 1 I I -I -1 -TT 1 11 I I II I 1 II I ! I 90 I l 1 I I I t t I' I t'1 I I 1 I I I I l I I { I 80 I 1 - 'I I I I I (E I 1 I k , , I f I f I I I I I 70 - I I I t I . I I . I I I I I I I t i I 1 I Z so _ 1_ l !_ 1 l_ I t 1 I I • I I z 50 I I I I I. w I I I I I I I I I ! a0 I I I I I I I i • ICL tii 1 1 I - ' I 1 -'1 a I I i I I I I I I I I 30 - r -i 1 I .� fi -r r i I I"`t r 1 t I I ! 1 f I I I I 20 1 1 ' I I I I I t II I I I I s I t III I II I I l l • • 10 I I 1 III I I - II 1 ! 1 - I { III { II 1 1 1 1 • 0 I I I11 f I I II 1 I I I • 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE - mm. %+3'• %Gravel %Sand %Fines Coarse Fine Coarse I Medium Fine Silt Clay 0.0 0.0 10.7 6.2 I 11.3 38.6 25.1 8.1 Test Results(ASTM D-421 & ASTM D-422) Material Description Opening Percent Spec.* Pass? Gray silty sand. Size Finer (Percent) (X=Fall) .75 100.0 .5 95.8 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 4318) .375 93.4 PL= NP LL= NV PI= #4 89.3 #10 83.1 Classification #20 78.1 USCS(D 2487)= SM AASHTO(M 145)= A-2-4(0) #40 71.8 Coefficients #60 58.3 D90= 5.3879 D85= 2.5951 160= 0.2647 #100 44.7 050= 0.1857 D30= 0.0595 015= 0.0108 #200 33.2 010= 0.0061 Cu= 43.24 Cc= 2.19 0.0325 mm. 23.0 0.0210 mm. 20.1 Remarks 0.0125 mm. 16.3 As-Received Moisture Content(ASTM D-2216): 14.5% 0.0090 mm. 13.4 Organic Content-L.O.I.(ASTM D-2974): 1.3% 0.0065 mm. 10.5 0.0033 mm. 4.8 Date Received: 6/4/14 Date Tested: 6/9/14 0.0014 mm. 2.8 Tested By: Corbett Mercer Checked By: Corbett Mercer Title: Lab Manager * (no specification provided) Location: Client Supplied;Boring 4 Date Sampled: 6/4/14 Sample Number:48377-F Depth: 15' Client: 1." lin Project: Bremerton Infiltration-Lab Testing Project No: 09614172 Figure Ec O H E :: t 7 v. O °! v. co. 0= Co .c Co Lo e- O — O o c J c m 0 co op d-x 0 `o 0 0 0 0 0 $$I '" co g n a V LL. c4 * µ µ;p M i µ 11 I L U U C 0 0 0 0 0 0 O o o O CA CA IA, 000000 s x00000 v v d v v v F1$ al U o0000o m lJii o N 8 44 i A 1 ' CO >-' 0 0 M M 0 M ~ _ 1 kr441 j U. 000000 Q u raa w co c6 i v i 1 .11 MIH V.. DC c6 C M1-....- Cy CD r n co co C co CO -c co co Cy co co .g co •t..) ac M O• CO ,— •O N t` CO N (» o o) >, 0 (0 N O N 0 0 0 0 = '-' T3 v C o 0 0 0 0 0 c Y 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o c Tri o 0 = O) "7 V CO CD CO N lT C +% COCo N CO 0) M N N N ~ O N CO U) CO CO CC) CO (C) O - to cc v .::y JOY uN) t) CO CO CO CN CO 0 C a'+"' 7 7 7 N N N N N d0 •� C) N c : 41 x00000 rOr"'O N w`"�O c c- v o) r N- N 4)- 8 C .�- O LL O 6 M N M p rl CC O. M v 5, 0 0 0 M CN O) In co _ = o 5 ° °' 0 m p „, Cu a+ 0) COco I$ D "y" '4 O ,- CD CO4 o co co Q N Q. Co O 0 N• N C) N c Wy C ,.L. 0 0 0 C NOt N O trzcA •'" o C) 00000 a0 c 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 � „ 3 In C - u .N M _ V; ccp •. o > r' .. nin in _as II Not!) oLn o < .—� Q' 7 e- r 'o rO m m M C? V et Co NN ' A0 03mmm R A > > c E._ r; ccvvvv 2+ rn _ E CT,0 CIOOYYYY 4. Z APPENDIX E ADDENDUM No. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 To Contract Documents For Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Page l of 3 Issued: May 22, 2019 Contents: This Addendum No. 1 contains revisions to the Proposal Form, Special Provisions and Construction Plans Sheets. Revisions are made by re-issuing a specification page, plan sheet, OR by directing a change in writing. The due date and time for responses has been revised to 5/30/2019 @ 10:00AM PST. All revisions are listed below; bidders are cautioned to check the addendum contents carefully for the presence of all listed revisions. Distribution: This Addendum No. 1 is distributed to all planholders of record by e-mail to e-mail addresses or facsimile to numbers given when documents were purchased. The planholder will be asked to confirm receipt when e-mailed. Integration: The following changes,additions,deletions,and attachments are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents for Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit as fully and completely as if the same were fully set forth therein. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Addendum: All prospective bidders are instructed to incorporate this revision into their bids and to acknowledge receipt of the Addenda in the Proposal. Failure to do so may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. Attachments to Addendum 1: Revised page I-25 proposal form and revised plan sheets RS 1, DM1, DM2, Cl, C2, and C3. REVISIONS TO BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS Item: 1 Page: I-25 Proposal Form Description: Replace I-25 with the attached revised page I-25. Changes to the form are noted with a cloud and the note"Add. 1". REVISIONS TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS Item: 2 Section: 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Description: Add the following to this section: Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 5, 2015) Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: Lane restrictions shall be held to a minimum time and length needed for each operation. If the Engineer determines that the lane restrictions are causing congestion, the Contractor will be required to open all lanes to traffic until congestion is eliminated. ADDENDUM NO. 1 To Contract Documents For Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Page 2 of 3 Issued: May 22, 2019 Full roadway closures are not allowed. Lane closures will be permitted during the following hours: Kitsap Way (SR 310) Mon 9:00am to Mon 3:00pm and Mon 7:00pm to Tues 6:00am Tues 9:00am to Tues 3:00pm and Tues 7:00pm to Wed 6:00am Wed 9:00am to Wed 3:00pm and Wed 7:00pm to Thurs 6:00am Thurs 9:00am to Thurs 3:00pm and Thurs 7:00pm to Fri 6:00am Fri 9:00am to Fri 3:00pm and Fri 7:00pm to Sat 6:00am Marine Drive Mon 9:00am to Mon 3:00pm and Mon 7:00pm to Tues 6:00am Tues 9:00am to Tues 3:00pm and Tues 7:00pm to Wed 6:00am Wed 9:00am to Wed 3:00pm and Wed 7:00pm to Thurs 6:00am Thurs 9:00am to Thurs 3:00pm and Thurs 7:00pm to Fri 6:00am Fri 9:00am to Fri 3:00pm and Fri 7:00pm to Sat 6:00am Special events that generate increased traffic volumes through the work area may occur during the life of this project. Lane restrictions may be denied if severe traffic congestion is expected. Miscellaneous scheduled special events are as follows: City of Bremerton Bridge Blast - June 29, 2019 Bremerton Brewfest—July 19 through July 20, 2019 Blackberry Festival —August 31 through September 3, 2019 There shall be no delay to medical, fire, police, or other emergency vehicles with flashing lights or sirens. The Contractor shall alert flaggers and personnel of this requirement. If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any change in the closure hours. Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following: 1. A holiday, ADDENDUM NO. 1 To Contract Documents For Marine Drive Stormwater LID Retrofit Page 3 of 3 Issued: May 22,2019 2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. 3. After *** 12:01am *** on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and 4. Before *** 12:01am *** on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. Item: 3 Section: 5-04.4 Measurement and 5-04.5 Payment Description: Replace"Commercial HMA" with"HMA CL. %2 In. PG 58H-22"in these two sections. REVISIONS TO PLANS Item: 4 Description: Replace plan sheets RS1, DM1, DM2, Cl, C2, and C3 with the attached revised sheets RS 1, DM1, DM2, C l, C2, and C3. Changes to each sheet are generally noted with a cloud and the numeral "1". 65/9.Z20(C IN LDt1Vk ,41ofw , •e a -' A / / , - A. .,..t4 David Dinkuhn, P.E. Project Engineer Parametrix - END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 - PROPOSAL FORM MARINE DRIVE STORMWATER LID RETROFIT Sales Tax— The Bidder shall include sales tax in the Bid Item price per Section 1-07.2(1) for all items in the Bid Schedule per State Department of Revenue Rule 171. Date: , 2019 Bid Schedule Item Ref to Estimated No. Spec Description of Item Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount 1 1-04 Minor Change 1 Est. $50,000 $50,000 2 SP 1-05 Roadway Surveying 1 Lump Sum $ $ 3 1-07 SPCC Plan 1 Lump Sum $ $ 4 SP 1-07 Pot Hole 10 Each $ $ 5 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump Sum $ $ 6 SP 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic Control 1 Lump Sum $ $ 7 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum $ $ 8 SP 2-02 Removal of Structure and Obstruction 1 Lump Sum $ $ 9 SP 2-03 Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul 1 i. Ton $ ' $ 10 SP 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 173 Ton $ $ 11 SP 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base Course 88 Ton $ $ 12 SP 5-04 HMA CL. 1/2 In. PG 58H-22 292 Ton $ $ 13 SP 5-04_ Planing Bituminous Pavement 886 SY $ $ Add. 1 14 SP 7-04 Infiltration Trench, Complete 120 _ LF $ $ Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 8 In. 15 SP 7-04 _ Diam. 72 LF $ $ Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 16 7-04 8 In. Diam. 28 .. LF $ $ Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe 17 7-04 12 In. Diam. 424 LF $ $ 18 SP 7-05 Catch Basin Type 1 5 Each $ $ 19 SP 7-05 Catch Basin Type 2 48 In. Diem. 3 Each $ , $ 20 SP 7-05 Replace Frame and Grate 2 Each $ $ 21 SP 7-05 Contech Stormgate Flow Splitter 2 Each $ $ Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone 22 SP 7-08 Bedding 100 CY $ $ Bank Run Gravel for Trench 23 SP 7-08 Backfill 350 Ton $ $ 24 SP 7-19 8 In. Sewer Cleanout 4 Each $ $ City of Bremerton 233-1896-152 Marine Dove Storm water LID Retrofit 1-25 May 2019 Contract Documents Proposal Form ACo CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 06/21/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONT:CONTACT Danielle Bryant HENTSCHELL&ASSOC INC PHONE (253)272-1151 FAx 1436 S.Union Ave. (AI/NC,No,Ext): (A/C,No): (253)272-1225 ADDRESS:AIL danielleb@hentschell.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Tacoma WA 98405-1925 INSURERA: Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURED INSURER B: The Travelers Indemnity Co. 25658 Pape&Sons Construction,Inc. INSURER c: The Travelers Property&Casualty Co of Am. 25666 9401 Bujacich Road INSURER D: 'Suite 1A INSURER E: Gig Harbor WA 98332 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 18/19 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR AUUL SUHH POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS 7/� X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILI EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE © CCCUR PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ 300,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 A Y Y DTCOOJ154095PHX18 12/31/2018 ,f2/31/2019 PERSONAL&ADVINJURY $ 1,000,000, GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000 POLICY X Ta PRO LOC 2000000 PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ , , OTHER: Washington Stop Gap $ 1,000) AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,00 ,00/ (Ea accident) X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED Y Y BA0L6589551826G 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 BODILY INJURY Per accident $ AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS ( ) X HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,00 C EXCESSLIAB CLAIMS-MADE Y Y CUP0J4039461826 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER AANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A WASHINGTON STATE FUND (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ Installation Floater A DTC00J154095PHX18 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 90,000 Limit DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Ad .Iona!Remarks Schedule, be attached if more space is required) / Project:Marine Drive Stormwater Lid Retrofit Blanket Prima on-Contributory Additi I Insured,including completed operations and Blanket iVYbver of Subrogation applies in favor of any person or organization if called for by written contract or agreement,per policy forms and conditions;#CGD246 08/05, CGD316 11/11,CGD211 01/04,CAT353 02/15-City of Bremerton is included as additional insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Bremerton ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345-6th Street AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Suite 100 Bremerton WA 98337 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY j BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. WHO IS AN INSURED—(Section li) is amended c) The insurance provided to the additional in- to include any person or organization that you sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or agree in a "written contract requiring insurance" "property damage" caused by "your work" to include as an additional insured on this Cover- and included in the "products-completed op- age Part, but: erations hazard" unless the "written contract a) Only with respect to liability for"bodily injury", requiring insurance" specifically requires you "property damage"or"personal injury"; and to provide such coverage for that additional insured, and then the insurance provided to b) If, and only to the extent that, the injury or the additional insured applies only to such damage is caused by acts or omissions of "bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- you or your subcontractor in the performance curs before the end of the period of time for of "your work" to which the "written contract which the "written contract requiring insur- requiring insurance" applies. The person or ance" requires you to provide such coverage organization does not qualify as an additional or the end of the policy period, whichever is insured with respect to the independent acts earlier. or omissions of such person or organization. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and by this endorsement is limited as follows: collectible "other insurance", whether primary, a) In the event that the Limits of Insurance of excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations available to the additional insured for a loss we exceed the limits of liability required by the cover under this endorse ent. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- "written contract requirin insurance" specifically surance provided to the additional insured requires that this i nce apply on a primary shall be limited to the limits of liability re- basis or a primary and non-contributory basis, quired by that "written contract requiring in- this insurance is primary to "other insurance" surance". This endorsement shall not in- available to the additional insured which covers crease the limits of insurance described in that person or organization as a named insured Section III—Limits Of Insurance. for such loss, and we will not share with that b) "other insurance". But the insurance provided to The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to"bodily injury", "prop- the additional Insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid and collectible "other in- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out surance", whether primary, excess, contingent or of the rendering of, or failure to render, any on any other basis, that is available to the addi- professional architectural, engineering or sur- tional insured when that person or organization is veying services, including: an additional insured under such "other insur- I. The preparing, approving, or failing to ance". prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- additional insured by this endorsement: ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- a) The additional insured must give us written prove,drawings and specifications;and notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a ii. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or claim. To the extent possible, such notice engineering activities. should include: CG D2 46 08 05 0 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY i. How, when and where the "occurrence" any provider of"other insurance"which would or offense took place; cover the additional insured for a loss we ii. The names and addresses of any injured cover under this endorsement. However, this persons and witnesses;and condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by iii. The nature and location of any injury or this endorsement is primary to "other insur- damage arising out of the"occurrence"or ance" available to the additional insured offense. which covers that person or organization as a b) If a claim is made or"suit" is brought against named insured as described in paragraph 3. the additional insured, the additional insured above. must 5. The following definition is added to SECTION V. i. Immediately record the specifics of the - DEFINITIONS: claim or"suit"and the date received;and "Written contract requiring insurance" means ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. that part of any written contract or agreement The additional insured must see to it that we under which you are required to include a receive written notice of the claim or"suit"as person or organization as an additional in- soon as practicable. sured on this Coverage Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" oc- c) The additional insured must immediately curs and the"personal injury"is caused by an send us copies of all legal papers received in offense committed: connection with the claim or"suit", cooperate a. After the signing and execution of the with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit", and contract or agreement by you; otherwise comply with all policy conditions. b. While that part of the contract or d) The additional insured must tender the de- agreement is in effect; and fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to c. Before the end of the policy period. i Page 2 of 2 ®2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, inc. CO D2 46 08 05 i COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE—This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or .1, limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to Cthe extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- y`yi dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased t B. Damage To Premises Rented To You Equipment C. Increased Supplementary Payments I. Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political E D. Incidental Medical Malpractice Subdivisions—Permits w,y E. Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense Organizations K. Unintentional Omission q F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation ti"� —Unnamed Subsidiaries M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers N. Contractual Liability—Railroads Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- '"' A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT ABILITY: C3 The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply Auto Or Watercraft,in Paragraph 2.of SECTION to "premises damage". Exclusion f.(1)(a) I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN- does not apply to "premises damage" caused Z JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: by: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that a. Fire; is: b. Explosion; (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; c. Lightning; 4:3 (b) Not owned by any insured;and d. Smoke resulting from such fire,explosion, (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- or lightning;or erty for a charge. e. Water; B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU unless Exclusion f.of Section I—Coverage A tt, —Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability 1. The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- clusion j., Damage To Property, in Para- is replaced by another endorsement to this Para- graph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — Coverage Part that has Exclusion—All Pollu- COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. elusion in its title. 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of A separate limit of insurance applies to Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — "premises damage" as described in Para- COVERAGES — COVERAGE A. BODILY graph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF IN- SURANCE. CG D3 16 11 11 0 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS TION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE: 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- pay under Coverage A for damages because AGE: of "premises damage" to any one premises. b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds The Damage To Premises Rented To You required because of accidents or traffic Limit will apply to all "property damage" law violations arising out of the use of any proximately caused by the sameoccur- rence", whether such damage results from: vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability fire; explosion; lightning;smoke resulting from Coverage applies. We do not have to fur- ,.,i• such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or nish these bonds. M any combination of any of these causes. 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- The Damage To Premises Rented To You AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- Limit will be: AGES: 'r, a. The amount shown for the Damage To d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the 4 Premises Rented To You Limit on the insured at our request to assist us in the t+ Declarations of this Coverage Part;or investigation or defense of the claim or 1 b. $300,000 if no amount is shown for the "suit", including actual loss of earnings up '4' Damage To Premises Rented To You to $500 a day because of time off from p Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage work. Part. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE ;., 4. The following replaces Paragraph a. of the 1. The following is added to the definition of"oc- s definition of"insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: currence"in the DEFINITIONS Section: a. A contract for a lease of premises. How- "Occurrence" also means an act or omission '"�+ committed in providing or failing to provide ever, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any "incidental medical services", first aid or person or organization for "premises "Good Samaritan services"to a person. :+ damage"is not an"insured contract"; 2. The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1)of 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED: tt Section: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to "Premises damage" means "property dam- "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail- eage to: ing to provide: o (i) "Incidental medical services" by any of a. Any premises while rented to you or tern- your "employees" who is a nurse preen- -4porarily occupied by you with permission tioner, registered nurse,licensed practical li.aof the owner;or nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi- j "li b. The contents of any premises while such cal technician or paramedic;or tI premises is rented to you, if you rent such I 1.4 premises for a period of seven or fewer (ii) First aid or"Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees" or "volunteer to consecutive days. C4 t3. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.{1)(b)of SECTION IV—COMMERCIAL GENERAL workers", other than an employed or vol- unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or LIABILITY CONDITIONS: "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser- (b) That is insurance for"premises damage"; vices" during their work hours for you will or be deemed to be acting within the scope 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV — of their employment by you or performing COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- duties related to the conduct of your busk DITIONS is deleted. ness. Page 2 of 6 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 i 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following is added to Paragraph 5. of 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE: other than a partnership, joint venture or lim- For the purposes of determining the applica- ited liability company, of which you are the ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or sole owner or in which you maintain the ma- omissions committed in providing or failing to jority ownership interest, will qualify as a provide "incidental medical services", first aid Named Insured if there is no other insurance or"Good Samaritan services"to any one per- which provides similar coverage to that or- son will be deemed to be one"occurrence". ganization. However: 4. The following exclusion is added to Para- a. Coverage under this provision is afforded graph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I —COV- only: ERAGES—COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY (1) Until the 180th day after you acquire or AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: form the organization or the end of the 4 Sale Of Pharmaceuticals policy period, whichever is earlier, if you "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising do not report such organization in writing g out of the willful violation of a penal statute or to us within 180 days after you acquire or 'V ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti- form it;or O cals committed by, or with the knowledge or (2) Until the end of the policy period, when consent of,the insured. that date is later than 180 days after you EZ 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS acquire or form such organization, if you Section: report such organization in writing to us "Incidental medical services"means: within 180 days after you acquire or form .Z a. Medical, surgical,dental, laboratory,x-ray it, and we agree in writing that it will con- �� or nursing service or treatment, advice or tinue to be a Named Insured until the end L c instruction, or the related furnishing of of the policy period; .r,,,{' food or beverages; or b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or or "property damage" that occurred before medical, dental, or surgical supplies or you acquired or formed the organization;and appliances. c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal in- p "Good Samaritan services" means any emer- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an k4 gency medical services for which no compen- offense committed before you acquired or g sation is demanded or received. formed the organization. cz 4.1 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex- P. WHO IS AN INSURED— BROADENED NAMED t cess Insurance, of SECTION IV — COM- INSURED—UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES L GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- tlt TIONS: The following is added to SECTION II —WHO IS TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and AN INSURED: 11 collectible other insurance available to the in- Any of your subsidiaries,other than a partnership, sured,whether primary, excess, contingent or joint venture or limited liability company, that is on any other basis, that is available to any of not shown as a Named Insured in the Declare- 4.4 your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own- cZ "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or ership interest of more than 50% in such subsidi- 4 failing to provide "incidental medical ser- ary on the first day of the policy period. g vices", first aid or"Good Samaritan services" No such subsidiary is an insured for"bodily injury" to any person to the extent not subject to or"property damage" that occurred, or "personal Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II — Who Is An injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- Insured. fense committed after the date, if any, during the E. WHO IS AN INSURED — NEWLY ACQUIRED policy period, that you no longer maintain an OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS ownership interest of more than 50% in such sub- The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION sidiary. II—WHO IS AN INSURED: CG D3 1611 11 ®2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 3 of 6 : i , COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED —OWNERS, H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED—LESSORS MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II —WHO IS The following is added to SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED: AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is a premises Any person or organization that is an equipment owner, manager or lessor and that you have lessor and that you have agreed in a written con- agreed in a written contract or agreement to in- tract or agreement to include as an insured on dude as an additional insured on this Coverage this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re- Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal spect to liability for"bodily injury", "property dam- injury"or"advertising injury"that: age", "personal injury"or"advertising injury"that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that 4 occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising cU injury" caused by an offense that is commit- injury" caused by an offense that is commit- * ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- "a tract or agreement;and tract or agreement;and fi b. Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or b. Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or use of that part of any premises leased to omissions in the maintenance, operation or you. use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. a The insurance provided to such premises owner, M manager or lessor is subject to the following pro- The insurance provided to such equipment lessor •M visions: is subject to the following provisions: Q a. The limits of insurance provided to such a. The limits of insurance provided to such �"+ premises owner, manager or lessor will be equipment lessor will be the minimum limits '4 the minimum limits which you agreed to pro- which you agreed to provide in the written vide in the written contract or agreement, or contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the limits shown on the Declarations, which- ever are less. b. The insurance provided to such equipment �4 b. The insuranceprovided to such lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury"or premises "property damage" that occurs, or "personal owner,manager or lessor does not apply ta: injury" or"advertising injury"caused by an of- a (1) Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" fense that is committed, after the equipment that occurs,or"personal injury"or"adver- lease expires. tising injury"caused by an offense that is c. The insurance provided to such equipment O committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment (2) Structural alterations, new construction or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent +2 demolition operations performed by or on or on any other basis, unless you have behalf of such premises owner, lessor or agreed in the written contract or agreement tt manager. that this insurance must be primary to, or non-contributory with, such other insurance, c. The insurance provided to such premises 4 owner, manager or lessor is excess over any in which case this insurance will be primary QI valid and collectible other insurance available to, and non-contributory with, such other in- to such premises owner, manager or lessor, surance. whether primary, excess, contingent or on I. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATES any other basis, unless you have agreed in OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS—PERMITS the written contract or agreement that this in- surance must be primary to, or non- The following is added to SECTION II —WHO IS contributory with, such other insurance, in AN INSURED: which case this insurance will be primary to, Any state or political subdivision that has issued a and non-contributory with, such other insur- permit in connection with operations performed by ance. you or on your behalf and that you are required Page 4 of 6 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 1 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY by any ordinance, law or building code to include (II) A manager of any limited liability as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is company;or an insured, but only with respect to liability for (iii)An executive officer or director of "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal in- any other organization; jury"or"advertising injury" arising out of such op- that is your partner, joint venture erations. member or manager; or The insurance provided to such state or political subdivision does not apply to: (b) Any "employee" authorized by such pp Y partnership, joint venture, limited li- e. Any "bodily injury," "property damage," "per- ability company or other organization sonal injury"or"advertising injury"arising out to give notice of an "occurrence" or ,, , of operations performed for that state or po- offense. 3 litical subdivision; or (3) Notice to us of such "occurrence"or of an cv b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- offense will be deemed to be given as 01 eluded in the "products-completed operations soon as practicable if it is given in good ,V hazard". faith as soon as practicable to your work- J. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR- ers' compensation Insurer. This applies C RENCE OR OFFENSE only if you subsequently give notice to us t The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In of the"occurrence"or offense as soon as A The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or practicable after any of the persons de- q Suit, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GEN- scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or(2) above `'o ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: discovers that the"occurrence"or offense •V may result in sums to which the insurance e. The following provisions apply to Paragraph provided under this Coverage Part may c,O Ni a. above, but only for the purposes of the in- apply. surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any insured listed in Paragraph 1.or 2. "• r, However, if this Coverage Part includes an en- of Section!I—Who Is An Insured: dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution (1) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of- costs arising out of a discharge, release or es- tense must be given as soon as practice- cape of"pollutants"which contains a requirement tts ble only after the "occurrence" or offense that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut- is known by you(if you are an individual), ants" must be reported to us within a specific tr, any of your partners or members who is number of days after its abrupt commencement, Ira an individual (if you are a partnership or this Paragraph e. does not affect that require- joint venture), any of your managers who ment. q is an individual (if you are a limited liability K. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION company), any of your "executive offi- • cers" or directors (if you are an organize- The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre- tion other than a partnership,joint venture sentations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL or limited liability company) or any "em- GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: PIS itt ployee" authorized by you to give notice The unintentional omission of, or unintentional O of an"occurrence"or offense. error in, any information provided by you which ✓ (2) If you are a partnership, joint venture or we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju- ^w limited liability company,and none of your dice your rights under this insurance. However, q partners, joint venture members or man- this provision does not affect our right to collect agers are individuals, notice to us of such additional premium or to exercise our rights of "occurrence" or offense must be given as cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with soon as practicable only after the "occur- pplicable insurance laws or regulations. rence"or offense is known by: BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (a) Any individual who Is: The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer (i) A partner or member of any part- Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, Warship or joint venture; of SECTION IV— COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS: : CG D3 16 11 11 0 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental ment to waive that insured's right of recovery anguish, mental injury,shock,fright, disability, against any person or organization, we waive our humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by right of recovery against such person or organiza- a person, including death resulting from any tion,but only for payments we make because of: of these at any time. a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY—RAILROADS curs;or 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" definition of"insured contract" in the DEFINI- caused by an offense that is committed; TIONS Section: subsequent to the execution of that contract or c. Any easement or license agreement; agreement. 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured 4 M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- The following replaces the definition of "bodily leted. injury"in the DEFINITIONS Section: ALZ a ttt -4 Page 6 of 6 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: - - THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Project Designated Project(s): General Aggregate(s): A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally 3. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- for damages or under COVERAGE C. for rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION I), and medical expenses shall reduce the Desig- for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- nated Project General Aggregate Limit for der COVERAGE C (SECTION I), which can be that designated "project". Such payments attributed only to operations at a single desig- shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nated"project"shown in the Schedule above: shown in the Declarations nor shall they re- 1. A separate Designated Project General Ag- duce any other Designated Project General gregate Limit applies to each designated"pro- Aggregate Limit for any other designated ject", and that limit is equal to the amount of "project"shown in the Schedule above. the General Aggregate Limit shown in the 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Declarations, unless separate Designated Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented Project General Aggregate(s) are sched- To You and Medical Expense continue to uled above. apply. However, instead of being subject to 2. The Designated Project General Aggregate the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all Declarations, such limits will be subject to the damages under COVERAGE A., except applicable Designated Project General Ag- damages because of"bodily Injury" or "prop- gregate Limit. erty damage" included in the "products- B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally completed operations hazard", and for medi- obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- cal expenses under COVERAGE C, regard- rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION I), and less of the number of: for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- a. Insureds; der COVERAGE C. (SECTION I), which cannot b. Claims made or"suits" brought; or be attributed only to operations at a single desig- natedproject shown in the Schedule above: c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing"suits" CG D2 11 01 04 Copyright,The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. vided, any payments for damages because of for damages or under COVERAGE C. for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in medical expenses shall reduce the amount the "products-completed operations hazard" will available under the General Aggregate Limit reduce the Products-Completed Operations Ag- or the Products-Completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggre- gregate Limit,whichever is applicable; and gate Limit nor the Designated Project General 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- Aggregate Limit. nated Project General Aggregate Limit. E. For the purposes of this endorsement the Defini- C. Part 2. of SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE tions Section is amended by the addition of the is deleted and replaced by the following: following definition: 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we "Project" means an area away from premises will pay for the sum of: owned by or rented to you at which you are per- forming operations pursuant to a contract or a. Damages under Coverage B;and agreement. For the purposes of determining the b. Damages from "occurrences" under applicable aggregate limit of insurance, each COVERAGE A (SECTION I) and for all "project" that includes premises involving the medical expenses caused by accidents same or connecting lots, or premises whose con- under COVERAGE C (SECTION I) which nection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, cannot be attributed only to operations at waterway or right-of-way of a railroad shall be a single designated"project"shown in the considered a single"project". SCHEDULE above. F. The provisions of SECTION III — LIMITS OF D. When coverage for liability arising out of the INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this en- "products-completed operations hazard" is pro- dorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 Copyright,The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 CG D2 11 01 04 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT o This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM • GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE—This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any 4. injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or • limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- • age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights,duties,and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE— LOSS OF B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED USE—INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO EXPENSES—INCREASED LIMIT D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED J. PERSONAL PROPERTY .4 E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED K. AIRBAGS LIMITS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- LOSS etS ERAGE—INDEMNITY BASIS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE—GLASS N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS Z, PROVISIONS E. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED this insurance applies and only to the extent that The following is added to Paragraph A.1.,Who Is person or organization qualifies as an "insured" An Insured, of SECTION II—COVERED AUTOS under the Who Is An Insured provision contained LIABILITY COVERAGE: in Section 11. Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO ' ing the policy period over which you maintain 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1., fi 50% or more ownership interest and that is not Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COV- p separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- operating an "auto" hired or rented under a ganization or the end of the policy period, which- contract or agreement in an "employee's" ever is earlier. name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ness. The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II—COVERED Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Any person or organization who is required under b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- a written contract or agreement between you and age, the following are deemed to be cov- that person or organization, that is signed and ered"autos"you own: executed by you before the "bodily injury" or (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, "property damage" occurs and that is in effect rent or borrow; and during the policy period, to be named as an addi- (2) Any covered "auto"hired or rented by tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos your "employee" under a contract in Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which an "employee's" name, with your CA T3 53 02 15 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" related to the conduct of your busi- brought outside the United States of ness. America, the territories and possessions However, any"auto"that is leased, hired, of the United States of America, Puerto rented or borrowed with a driver is not a Rico and Canada: '`' covered auto . � " " (i) You must arrange to defend the "in- t D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED sured"against, and investigate or set- t tie any such claim or "suit" and keep 4,1 The following is added to Paragraph A.1.,Who Is 4 An Insured,of SECTION II—COVERED AUTOS us advised of all proceedings and ac- R LIABILITY COVERAGE: tions. (ii) Neither you nor any other involved s Any"employee" of yours is an "insured"while us- "insured" will make any settlement t ing a covered"auto"you don't own, hire or borrow without our consent. in your business or your personal affairs. Es• E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED (iii)We may, at our discretion, participate LIMITS in defending the "insured" against, or o in the settlement of, any claim or .o 1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), "suit". of SECTION II—COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- (iv)We will reimburse the "insured" for ITY COVERAGE: `'"`1 sums that the "insured" legally must •� (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- pay as damages because of "bodily Z-+ cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- injury" or"property damage"to which tions) required because of an "accident" this insurance applies, that the "in- :: we cover. We do not have to furnish sured" pays with our consent, but o R these bonds. only up to the limit described in Para- et 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of of SECTION II—COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS E ITY COVERAGE; LIABILITY COVERAGE. `a (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for .??, "insured" at our request, including actual the reasonable expenses incurred floss of earnings up to $500 a day be- with our consent for your investiga- „fiss cause of time off from work. tion of such claims and your defense et tet F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- of the "insured" against any such 4 ERAGE—INDEMNITY BASIS "suit", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- to The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of Q graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in TIONS: addition to such limit. Our duty to (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or make such payments ends when we jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- have used up the applicable limit of barge, or similar regulation imposed by the insurance in payments for damages, United States of America applies to and pro- settlements or defense expenses. hibits the transaction of business with or (b) This insurance is excess over any valid within such country or jurisdiction, for Coy- and collectible other insurance available eyed Autos Liability Coverage for any covered to the "insured" whether primary, excess, "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow contingent or on any other basis. without a driver for a period of 30 days or less (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- and that is not an "auto"you lease, hire, rent quired or compulsory insurance in any or borrow from any of your "employees", country outside the United States, its ter- partners (if you are a partnership), members ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and (if you are a limited liability company) or Canada. members of their households. I Page 2 of 4 02015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CA 13 53 02 15 , Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with Its permission. I I COMMERCIAL AUTO You agree to maintain all required or (2) In or on your covered"auto". compulsory insurance in any such coup- This coverage applies only in the event of a total try up to the minimum limits required by theft of your covered"auto". local law. Your failure to comply with No deductibles apply to this Personal Property compulsory insurance requirements will , not invalidate the coverage afforded by coverage. C this policy, but we will only be liable to the K. AIRBAGS same extent we would have been liable The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- con had you complied with the compulsory in- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE col g:%. surance requirements. COVERAGE: L. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss"to one or cz, ted or authorized insurer outside the more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- s United States of America, its territories flate due to a cause other than a cause of"loss" 4 and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but `N ada. We assume no responsibility for the only: a furnishing of certificates of insurance, or a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto"for Compre- for compliance in any way with the laws hensive Coverage under this policy; '4.,, of other countries relating to insurance. b. The airbags are not covered under any war- '' G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE—GLASS ranty;and L. `ti The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. .i* ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE We will pay up to a maximum of$1,000 for any •,.. COVERAGE: COVERAGE: one"loss". CJ, No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than LOSS Q, replaced. The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of cs H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE— LOSS OF SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: w USE—INCREASED LIMIT Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- E The following replaces the last sentence of Para- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap- graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is known TION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: to: However, the most we will pay for any expenses (a) You (if you are an individual); '"es for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of (b) A partner(if you are a partnership); It $750 for any one"accident". (c) A member (if you are a limited liability corn- e I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION pant'); EXPENSES—INCREASED LIMIT a (d) An executive officer, director or insurance A The following replaces the first sentence in Para- manager(if you are a corporation or other or- graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of ganization);or SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- (e) Any"employee"authorized by you to give no- AGE: tice of the"accident"or"loss". We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer curred by you because of the total theft of a coy- Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, ered"auto"of the private passenger type. of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- J. PERSONAL PROPERTY TIONS: The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL Others To Us DAMAGE COVERAGE: We waive any right of recovery we may have Personal Property against any person or organization to the ex- tentWe will payupto $400 for "loss" to wearinga - required of you by a written contract p signed and executed prior to any "accident" parel and other personal property which is: or"loss", provided that the"accident"or"loss" (1) Owned by an"insured";and arises out of operations contemplated by CA T3 53 02 15 02015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the The unintentional omission of, or unintentional person or organization designated in such error in, any information given by you shall not contract. prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- N. owN. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ever this provision does not affect our right to col- The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con- lett additional premium or exercise our right of Con- cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of cancellation or non-renewal. SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: a R R s q •y rVl •.y L. ti t$ 'IV fi Q Page 4 of 4 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with Its permission. ____—....41 CONVTEC-01 JENNIFERD '4�oRo CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 10/31/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Fournier Insurance Solutions PHONE FAX 5712 Orchard St.W. RECEIVED (A/C,No,Ext): (360)3734100 (A/C,No):(360)792-2454 University Place,WA 98467 ADDRESS :requests@fourniersolutions.com NOV0 8 2019 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL# Y , INSURER A:Ohio Security Insurance Company 24082 INSURED INSURER B: Convergence Technologies, Inc. City of Bremerton INSURER C: PO Box 2307 Risk Management INSURER D: Bremerton,WA 98310-2307 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD IMM/DD/YYYYI (MM/DD/YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR BKS57503678 10/14/2019 10/14/2020 DAMAGE TO RENTED 1,000,000 PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000 00V GE 'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2°000 000 POLICY JE 0 X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ A COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 ANY AUTO BAS57664008 12/1/2019 12/1/2020 BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS HEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ X HIX NON- D PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS OWNEONLY (Per accident) $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN BKS57503678 10/14/2019 10/14/2020 STATUTE ER 1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIP PION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) RE:Operations of the named insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Bremerton THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 6th St Ste 600 Bremerton,WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE e ,cL _) , LA,_) I / ACORD 25(2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ri Z_. �� � AC`'ptRE CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) Alinni , 12/19/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT CONTACT Danielle Bryant NAME: HENTSCHELL&ASSOC INC (AIC,No.Ext): (253)272-1151 FAX No): (253)272-1225 1436 S.Union Ave. E-MAIL danielleb@hentschell.com DEC 2 3 2019 ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Tacoma WA 98405-1925INSURERA: Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURED City of Bremerton INSURER B: The Travelers Indemnity Co. 25658 Pape&Sons Construction,Inc. Risk Management INSURER C: Travelers Prop Cas Co of Amer 25674 9401 Bujacich Road INSURER D: 0144,1/1 I • �3'1 1 ��k) I� v Suite 1A INSURERE: �Jt Gig Harbor WA 98332 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 19/20 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ,00 X EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000 DAMAGE TO RETE0 CLAIMS-MADE X ocotJ PREMISES(Ea occur ence) $ 300,0 )`'� MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 A Y Y DTCO1J154095PHX19 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: \ .,. GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,00p POLICY X PRO LOC 000PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 2,0 00160 _ OTHER: Wa StopGap/Empl.Liab $ 1,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,00 (Ea accident) X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED Y Y 8101L6589551926G 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY ^ AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) 4 X UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000 O C EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE Y Y CUP0J4039461926 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X STATUTE 0TH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N - ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000/ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A WASHINGTON STATE FUND 1 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000 099 If yes,describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT S - Installation Floater A DTCO1J154095PHX19 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 90,000 Limit 1,000 Deductible DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Project:Marine Drive Stormwater Lid Retrofit Blanket PO9ory Noncontributory Additional Insured,including completed operations and Blanket Waiv r Subrogation applies in favor of any person or organizati n if called for by written contract or agreement,per policy forms and conditions;#CGD246 08/05, CGD316 11/11,CGD211 01/04,CAT353 02/15-City of Bremerton is included as additional insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Bremerton /� ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345-6th Street . !� `V AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Suite 100I r-^�, Bremerton WA 98337 -� , ', ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD _ -It 56119' AC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 12/19/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Danielle Bryant NAME: HENTSCHELL&ASSOC INC PHONE (253)272-1151 FAX (253)272-1225 (A/C,No,Ext): (AIC,No): 1436 S.Union Ave. EMAIL danielleb@hentschell.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Tacoma WA 98405-1925 INSURER A: Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURED INSURER B: The Travelers Indemnity Co. 25658 Pape&Sons Construction,Inc. INSURER C: Travelers Prop Cas Co of Amer 25674 9401 Bujacich Road INSURERD: D`e.,a(� 1 a, , 3- I' SNjO Suite 1A INSURER E: /} Gig Harbor WA 98332 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 19/20 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTVVITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITYEACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000/ f DAMAGE TO RENTED 300,000v CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 A Y Y DTC01J154095PHX19 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 PERSONAL BADVINJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER, \ , GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2.000,0 POLICY X PRO- LOC 0000, , _ OTHER: Wa StopGap/Empl.Liab $ 1,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (Ea accident) �' X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED Y Y 8101L6589551926G 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 BODILY INJURY(Peraccident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY — AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ X UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000 0��0 C EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE Y Y CUP0J4039461926 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X STATUTE 0TH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE 1,000,000 ,, OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A WASHINGTON STATE FUND E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,09 If yes,describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ Installation Floater A DTCO1J154095PHX19 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 90,000 Limit 1,000 Deductible DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Project:2019 ewage Pump Station CW-4 Replacement Blanket Priv4rry Nonrntributory Additional Insured,including completed operations and Blanket Waiver of abrogation applies in favor of any person or organization if called for by written contract or agreement,per policy forms and conditions;#CGD246 08/0 Waiver/ CGD316 11/11,CGD211 01/04,CAT353 02/15- City of Bremerton is included as additional insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Bremerton / ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345-6th Street AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Suite 100 Bremerton WA 98337 '7 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD C0NVTEC-01 COMF01 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATD/YYYY) 9/20/220/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder inlieuof such endorsement(s). PRODUCER [,,�yJy�Efi !. CONTACT Krystal Edwards Fournier Lv {{••�� PHONE FAX 5712 Orchard St. W. (A/C, No, Ext): (253) 33M955 (A/c, No):(253) 473=5363 University Place, WA 98467 a DRIE : krystale@fournierinsurance.com SEP 2 7 2023 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED City of Breme On INSURER B Convergence Technologies, Inc. Risk Manaqement INSURER C : PO Box 2307 INSURER D : Bremerton, WA 98310=2307 INSURER E INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR WVDPOLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPLTR LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE a OCCUR BKS57503678 10/14/2023 10/14/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 11000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence)$ 11000,000 MED EXP An one person)$ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 11000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: X POLICY PEA LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,0001000 PRODUCTS -COMP/OPAGG $ 21000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS AUTOS ONLY X AUUTOS ONLY BAS57664008 12/1/2022 12/1/2023 EOMaBINdEDtSINGLE LIMIT $ 110003000 BODILY INJURY Perperson) $ BODILY INJURY Per accident $ X PerracEcident AMAGE $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) I If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA BKS57503678 10/14/2023 10/14/2024 PER E OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space is required) RE: Operations of the named insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE CityDATE of Bremerton THE EXPIRATION THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 6th St Ste 600 Bremerton, WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD C0NVTEC-01 COMF01 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATD/YYYY) 9/20/220/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder inlieuof such endorsement(s). PRODUCER [,,�yJy�Efi !. CONTACT Krystal Edwards Fournier Lv {{••�� PHONE FAX 5712 Orchard St. W. (A/C, No, Ext): (253) 33M955 (A/c, No):(253) 473=5363 University Place, WA 98467 a DRIE : krystale@fournierinsurance.com SEP 2 7 2023 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED City of Breme On INSURER B Convergence Technologies, Inc. Risk Manaqement INSURER C : PO Box 2307 INSURER D : Bremerton, WA 98310=2307 INSURER E INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR WVDPOLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPLTR LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE a OCCUR BKS57503678 10/14/2023 10/14/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 11000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence)$ 11000,000 MED EXP An one person)$ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 11000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: X POLICY PEA LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,0001000 PRODUCTS -COMP/OPAGG $ 21000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY X AUTOS AUTOS ONLY X AUUTOS ONLY BAS57664008 12/1/2022 12/1/2023 EOMaBINdEDtSINGLE LIMIT $ 110003000 BODILY INJURY Perperson) $ BODILY INJURY Per accident $ X PerracEcident AMAGE $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) I If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA BKS57503678 10/14/2023 10/14/2024 PER E OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space is required) RE: Operations of the named insured CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE CityDATE of Bremerton THE EXPIRATION THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 6th St Ste 600 Bremerton, WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD